2 week travel plan europe

How to Plan an Epic 2 Week Europe Trip (+ Europe Itinerary Ideas!)

Ready to plan a 2 week Europe trip but not quite sure where to start?

We want to help!

Whether it’s your first trip to Europe or your tenth, there’s something simultaneously overwhelming and exhilarating about planning a trip through multiple countries that–for us and most of the readers of this blog post–lie across an ocean from home.

I’ll never forget planning our first 2 week Europe itinerary: I pored over flight schedules, bucket lists, budgets, and maps for months, desperate to pull together the ultimate Europe trip.

Some links in this post may be affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Please see our disclosure policy for more detail.

There were many, many lists involved in planning that first trip, and after months of planning, I emerged with an eclectic but incredible itinerary that kicked our love of travel into high gear.

In the summer of 2015, Jeremy and I spent a little over 2 weeks in Europe exploring Krakow , Budapest , Plitvice Lakes National Park , Zadar , Dublin , and the Cliffs of Moher (I told you it was eclectic!).

We’ve now cumulatively spent years of our lives traveling in Europe, falling in love with world-famous cities and less iconic locations alike, and there’s absolutely nothing we like better than helping people plan their own unforgettable adventures.

Over the years, we’ve explored the continent in almost every way possible, from backpacking Europe on a budget for 2 weeks to checking into luxury hotels to playing tour guide for family and friends to finally spending more than a year living in Lisbon, Portugal !

We’ve put together this 2 week Europe itinerary guide to help you plan your trip–here’s what you need to know before you go.

(Also, yes–this is an incredibly long blog post! We recommend using the table of contents right below this paragraph to help you navigate to different sections depending on what you’re hoping to read first.)

Table of Contents

How to Use This 2 Week Europe Trip Guide

Exciting 2 week europe itinerary ideas, how to get around during 2 weeks in europe, important tips for planning a 2 week europe trip, faq for spending 2 weeks in europe, what to pack for 2 weeks in europe, read more about visiting europe.

This 2 week Europe trip guide is designed for someone hoping to see the highlights of a few different European destinations, spread across multiple countries, in only a couple of weeks.

We’ve primarily written it for someone planning their first trip to Europe, but if this is your second trip, third trip, or beyond, hopefully, we have some interesting ideas and tips for you, too!

And, of course, given that Europe is home to more than 50 countries and is roughly the same size as the USA, no 2 weeks in Europe could hope to cover the entire continent or all of its numerous and distinct cultures, languages, and histories.

For ease of communication, we’ll talk in general terms about traveling in Europe here, but once you pick your itinerary, of course, you’ll want to follow up with further research on the specific locations you’ll be visiting.

And, once you’re further along in your planning process, we’d love to help you with some of that planning here on Our Escape Clause, too!

We’ll link to relevant blog posts throughout this travel guide, but given the hundreds of posts we have on the site, we won’t be able to link them all.

You can use our destinations page or the search bar on the top right of the page (on desktop) or at the top of the pop-out menu (on mobile) to find our content about various specific destinations across Europe or general travel tips.

For example, a few of our most popular guides that might come in handy next include our guide to traveling Europe by train , our 75 best Europe travel tips , and our (biased) guide to the best cities in Europe .

The number of possible 2 week Europe itinerary ideas is truly infinite–just look at the odd itinerary that I cobbled together for us in 2015 as an example !

However, the sample itineraries for Europe outlined below should give you a good idea of what you can accomplish with around 14 days in Europe .

I truly struggled to narrow down these ideas–I could name 10 more excellent 2 week Europe trips in an instant, and still feel like I was leaving so much on the table.

I aimed to keep these mostly focused on destinations that are popular for first-time visitors to Europe, with just a couple of slight curve balls thrown in.

The Classic: London, Paris, Rome

As three of the world’s most beloved and celebrated cities, you can’t go wrong with splitting your 2 weeks in Europe between London, Paris, and Rome.

As the capital of an English-speaking country and home to an enormous airport hub, London makes logistical sense for a first trip to Europe hailing from North America–and, of course, it’s a truly fascinating city.

Visit Buckingham Palace and Hyde Park, stroll through Notting Hill, snap photos of Big Ben, check out the Tower Bridge and the Tower of London , visit the Wizarding World of Harry Potter, stop by Piccadilly Circus, ride the London Eye , and tour the British Museum.

… And that’s just to get you started !

The City of Lights is one of our favorite cities in the world and was also the first place we visited on our very first trip to Europe (we spent a week there and then planned our 2 week Europe trip outlined in the introduction of this blog post the following year).

Since then, we haven’t been able to stop going back, and believe that it’s an excellent addition to any 2 week Europe itinerary!

While you’re in Paris , visit the Eiffel Tower, marvel at the beauty of Sainte-Chapelle, tour the Louvre and the Musee d’Orsay, stroll the picturesque streets of Montmartre and the Latin Quarter, visit the Palais Garnier, discover hidden passages and tiny cafes, and soak up every minute of that Parisian charm.

Our full guide to planning your first trip to Paris can help you get started!

Ah, Rome –if Paris is the first European city we fell in love with, Rome is probably our deepest love on the continent.

From wonders of Ancient Rome like the Colosseum, Roman Forum, and Pantheon to more recent additions like the Vatican Museums , Trevi Fountain, and winding cobblestone streets of Trastevere , exploring Rome is a captivating, engaging experience that we can’t recommend highly enough.

And, of course, you couldn’t ask for a better cuisine to savor during your 2 weeks in Europe: Rome is home to some of the best pasta in all of Italy!

Southern Europe Charm: Madrid, Rome, Amalfi Coast

Want your 2 weeks in Europe to focus on a delightful combination of history, food, and sunshine?

Head directly to Spain and Italy!

While Barcelona gets all the love (and a lot of the crowds), we’re personally smitten with the Spanish capital of Madrid… and excellent flight deals from North America make it almost irresistible on a 2 week Europe itinerary.

With a few days in Madrid , you can admire world-class art in the Prado, soak in Spanish culture with a stroll through Retiro Park, eat all the tapas and churros con chocolate you can get your hands on, tour the Royal Palace , check out an Egyptian temple, and take day trips to fairytale towns like Toledo and Segovia.

I described Rome in the first Europe itinerary on this list, so I won’t repeat myself here, but as I sit typing this Europe travel blog post out in a Rome apartment while dreaming of the carbonara I’ll eat for dinner tonight, all I can say is: you won’t regret coming to Rome (and scroll up for more details).

And, while I detailed some of Rome’s highlights above, let me also say… don’t forget to get off the beaten path in the Eternal City , either!

Amalfi Coast

The famed Amalfi Coast , with its dramatic cliffs, chic villages like Positano, delicious lemons, and jaw-droppingly beautiful hikes like the Path of the Gods, is a fabulous conclusion to any 2 week Europe trip–where better to relax than one of the most beautiful coastlines in the world?

While you’re there, be sure to make room for plenty of day trips!

Iconic locations like Capri and Pompeii , as well as less-popular but equally amazing spots like Ischia, Herculaneum , and Procida, are all at your fingertips when staying on the Amalfi Coast.

(Also, if you like page-turning novels about friendship and Italy, I highly recommend reading Elena Ferrante’s My Brilliant Friend series before coming or while visiting Europe).

Regal Central Europe: Prague, Vienna, Budapest

Sweeping boulevards, dramatic architecture, beautiful coffeehouses, and tasty comfort food: a trip to Central Europe is an absolute delight.

In my opinion, this region truly shines during the winter months when Christmas markets are in full swing and the hearty cuisine keeps you warm from the inside out.

I’ll try to keep this section quite brief, as I’ve already written a detailed Central Europe itinerary here , but suffice it to say, we love it.

Known as the City of a Hundred Spires (and also for the fact that beer is cheaper than water here–true story, at least when it comes to pricey bottled water at restaurants), Prague is easily in the running for the most beautiful city in Europe.

The beauty of Prague Castle, St. Vitus Cathedral, the famed Charles Bridge, and Prague’s well-known astronomical clock will all draw you in.

If you have enough time, consider adding a day trip to a smaller Czech town like gorgeous Český Krumlov as well!

Regal and beautiful, full of spacious, wide avenues and ornate buildings, Austria’s capital city is the perfect place to come to tour grand palaces ( Schonbrunn is one of the most popular), see a show in one of the world’s premier opera houses, and to enjoy European cafe culture at its finest.

We absolutely adore Vienna’s coffee houses–be sure to try a slice (or several) of Esterhazy Cake while there, as well as Viennese hot chocolate.

The city’s famed Spanish riding school and striking St. Stephen’s Cathedral are also worth adding to your list!

As our favorite city in central Europe and one of our top 10 cities in Europe overall, I really can’t say enough about how beautiful Budapest is! 

The city is somehow, simultaneously, both grand and down-to-earth , absolutely gorgeous while also remaining accessible, affordable, and fairly simple to visit and explore.

While in Budapest, go for a soak in the famous thermal baths, tour one of the most beautiful houses of Parliament in Europe, check out a castle, visit grand basilicas, take a boat ride down the Danube, and, if you’re up for a bit of adventure, even go on a cave tour!

Be sure not to miss the great food , either–Budapest’s hearty cuisine is a delight, and one of our all-time favorite wine tastings took place there!

Europe for Art Lovers: Paris, Florence, Venice

If you’re an art buff at heart, you can’t ask for a better sampling of some of the continent’s most beloved artistic cities than the trifecta of Paris, Florence, and Venice (and it certainly helps that each city is practically an art museum in and of itself).

From the Louvre to the Musee d’Orsay to the Orangerie to the Musee Rodin to the Centre Pompidou to the Cluny Museum, it would probably take a lifetime to enjoy all the art museums in Paris alone.

And of course, the city has so much more to offer once you need a break!

Nicknamed the Cradle of the Renaissance, Florence boasts the finest collection of Renaissance art on the planet–and claims many of its most famous artists as locals. 

Michelangelo, DaVinci, Botticelli, and more all originally hailed from Florence, and their works are scattered about the city.

Perhaps most famously, Michelangelo’s David is in the Galleria dell’Accademia and Botticelli’s The Birth of Venus is in the Uffizi Gallery .

And of course, no art-focused trip to the Cradle of the Renaissance can overlook Florence’s iconic Duomo , a masterpiece of the era!

Located an easy train ride away from Florence, Venice may be slightly less well-known for its art than the first two cities on this 2 week Europe itinerary, but there’s no doubt that there’s plenty to find!

From the utter masterpiece of St. Mark’s Basilica (don’t miss a chance to go in!) to the incredible Doge’s Palace to the famous Galleria dell’Accademia (not to be confused with the one in Florence!) that focuses mostly on Venetian artists, Venice is an art lover’s dream.

Mix it up by adding a visit to the Peggy Guggenheim Collection, which holds modern art, and a gondola ride .

A fter all, Venice itself is no doubt one of the best artistic masterpieces in the city, and it deserves to be seen from all its best angles.

The Incredible Iberian Peninsula: Lisbon, The Algarve, Andalucia

The Iberian Peninsula is dominated by Spain and Portugal , and while I might be biased after spending more than a year living in Lisbon, it makes for an unforgettable Eurotrip!

(The fact that there are often flight deals from the US to Lisbon and Madrid doesn’t hurt, either).

There are infinite ways to craft southern Europe itineraries out of these two countries, but here’s one great option…

Start your trip with a few days in Lisbon , Portugal’s trendy capital city, soaking up beautiful views from its many miradouros , sampling Portuguese food (starting with pastéis de nata ), touring the incredible Jerónimos Monastery, and taking day trips from Lisbon to nearby gems like the palaces of Sintra and/or the beach resort town of Cascais .

Be prepared to head up and down a lot of hills while you’re there–but Lisbon is worth the climb.

If you’re looking for neighborhoods to wander through, Alfama, Castelo, Chiado, and Bairro Alto are particularly picturesque–keep an eye out for trams, azulejos, and peacocks as you explore!

And, while Lisbon’s top attractions are definitely worth a visit, seeking out some of the many hidden gems in Lisbon will add extra beauty to your trip.

The Algarve

After saying goodbye to Lisbon, head south of Portugal’s Algarve for a dizzying array of whitewashed villages (you’ll find many of the best beach towns in Portugal here) and a picturesque coastline.

Lagos is one of the most popular places to stay, and we can highly recommend it–don’t miss the famous Ponta da Piedade, which photos can’t do justice to.

Nearby attractions (ideally, you’ll want to rent a car in the Algarve) include the famous Benagil Cave and the unmissable Seven Hanging Valleys Trail!

For the second week of your trip in Europe, cross the border into southern Spain (note: there’s no direct train access for this journey, but there are buses).

Split your time between any two of Andalucia’s incredible cities, taking nearby day trips from there.

Seville (with its Alcazar and famous Plaza de Espana), Granada (home of the Alhambra ), and Cordoba (home of the Mosque-Cathedral , one of the most unique houses of worship in the world) are all wonderful inland options.

On the coast, options include Cadiz, Malaga, Marbella, Tarifa, and many more.

With a bit more than 2 weeks in Europe or an ambitious schedule, you may be able to squeeze in a day trip to Gibraltar and/or Tangier, Morocco while here!

Food + History: Athens, Santorini, Istanbul

Feel like heading further east–as far east as you can get during a Europe vacation?

Greece and Turkey pair very well for a 14 day European itinerary–here’s what that might look like.

Start your trip in Athens, marveling at some of the world’s most remarkable ruins, including the famous Acropolis complex and museum.

Be sure to make time to explore non-ancient aspects of Athens as well, including the trendy Plaka neighborhood, Monastiraki Square (and nearby flea market!), and Syntagma Square.

And of course, one of the absolute best things to do after you touch down in Athens is to dive into plate after plate of phenomenal Greek food –that alone is worth traveling to Greece for ( our Athens food tour remains one of my favorites that we’ve taken in Europe).

Truly, any one of Greece’s amazing islands would fit nicely into this 2 week Europe itinerary, but where better to choose than Santorini , with its iconic blue-and-white color scheme, fantastic caldera views, and excellent flight connections?

While Santorini isn’t best known for its beaches–you’re better off heading to Crete for those–you sure can’t beat the charming villages or stunning nature.

The city of two continents, where thousands of years of history blend seamlessly with modern life, and where you can eat one of the best breakfasts you’ll ever experience in your life: Istanbul tops bucket lists around the world, and there is simply nowhere on the planet quite like it.

Marvel at the Blue Mosque, step inside the Hagia Sophia, eat your weight in Turkish breakfast (seriously, I can’t emphasize enough how tasty it is), admire the views of the Bosphorus, climb the Galata Tower, and shop your way through the Grand Bazaar.

Since this Europe travel blog post focuses on, well, Europe, I won’t sketch out any other possibilities further east in Turkey in detail…

But, if you have time, you could easily add a visit to Cappadocia , complete with a sunrise hot air balloon ride, to your trip, or even a visit to the ruins of Ephesus.

Architecture + Culture: Cologne, Amsterdam, Belgium

With this small triangle of destinations, you can easily visit separate countries via train, with very little travel time between them!

And, if you were particularly motivated to add another, you could even squeeze in a day trip to Luxembourg.

If you’re looking for a winter itinerary for Europe that focuses on cities, this is a fantastic option.

Home to a stunning cathedral and what may just be the best Christmas markets on the planet, Cologne is a gorgeous German city that is a delight to explore on foot.

Don’t miss its soaring Gothic Cathedral while you’re there!

… Though honestly, that would be hard to do, considering you can see it right as you step outside the train station.

As one of the most popular cities to visit in Europe, Amsterdam requires no introduction.

The city of canals, biking, and revelry is somehow even more beautiful in person than in the billions of photos of it.

While you’re there, be sure to take a canal cruise, stroll the 9 Streets, and visit at least a couple of the city’s museums (the Anne Frank House is incredibly moving).

If you visit Amsterdam in winter , you’ll no doubt need to bundle up–but the lack of crowds in this often-packed city is also a treat to experience.

Perhaps it may be slightly unfair to list Belgium entirely while the other destinations are split into cities… but considering Belgium’s two most popular cities, Bruges and Ghent , are located less than an hour apart by train, you can cover quite a bit of the country in a few days !

With stunning architecture, canals, and carbs (bring on the waffles and frites), it’s easy to have a blast in Belgium.

Winter in Belgium brings a lack of crowds and plenty of festivities during the Christmas season!

Alpine Escape: Bavaria, Switzerland’s Jungfrau Region, Milan, and Lake Como

If your dream Europe trip involves plenty of Alpine views with a side of cities, this is the itinerary for Europe in 2 weeks for you.

Start your trip in Bavaria, the land of castles, beer, and outdoor delights.

City lovers will enjoy being based in Munich (don’t miss the opulent Munich Residenz or view from St. Peter’s Church and/or the Town Hall Tower while there).

From Munich, you can easily day trip to more mountainous areas, starting with Fussen, home to Germany’s famous Neuschwanstein Castle .

If you get good weather and want to see as many mountains as possible, a day trip to the Zugspite–the highest point in Germany–is also an option.

Really, though, if there’s one thing to prioritize in Munich, it’s to eat and drink all the sausage, pretzels, beer, and beyond you can get your hands on!

Switzerland’s Jungfrau Region

I am convinced that Switzerland’s Jungfrau region–located around (literally, above) Interlaken–is paradise on earth in the summer.

If you’re dreaming of the Alps, check into a hotel in Wengen, Murren, or Grindelwald (for the best views) or Interlaken (for a bit more selection) or Lauterbrunnen (to be in the literal center of the action) and have the trip of your dreams.

Switzerland’s legendarily efficient trains and gondolas mean that wherever you stay, the region is at your fingertips.

Hiking from Mannlichen to Kleine Scheidigg, riding the highest train in Europe to Jungfraujoch (aka the “Top of Europe”), eating daily fondue, walking from Murren to Gimmelwald , and riding a historic cogwheel train to Schynige Platte are just a few of the unforgettable experiences you’ll find here.

Milan + Lake Como

End your trip to Milan and Lake Como , two of the most popular destinations in northern Italy!

In Milan , be sure to visit its legendary Duomo, stroll through the Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II, visit Sforzesco Castle, and, if you can get tickets (plan ahead!) see Da Vinci’s The Last Supper .

At Lake Como (just an hour north of Milan by train), take a boat tour around the lake and visit delightfully charming towns like Varenna and Bellagio while admiring magnificent Alpine views.

Getting around in each city on your 2 week Europe itinerary is a question better suited to blog posts on that particular city, so this section is designed to address getting in between each destination during your 14 days in Europe.

We recommend checking several solutions for each destination, as you never know what will crop up!

Personally, our first 2 week Europe trip involved an overnight train, a budget plane ride, and a couple of rental cars.

Train travel is our absolute favorite way to travel in Europe!

I t’s much less stressful than traveling by plane, especially once you get the hang of it, far more comfortable, and for those of us hailing from North America, it’s a travel experience in its own right!

We recommend using services like Omio to compare train prices across multiple countries.

It works more or less exactly like a car rental aggregate does, searching multiple companies and generating the best routes and prices for your dates.

Keep in mind that train travel is most useful in western and central Europe–once you head into eastern Europe and especially the Balkans, train travel becomes more limited and bus travel more common (for example, popular Dubrovnik, Croatia doesn’t have a train station).

Shop train routes and tickets prices in Europe today!

For those traveling on a budget or between two smaller destinations where rail travel isn’t an option, buses can be a very affordable choice.

In addition to standard local buses, companies like Flixbus provide an easy-to-use service, and you can check their prices and availability directly or through Omio as well (that way you can compare train tickets at the same time).

Browse bus routes in Europe today!

With plenty of budget airlines and plenty of airports to choose from, if you plan wisely, it’s possible to take flights in Europe that are so inexpensive you wonder how the company pays for the fuel.

S eriously: 10 Euro flights are possible, though we’ve never actually managed to pay that since we prefer to check our bags !

When looking for flights within Europe, we recommend using Google Flights in order to search the whole continent at once (you can simply put “Europe” in as the destination, and it’ll pull up a map of prices). 

With a little flexibility on destination (for example, maybe flying into nearby Bologna is cheaper than flying into Florence ?) and even on dates if possible, you just might end up with an excellent flight deal or two during your trip to Europe.

Personally, we recommend avoiding a car rental when possible during your 2 weeks in Europe, especially if you’re following anything resembling a Europe itinerary like the ones I outlined above.

In large cities, rental cars are a hindrance and a liability, not an asset, and they add quite a bit to your bottom line.

That being said, if you’re planning on visiting any rural areas or small towns, road trips in Europe can be a delight!

Y ou could consider renting a car for a couple of days in Tuscany , for example, or to visit the villages of Provence.

If you do choose to rent a car, we recommend searching for the best prices through Discover Cars , which will allow you to search multiple companies at once and come up with a great option. 

While major international carriers like Hertz and Enterprise are available in Europe, they’re not always the best deal, and searching for a combination of local and international companies is best.

Personally, we have no loyalty to any one rental car company, and book with whoever is most affordable (and we always buy the extra insurance).

As a result, we’ve rented cars through easily more than 15 or 20 agencies over the years (I’d be hard-pressed even to estimate it), and we’ve never had any issues with surprise charges.

Price out rental cars with Discover Cars now!

Don’t forget boats when it comes to planning a 2 week Europe itinerary, especially over the summer!

While ferries between or to/from islands are obviously the most popular ( Dubrovnik to Hvar , for example, or Barcelona to Mallorca), there are longer ferry options as well!

Last summer, we took a ferry from Barcelona to Rome and loved the experience of drifting along the Mediterranean Sea for 24 hours!

Many ferry routes are seasonal, but not all.

Don’t plan to visit too many destinations.

With only around 14 days in Europe, I know it can be incredibly tempting to squeeze in as many destinations as possible (and I have many fevered outlines of ridiculously ambitious trips I planned in my college days to prove it), but your trip will go so much more smoothly if you can resist that temptation.

In most cases, we recommend an absolute minimum of two full days per major city.

By full days, I mean with limited exceptions (like a red-eye flight that lands at 8:00 AM), the day you arrive and the day you depart don’t count as a “day” in a given city–just as a travel day.

Three or four days per city is even better and will allow you to potentially squeeze in a day trip from that city to a smaller city or village if you want to mix things up.

Start and end in a major airport hub.

It doesn’t necessarily have to be the same hub–more on that below–but there are definitely airports that are cheaper to fly into and out of for intercontinental flights than others.

Budapest may be affordable once you’re there, for example, but flying from the US directly to Budapest can hurt the wallet!

For those of you coming from the USA, London, Dublin , Madrid , Paris , Lisbon , Frankfurt, Amsterdam , and Milan are a few places to check ticket prices for.

That’s not an exhaustive list by any means, but there are often flight deals to and from these cities.

If you can, use an open-jaw ticket rather than a return ticket.

This will allow you to begin and end your 2 weeks in Europe in entirely different destinations, and let you avoid doubling back!

While one-way tickets can be pricier than round-trip ones, if you’re flexible on your dates and destinations (so deciding which cities to start and end in partially based on price), you can usually find excellent deals

This is exactly how we ended up flying into Krakow and out of Dublin for our first 2 week Europe trip!

You will be exhausted at some point. Plan for it.

Two weeks in Europe may not seem like a ton, but if you’re anything like us or virtually all of the travelers we have talked to, exhaustion will set in during your trip.

Sightseeing in Europe is fabulous, but it’s also tiring.

Add in navigating cultural differences, language barriers, and moving countries every few days, and you’re bound to need a break at some point.

We recommend planning a couple of laid-back days without museum visits, tours, or day trips so that you can catch your breath and avoid burnout.

Try to be flexible with where you go.

As you start pricing train, plane, and bus tickets for your trip to Europe, you’ll likely notice dramatic shifts–for example, is it 4x the money to get to London instead of Amsterdam?

Does traveling to Prague require a long flight and 2 layovers but Rome is a quick hop away?

If you can, be flexible when you come upon these challenges: we recommend having 1-2 “must visit” destinations and filling in the rest of your trip based on a combination of logistics and desire.

After all, there’s no way you can see it all on a 2 week Europe trip anyway!

Don’t underestimate the time and energy it takes to change destinations.

“Oh, it’s only a 3-hour train ride away! That’s nothing!”

I think we’ve all said that at some point when planning a multi-country trip, but be cautious.

Three hours on the train doesn’t account for packing and unpacking, getting to and from the train station, checking out of and into a hotel… you get the picture.

If you’re looking at a high-level schedule without picking a specific date or time, you may also come to find that sure, there’s one direct 3-hour train between two cities… but it leaves at 10:00 PM or 6:00 AM, and the rest of the trains require layovers.

Or perhaps the direct train only runs 3 days a week.

Or maybe you’re looking at a plane, in which case, be sure to add at least 4 hours to your transit time: getting to and from the airport and security/check-in beforehand.

Long story short, travel days between countries are virtually always more tiring and time-consuming than they look at first glance, so don’t overcommit on those days when planning your ultimate Europe trip!

Big cities are more accessible than small towns and nature areas.

For the first trip to Europe especially, big cities are absolutely the easiest to plan your itinerary for Europe around.

They’re generally easier and cheaper to get into and out of, and there’s far more information available about them online to help plan your trips.

That’s no reason not to visit other places too, of course–but keep in mind that the more rural the area, the more logistically challenging your trip will be.

Skip-the-line tickets are incredibly useful.

I’m sure it comes as absolutely no surprise that the world’s most iconic monuments and museums tend to get a bit crowded… and that makes skip-the-line tickets invaluable, especially with only 2 weeks in Europe to squeeze in as much sightseeing as possible.

In some places (like the Arc de Triomphe ) they’re available without any additional fee, and in other places (like the Colosseum) they cost a bit extra.

Either way, though, it’s 1000% worth the price and effort to get tickets online beforehand for popular spots, especially if you’re traveling during the high season.

And, in 2024, it’s worth pointing out that given ever-changing capacity limits, it’s a better idea than ever to book in advance–and for some attractions, it’s even required!

When 2020 shook the travel industry to its core, many of the most popular museums and monuments in Europe found that life was easier with reservations and online bookings, and have continued prioritizing that system over traditional lines and ticket booths even as crowds returned to “normal”.

We use skip-the-line tickets all over the continent and book them through Get Your Guide .

Book your hotels and major transportation in advance.

Before kicking off your 2 week Europe itinerary, we recommend having all of your hotels and major transportation (so travel between destinations) booked and ready to go.

This dramatically cuts down on stress levels, makes it easier to budget and plan out your days, and generally helps your trip run more smoothly.

These days, we book virtually all of our lodging (including apartments, farm stays, houses, and more) through Booking.com .

Smaller things, like metro passes or tickets for getting around cities, can be handled once you arrive.

If you can, we recommend taking at least one food tour during your 2 weeks in Europe.

Food tours are one of our favorite ways to get our bearings in a new city while learning about the culture, history, and neighborhood through something we can all appreciate: a tasty meal.

We’ve taken food tours in several countries around the world, including many in Europe, and have never walked away unsatisfied!

You do need to pay to use the restroom… sometimes.

Throughout Europe, public restrooms are generally available for a fee (typically either half a Euro or a Euro).

If you’d like to avoid those costs, be sure to take advantage of available restrooms in restaurants and museums as you sightsee !

Also, toilet paper is far from guaranteed in public toilets on the street.

We recommend carrying a small pack of tissues with you just in case.

Will I need an adapter?

Most likely, yes!

Luckily, adapters are cheap to buy and easy to carry–we recommend picking these up before you go.

Keep in mind that the UK and a few other countries ( Ireland , Malta ) use a separate plug from the bulk of the continent.

If you’re heading to a place that uses UK plugs, you’ll want these adapters as well.

Is a money belt a good idea?

It depends, honestly.

We used a money belt for our first trip to Europe and for a couple after that.

Back then, we weren’t used to life in bustling big cities, and though we knew that thieves knew about them (because they definitely do), Jeremy found them comfortable enough to wear and it was an easy way to keep our belongings a bit more secure.

If you’re not used to traveling in a big city or watching for pickpockets, I don’t think it’s a terrible idea to use one– this is the one we used and we had no complaints–but I also don’t think it’s necessary, especially if you’re comfortable in large cities.

Is the water safe to drink?

Usually, yes.

We drink out of the tap just about anywhere in Europe.

In rare cases where the water is not safe to drink (usually in remote areas of southern and eastern Europe, or in very old buildings with iffy pipes), there will generally be large and obvious signs stating so.

If you’re worried about it, though, you can always ask your hotel concierge or host about it!

Is it worth going to Europe for 2 weeks?

This is a pretty common question, and honestly, I get it: with long and expensive flights, it’s easy to wonder if flying to Europe for “only” 2 weeks is worth it.

But yes, it absolutely is!

Two weeks in Europe is long enough that you’ll have plenty of time to get past jetlag, visit several destinations, and have a wonderful trip packed with memories.

Now whether or not it’s worth flying to Europe for just one week is a bit more controversial… but we love to travel Europe so much that we still say yes (for some people).

How extreme is the language barrier?

It varies significantly, of course, but generally, it’s not nearly as difficult as first-time visitors to Europe worry before they arrive (ourselves included).

We recommend learning basic phrases in the language of the countries you are visiting during your 2 week Europe itinerary, but this is usually more for good manners than out of necessity.

While you can absolutely find monolingual Europeans in virtually any country, especially in smaller cities and towns, the people employed in customer service roles and in the tourism industry in major cities–in other words, where most or all of your 2 weeks in Europe will likely take place–generally speak some English.

How many European countries should you visit in 2 weeks?

For most travelers, we recommend roughly 3 “base” destinations for a 2 week Europe trip, plus a couple of day trips from there to mix things up.

These can all be in one country (for example, here’s how we recommend spending 2 weeks in Italy ), or they can be in 3 separate countries!

There are plenty of exceptions to this standard layout, of course, but it’s a doable but exciting number of destinations to work with for most 14 day Europe itineraries.

When should I tip?

While this is very country and industry-dependent, generally speaking, tipping is not nearly as prominent in Europe as it is in the USA, and you’ll virtually never need to tip over 10%.

In some countries, you may also tip 5-10% at restaurants, while in others, you might round up the bill or leave nothing at all.

Frequently, a “service charge” will be automatically supplied to the bill which serves the purpose of a tip.

For tour guides, a 10% tip is common.

What’s the best month to visit Europe?

All of them, except August.

I kid–somewhat–but honestly, every single month in Europe has its perks!

For a concise answer, the late spring (April-May) and early fall (September-October) are considered ideal by most travelers.

August is specifically difficult because it’s not only very hot in many of Europe’s most popular destinations, but most Europeans take vacations then, so many places (especially in the mountains and on the coast) are at their priciest.

If we absolutely had to visit Europe only during one month for the rest of our lives, we’d pick September, though October is a very close second.

What’s the cheapest month to visit Europe?

It depends–trying to spot the northern lights in Tromso would be one exception to this, for example–but for standard first time Europe itineraries like the ones I outlined in this blog post, January and February are often the cheapest months to visit.

When the Christmas markets are over and the gray weather settles in, you can score great deals on vacations in Europe (and have plenty of room to stretch out at iconic monuments).

How far in advance should I book my trip?

For plane tickets, as soon as you can commit to dates!

Not only will this allow you to have more time to plan and budget with a bit of structure, but it will also spread out your costs a bit more.

During peak seasons, like coastal locations in the summer or popular destinations during the Christmas season in Europe , you’ll want to book your hotels as far in advance as you can commit to them as well.

Can you do Europe for $100/day?

This depends a lot on the traveler, group size, etc, but my initial, instinctive answer is:

If you don’t include plane tickets to and from Europe, yes, absolutely, without a doubt–we’ve done it many, many, many times (as a couple).

The key is to shop for deals, visit during the off-season, not shy away from less common destinations (especially in Eastern Europe and the Balkans), and travel slowly.

The fewer destinations you visit, the cheaper a trip generally is!

If you want to stick to Western Europe, southern Spain , southern Portugal, and southern Italy can all be bargains (as compared to places like Paris and London) as well.

Here’s how we manage our travel budget.

We’ve put together detailed packing lists for various seasons in Europe, so be sure to check out our complete suggestions for spring , summer , fall , and winter before you head off on your 2 weeks in Europe.

We go into far more detail on what to wear in Europe there !

To get you started, though, here are a few essentials that should definitely be at the top of your list .

Travel Insurance — We don’t ever suggest traveling without travel insurance–anything can happen, and it’s better to be safe than sorry during your 2 weeks in Europe.

Check travel insurance policy inclusions and prices for your trip here.

Pacsafe — We can’t recommend our Pacsafe enough!

This travel safe is affordable, sturdy, easy to pack, and will help keep your valuables safe in your hotel room (not that you should need to worry much about theft from your hotel room during your trip to Europe, but it’s better to be safe than sorry!).

Comfortable Day Bag  — We currently use  Pacsafe’s sleek anti-theft backpack  and love it, but if you don’t want to shell out the cash for this trip, that’s totally understandable.

Just aim for something comfortable to wear, not flashy, and medium-sized–we used a  Northface Jester backpack  for years and loved it as well.

Travel Adapters for Europe — If you’re coming from outside of Europe, you’ll definitely need adapters for your electronics.

Be sure to check the requirements for any particular countries you visit–the United Kingdom, for example, is well-known for using different plugs than most of the continent.

Portable USB Charger — Don’t stress about your phone dying while you’re sightseeing!

Add a portable charger to your 2 weeks in Europe packing list.

Hand Sanitizer — We carry this everywhere, and never been sorry to have it floating around in our day bag.

Travel Journal — If you want to keep a travel journal during your 2 week Europe trip but can’t commit to a huge amount of writing each night, I can’t recommend the One Line a Day Journal enough.

I’ve been using it for more than 5 years now (I’m on my second volume!) and I absolutely love it.

In the process of booking your Europe trip and eager to keep planning?

We’d love to help!

You can browse all of our general Europe blog posts here , find articles about specific places through our destinations page , or check out these guides:

• Your 13-Step Guide to Traveling to Europe for the First Time
• The Perfect 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary (+ Essential Tips!)
• How to Travel Europe By Train: The Ultimate Guide (+ Tips!)
• 11 Quick Tips for Finding + Using Toilets in Europe
• Prague, Vienna, Budapest, Beyond: Epic Central Europe Itinerary

About Kate Storm

In May 2016, I left my suburban life in the USA and became a full-time traveler. Since then, I have visited 50+ countries on 5 continents and lived in Portugal, developing a special love of traveling in Europe (especially Italy) along the way. Today, along with my husband Jeremy and dog Ranger, I’m working toward my eventual goal of splitting my life between Europe and the USA.

58 thoughts on “How to Plan an Epic 2 Week Europe Trip (+ Europe Itinerary Ideas!)”

Great post! I’m actually working on my own 2 week itineraries through Europe post, but I might wait to publish until next year, when I’ve visited a few more spots. I totally agree that the key is to slow down and not switch cities every day or two. Three nights is perfect and sometimes more for the big cities. And yes, multi-city flights are so helpful so you don’t have to backtrack!

Thanks, Riana! We definitely love to slow down whenever we can. 🙂

Hi Kate! This is the BEST post related to Europe Itinerary out of the 1000 other posts that I have checked.

I am from India and I am planning for a trip in February end.

I definitely want to visit FINLAND (so that’s definitely in my list). From there, I am planning for Bupadest,Croatia OR Budapest, Prague OR Budapest/ Vienna.

Do you think this will be good for 2 weeks?

Waiting for your reply. And thanks a ton for such a beautiful detailed post.

Thank you so much, Akshay, that’s wonderful to hear!

That sounds like a wonderful itinerary. Croatia is a bit further out of the way than the other places, but it’s peaceful and beautiful during the winter and fairly simple to get to via a budget flight.

Hope you have an incredible trip to Europe!

Oh my goodness Kate, thank you so much for this post! This is exactly what I needed for my boyfriend and I to plan our trip to Europe in 2020. We want to visit Italy, Spain, France, and England but Greece and Croatia look amazing too! It’s so hard to decide.

Thank you, Jessica! So glad you found our blog helpful.

It is SO hard to decide, and honestly, it never gets any easier in my experience! All of those places are absolutely amazing, so no matter what you decide I’m sure you guys will have an incredible trip.

Italy, France, and Spain are really easy to pair together if you want to keep logistics simple, but really any combination of those would work.

What about panning around the seasons? Isn’t the Amalfi coast and Italy in general super hot during August?

It’s always nice to plan around the seasons when you can, but it depends on your availability!

Italy can be hot in August but it depends very much on where you go. It averages around 85 F / 30 C on the Amalfi Coast in August, which I have to admit isn’t enough to bother us, but it depends on where you’re coming from. It is high season there, though–very, very generally speaking, August is an expensive and crowded time to visit beaches in Europe because it’s when many Europeans tend to take their vacations and head to the coast!

Planning a trip in 2023-24 for my daughter’s graduation present. I was thinking maybe 2-3 weeks. On this trip, how much did you spend in total? I might end up being more because I usually pay for more luxurious than most, but will help with a little expectation of costs plus COLA increases obviously over the years. I figured I should start planning and saving now. lol

Hi Steven! We put this together based on years of traveling in Europe, so unfortunately I don’t have a specific figure to offer. So much varies, and can be impacted by where you go, how fast you travel (ie, how many times you change destinations), of course luxury as you mentioned, etc, etc. Generally speaking, for two people, I would say that $100/person/day is a good lower-midrange figure to calculate (excluding airfare), $200/person/day starts edging toward luxury territory, and of course, the sky is the limit.

That’s INCREDIBLY general, though. You’d be better off narrowing down which countries you plan to visit and calculating based on how long you plan to spend in each of them.

A few things to look at to give you an idea: price of hotels, price of day tours, projected cost of moving between destinations, and average cost of a meal. Those figures should give you a backbone to estimate a budget from.

What brand are the boots you are wearing in the photo “Comfortable Day Bag.” My wife loves them. Gift idea for when we go to Europe 🙂

Those are Ugg Kesey Motorcycle boots, and I love them too! Just got them out again for fall last week. 🙂

Hi kate I am planning to visit europe sometime in 2023(may/june) with my wife and son. Could you please guide me with an itinerary for 15 days Or so?? Swiss, italy, France, spain. After that we will go to a friend in England. If possible, the expenses involved as well. Thanks

Hi Abhijit! I’m not a travel agent, so that’s a bit beyond my scope. 🙂 Generally speaking, though, I’d recommend parring your itinerary down to 2 countries, or 3 at the absolute maximum. 4 countries in 15 days is a lot of travel! Luckily, all of those destinations pair well together, so you can mix and match fairly easily. Also very generally speaking, Italy and Spain will be the most affordable, and Switzerland by far the most expensive–but that depends a lot on where you go and what you do!

Hey Kate, All your pictures are amazing! What kind of cameras do you bring with you? And do you edit your photos? If so what do you use for that, they are all really bright, great pictures.

Hi Stefanie! Thank you so much! We’ve used different cameras over the years, but our main camera these days is a Sony A7 rIII. We love it, and yes, all the photos taken with it are edited in Lightroom. 🙂

Hi Kate, THANK YOU for the great article! I have booked my flights for a 2 week trip next spring, into London and out of Paris. I’ve been to both cities before, but do hope to get a few days in paris again. It’s stolen my heart.

What do you recommend in terms of getting from London to Rome, fairly quickly, and cheaply? I arrive into London mid-day and had hoped to just figure it out at the airport (Gatwick). Do you think that’s possible?

Thank you so much, Sarah! Your trip sounds fantastic.

I’d definitely plan on flying between London and Rome–it’ll be fastest and most likely cheapest, too. Check budget carriers like Ryanair, etc.

If you’re planning on flying out to Rome the same day you arrive in Gatwick, I’d absolutely recommend booking before you arrive. Be sure to double-check and make sure you’re flying out of Gatwick, too, or have time to change airports.

Hope you have an amazing time!

Oh wow I’m doing the same trip with my 3 sons. And unfortunately is the month that she said it’s the worst to go ..in August…oh well🤷🏽‍♀️ can’t do anything about it how but I am worried about the expense tho..

Love your information. I’m planning a trip to Italy and then we want to go to Salzburg as well in the summer of 2023. Our first time to Europe. We will be 60 in 2023 and we think we can plan this without going through a company. After reading your information, I feel comfortable. Two questions about hotels and transportation. What would you recommend for safe places for hotels in those two countries? We don’t need luxury but just comfort and clean. Would you recommend using rail between cities in Italy and it looks like you can travel from Venice to Salzburg by rail? Thoughts?

That’s great to hear, glad we could help!

Venice to Salzburg by rail is very doable in a day and a scenic journey. You’ll probably have to make a change, but that’s workable. Personally, we’d opt for it over flying in a heartbeat.

For hotels, I have several recommendations in our specific Venice and Salzburg posts (you can use the search bar to pull up everything we have on both cities). The centers of both places are quite safe, I wouldn’t worry much about that in a well-reviewed hotel.

Hope you guys have an unforgettable trip!

AWESOME Post!!!!

Please let me know if you have posted anything similar in 2020 or 2021. My wife and I are bringing our three teenagers and we will likely choose the Food & History trip. We both would like to speak with you if possible as we are planning our trip for December.

Hi guys! We don’t run tours ourselves, just provide information for independent travelers, but we’re always happy to answer a few questions about possible itineraries!

Hi Kate, THANK YOU for the amazing Pic ,for now i’m in South Africa Cape Town I’m planning a trip to Italy , France & Austria next year 2022 for 2weeks , Would you recommend using rail or Via Road way .

Thank you in advance & best Regards En vous remerciant d’avance et cordialement

Sounds like a fabulous trip!

Rail vs car depends entirely on where you’re going. If you’re sticking to cities, I’d recommend going by train. If you want to enjoy the countryside, a car could be helpful.

You can also mix-and-match, and rent a car for only part of your trip if you’re going to be in the countryside only part of the time.

Thank you for this awesome post, Kate! My husband and I are wanting to take our first international trip to Central Europe early spring 2022 and have reviewed your Central Europe post. What type of difficulties have you faced with international travel during COVID-19? Any issues with a country on your itinerary going into lock-down or no longer allowing tourists from the US?

We haven’t personally run into any issues with lockdowns interrupting our plans but of course, it’s always possible and things are changing constantly.

Most, if not all, countries in Europe are accepting vaccinated and/or tested US visitors now and haven’t shut their borders to US citizens again since the initial reopening. All of the countries included on our Central Europe itinerary are currently among them.

In addition to entry, some countries are requiring proof of vaccination in order to do certain things like eat in restaurants or check into hotels. Portugal, where we are now, is among them. It’s a very simple process as long as you have the paperwork in order!

Generally, if you plan to visit Europe from the US in 2022, we recommend arriving with proof of vaccination, a negative COVID test (check regularly for specifications as your flight gets closer), flexibility, and the expectation that you’ll wear a mask indoors and potentially in crowded outdoor areas.

I am not a public health expert, of course, and European countries all set their own restrictions, but in the early stages of planning, that’s what I’d keep in mind!

The reaction that we’ve seen from readers who visited in the second half of 2022 has generally been that it’s easier than they expected, but as we’ve all learned way too much in the last 2 years, none of us can predict the future!

Thanks so much, Kate! It definitely seems like flexibility is key as well as continuously monitoring each country’s individual rules for a multi-country trip. I think right now Hungary isn’t accepting tourists but fingers crossed that will change soon so we can replicate your trip. 🙂 Cheers to more adventures for you in 2022!

Hi Kate, my family is in the beginning phase of planning our first international trip and have decided on Europe! I really liked your recommendation of arriving and departing from different airports and I think departing from London would make sense (we’ll probably want to spend the most time there). All we’ve decided is to vacation for somewhere between 2-3 weeks, and we want to see London and Ireland (oh and I want to stay at least one night in a castle hotel!). Would you have any recommendations on destinations or experiences to share? Thanks!

How exciting–nothing like your first trip abroad. 🙂

We actually still haven’t been to London, which is a huge shame! Fingers crossed that 2022 is the year.

Ireland, on the other hand, is one of our absolute favorites! If you search “Ireland” on the top right corner of the blog (or on the pop out menu on mobile), all of our blog posts will come up, but this is a great one to start with: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/10-day-ireland-itinerary-ireland-road-trip/

We spent a night in this castle (slash manor house) and had a fantastic time: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/belleek-castle-county-mayo-ireland/

Ireland is one of our favorite places for road trips on the planet. You’ll love it!

Great post, thanks!

Need your advice here 🙂 We will be landing in London, staying there 3 days, then train to Paris (staying in Paris for 3 days). We fly back home from Lisbon and have 3 options: night train to Nice (spend some time there and then a few days in Lisbon), fly to Napoli (spend some time there and then fly to Lisbon) or fly to Lisbon and discover a bit more of Portugal… What would you recommend?

Oh and we are travelling with two teens who have never been to Europe… I’m trying to pack as much stuff, but wonder what would be too much :/

That’s a lot of hard choices! Each and every one of those destinations is a delight (and we’re living in Lisbon right now).

I’d opt for Nice if you’re looking for coastal views, picturesque villages, and something logistically simple. Nice is a delightful city and the day trips to nearby villages like Eze as well as Monaco are phenomenal. It is the most formal and pricey of the 3 cities and will have a resort feel near the coast in the summer.

Naples is a much less manicured city, it’s a love-it-or-hate-it place (we love it). I’d argue that it has the best food of the 3 options, but those are fighting words and many would disagree. The day trips are equally stunning but very different. If you or your family has an interest in ancient ruins, Pompeii and Herculaneum are unmatched. Visiting the Amalfi Coast or nearby islands is also doable, but it’s a trek if you’re staying in the city center. Keep in mind that there’s no train service to the Amalfi Coast proper, you will need a bus, car, or ferry to get beyond Sorrento.

Lisbon is delightful but honestly, our favorite parts of Portugal lie outside the city. Porto, in the north, has a much more regal feel while Lisbon is fairly spread out. The Duoro Valley (also in the north) is magnificent for port tastings and views, Sintra’s palaces located just outside of Lisbon are must-sees, and if you want to head to the south, the Algarve is incredibly striking.

Logistically speaking, I’d make sure you have at least 2-3 days in Portugal at the end of your trip before flying out, regardless. With 3 full days, you can spend 2 in Lisbon and take one day trip (probably to Sintra but the coastal town of Cascais is also easy and lovely).

If you have time to do that and add another stop for 3 full days, I would check detailed flight and train schedules and let that guide you–the logistics alone may make the choice for you.

That got a bit long, but I hope it helps! 🙂

Thanks a lot for the precious information!

Hi Kate! I know you said you are not a travel agent but are open to a few itinerary questions! We have recently done a European Cruise which hit almost all of Italy! We are wanting to go back independently. I am highly interested in Ireland, but would also like to see Paris. My husband is interested in Netherlands, Germany, Switzerland. With a 14 day trip wanted, what areas do you think we should do (based on best places to see, with allotted time?)

& Austria! 🙂

That is a lot of very different places, but you’ll definitely be able to pull together a great trip! I’d recommend narrowing it down to around 3 destinations, 4 if you’re comfortable moving quite fast and two of them are close together.

Ireland is definitely the odd one out geographically, but if you use two one-way tickets instead of flying in and out of the same airport, it can work (it’s what we did on our first multi-country Europe trip many years ago).

Since you’ll likely have 1-2 flights in this itinerary regardless, which destinations you pick can come down to a combination of your absolute favorites and what makes logistical sense. Paris is a very popular place to fly in and out of, so it’ll likely be easy to work in.

I’m not sure which parts of Germany your husband is interested in, but parts of western Germany have simple train access to The Netherlands and/or France.

As far as what places I’d personally visit, Ireland and Paris are two of my favorite places on the planet, so I’m biased! Switzerland’s mountain landscapes are truly beyond belief, so if you’re looking for nature (and aren’t concerned about the budget), it’s a winner.

Germany is also gorgeous, both its nature and many of its cities, though it’s quite big and varied–with a big trip like this, you’ll want to choose one small corner of it (Bavaria is a popular first stop, but you can also look at places along the Rhine, which makes more sense if you’re hoping to visit Paris or The Netherlands by train before or after).

The only part of The Netherlands we’ve had a chance to visit so far is Amsterdam, which is visually stunning but will be extremely crowded–probably more so than anywhere else you’ve listed, as there’s less room to spread out there than in, say, Paris.

When it comes to your itinerary, I’d recommend that each of you pick one place that is your absolute first choice, plan on a trip to those, and then fill in the 3rd and possible 4th destination based on what makes logistical sense as far as what planes/trains/buses are available to the spots on your shortlist.

Also, if you do need to book high-speed train tickets, book them ASAP, as prices increase as your trip gets closer.

What a wonderful blog, just when I feel like I’ve read them all I find another really helpful article. Heading to Europe for 1 month in May. Keen on Spain, definitely Italy, and probably 2 days in London and Paris respectively (arrival and departure). Feel like we have space for one more place and can’t figure out which is the better option (Portugal, Croatia or Greece) for potentially 5 days? Any recommendations?

Thank you for sharing all your wonderful insights.

That’s tough, because all 3 are fantastic but very different!

I’d probably recommend (if I had to choose), Greece for beaches/swimming and small towns, Portugal for cities, and Croatia for a combination of all. But we adore each and every one of them, so hard to go wrong!

Portugal fits nicely into your Spain section geographically, so there is that to consider.

Hi, Kate! Super love your blog. I just booked a trip to Europe for August, was thinking of going to France, Spain, and Italy in 2 weeks. Or should I cut it down to 2 countries? Hope to hear from you!

Less relevant than the countries are the destinations within them–I wouldn’t go more than 4 places in 2 weeks, max.

So if you’re hitting up Paris, Barcelona, and Rome, for example, your plan is fine. If you want to go to 2-3 places within each country, it’s time to cut it down. 🙂

HI! Thanks for the fantastic blog! My husband and I are planning our first trip to Europe from Canada and are feeling quite overwhelmed by all the choices! His family is from Holland, so we are spending one week touring with them for the first week of May, and then will stay an additional 2 weeks after that. What would you recommend? We are not keen on France but everything else looks so great, and it was good to read that you don’t recommend trying to fit everything else in, which is what we might otherwise be trying to do. Any suggestions for the 2 weeks after Holland?

Hi Michele,

That’s so exciting! You guys are going to have an amazing time.

Without knowing your tastes or the season you’re traveling, the sky is truly the limit when planning your itinerary! Anywhere that sounds exciting to you is going to be worth it. With 2 weeks, I’d opt for 1-2 countries and no more than 4 base destinations (3 would be even better).

I started trying to make a list of some of our favorite countries in Europe for you, but just backspaced the sentence because I was ending up just listing every country, LOL. But Italy is one of our special favorites that we would recommend to just about anyone!

We will be in Holland for the first week of May so we could do the other two weeks either before or after that (or split one before and one after). The suggestion to cut down to less rather than more is helpful – it’s our first time to Europe and everything looks like something we should see! We are 50 and really like most things – some scenery, some castles, etc. Do you think it would be do-able to do Germany and Italy on top of Holland? Any specifics on what you love in Italy? I am really NOT a crowd person, so we’re really going to try and avoid huge crowds or I’ll lose my mind 😉

A week in Germany followed by a week in Italy is definitely doable!

Personally I’d opt for either southwest Germany (Black Forest, Heidelberg, Burg Eltz) or Bavaria.

We love virtually all of Italy, but if you want something somewhat more offbeat that’s in the top half of the country (for geography reasons), I’d recommend looking into Emilia-Romagna.

It’s the region east of Tuscany, and has similar appeal with far fewer tourists. It’s also gorgeous and a culinary dream–Emilia-Romagna is the origin of many iconic foods like parmigiano-reggiano and traditional balsamic vinegar.

A few destinations in the region to poke into as you research: Bologna, Parma, Ravenna, Ferrara, Modena. The micronationa of San Marino is also accessible from there!

Kate-what a remarkably comprehensive, detailed and resourceful blog! I love the considerations offered from different perspectives. My family of 4 (including 2 kids ages 10 and 6) will be traveling to Paris for the second half of August for 2 weeks to visit family. We have already been to Paris a few times so this time around, I would like us to explore more of Europe for some of the time, ideally via trains. I am thinking of staying in Air B&B’s as we have been enjoying that accommodation when we travel locally within the US but would love your perspective on this (vs hotels) considering the cultural and language differences in certain destinations as well as any recommendations for either you may have. Based on some research, some destinations I came cross purely based on travel distance via train from Paris are Switzerland (3 hrs), Barcelona (6.5 hours! would probably have to be an overnight train for the kids), London (2 hrs, have family we can see), and Greece (2 hours), Belgium (1.5 hrs, also some family we can see). My goal is to show my kids/family different cultures, ways of living and experience foods, interesting architecture, beautiful cafe’s etc. Also curios if any of these can be “day trips”. I do not have specific destinations yet to see at these locations and would love your input. From your article, it sounds like limiting to 2 destinations maybe best (outside of Paris) and your thoughts may help me narrow down where to focus. Thanks so much and look forward to reading your insights on this.

So glad you found it helpful, Tez! Sounds like you guys have an amazing trip planned.

I’m sure you already know this, but August is the height of peak season for European travelers visiting the coast and mountains, so some destinations will be quite crowded and expensive (book your hotels and train tickets ASAP, especially in a group of four).

I’m assuming Greece is a typo, so I’ll pass over that one–pretty sure it’s much further than 2 hours even by plane. 🙂

Luckily Paris is a huge train hub for getting across Europe, so you have plenty of options! Most of them will take longer than it looks on the map once you navigate connections, train times, etc. We highly recommend using Omio to search exact routes and dates, and keep in mind tickets will increase in price as you get closer. With kids, you’ll probably want to search by the fastest available routes.

London, Belgium, and Switzerland all jump out at me from your list–simple to access and incredible. The Jungfrau region in Switzerland is pure paradise, though a bit further away.

You may also want to look into Amsterdam, it’s only 3.5 hours from Paris by train.

With the right schedule, you can get as far as Venice in a day from Paris (we’ve done this), so Italy is an option for you as well, as is Germany.

Essentially, the more you stick to major cities, the easier it will be to navigate solely by train. Smaller towns and cities are often connected, but you’ll virtually always need to pass back through the main city of a region to make your way back to Paris.

You may want to take a look at this post as well, we talk a lot more about train travel here: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/travel-europe-by-train/

Hi Kate Love your blog, lots of useful information. My husband and I are planning a 10 day trip to Europe end of April to early May. At the moment we are looking at flying from the US RT to Paris. We’re thinking of possibly going to Amsterdam and Belgium as well. this will be our second trip to Paris. We are open to other suggestions. Do you have any other recommendations?

Happy to be able to help, Daisy!

Paris + Amsterdam + Belgium is an excellent itinerary and doable in 10 days. It’s actually a route we recommend ourselves. We have posts on all those places, but here are our suggestions on spending 3 days in Belgium to give you an idea of what you can cover in a short time frame: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-belgium-itinerary/

Paris is extremely well-connected by rail (you can be in Venice in 9 hours or Munich in under 6, for example), so as far as ideas for other destinations go, the sky is the limit!

If you choose to extend your original itinerary, a few additional places that you might consider along that route are Strasbourg/Alsace, Heidelberg, and Cologne.

Thank you for your blog.. We are travelling to Europe for 14 days the end of May. Flying Calgary to Dublin, doing a couple days at the Isle of Man races then hopefully, London, Paris, Rome. Your blog shares what to pack for clothing in Summer, Fall and Winter, what would you recommend for spring? We are trying to decide if we take the trains or flights from London, Paris and Rome. We aren’t planning any beach time. Also, what do you recommend for luggage? I’m leaning towards a rolly carryon but have every size hard shell case and multiple back country camping packs.

So happy you find it helpful!

Funny you mention spring packing ideas–I’m actually working on a post for that right now. It will hopefully be up next week. But off the top of my head, you’ll definitely want a travel umbrella and to pack in layers. The end of May is a beautiful time to be in much of Europe but the weather could be unpredictable–you may want sundresses on some days and light jackets on some evenings!

As far as luggage, either is completely fine. There are advantages to both backpacks and suitcases, but as long as you’re comfortable carrying your bag up and down staircases, carrying (or rolling) it down the street for 10+ minutes, and loading it into and out of trains and/or cars, you’re good.

As far as trains vs planes–London to Paris can definitely be a train, but do a time and cost-benefit analysis between that and a plane (depending on the dates, your travel style, etc, you may choose either). Paris to Rome is better done as a flight!

Thank you very much for sharing your wisdom. We are really excited.

Hi Kate, Thank you so very much. You have provided an AMAZING amount of helpful information. Can you pretty please help me with the best location to travel to 1st, 2nd, 3rd & 4th and the best way to get to the locations? (We will NOT be doing any driving).I’m a 55 years old woman. I live in USA. I’m planning the 1st International trip for me and my husband for either the 1st or 2nd week of September 2023. My biggest challenge is knowing where to start and end the trip, based on logistically traveling to the different destinations, as well as, the best way to get to each destination.Here are the the things I have planned. I know you mentioned you’ve never been to London but i’m hoping you can assist based on me providing the area I want to be in. *LONDON-7 NIGHTS I’m a theatre/adrenaline junkie person so Theatreland West End of London near (North of the River Thames. 3-Plays (evening events) 2-Hour Sherlock Holmes museum (near West End) 1-Hour Ghost Bus tour (nearest tube stations are Embankment and Charing Cross) 4-Hours-day walking tasting tour (near London Bridge Station) 1-day Harry Potter Studio Tour (Leavesden London) 2 -Nights Theme park “Alton Towers” located Alton, Staffordshire near Manchester and Birmingham. (stay onsite at the parks resort)*PARIS-3 NIGHTS Moulin Rouge (BD de Clichy area) L’ATELIER DES LUMINERES -DIGITAL ART MUSEUM I would like to visit just one of the haunted castles in Paris (depending on recommendation) Château de Puymartin Château de Brissac Château Lagorce Château de Chambord Château de Versailles* GERMANY 3 NIGHTS-Phantasialand Theme park (located Bruhl Germany) Stay onsite at the parks resortThank you for any advice or suggestions you can provide.

Hi Melvina,

I definitely can’t speak to getting around London in detail, though a combination of the tube and buses will likely be doable! You can add cabs as needed as well.

In Paris, the metro is so dense you should have no issue getting around. Assuming you are planning to do the usual Paris sights (Eiffel Tower, Louvre, etc), our Paris itinerary might be able to help you out (and has hotel recommendations): https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-paris-itinerary/

For the chateaus, Versailles is by far the closest to Paris and you can get there by RER train. Château de Chambord in the Loire Valley is doable via an organized day trip like this: https://www.getyourguide.com/paris-l16/loire-valley-castles-wines-day-trip-from-paris-t70389/?partner_id=1OI4D21&utm_medium=online_publisher&placement=content-middle

The others are way too far from Paris for day trips, so I’d focus on Versailles and/or Chambord this time.

Hope you have a wonderful time! 🙂

Thank you so very much.

Hi, thank you for this comprehensive post! We are planning a trip this summer and will be going to Paris, Rome, Florence and Amsterdam. My question is about changing money. We were in Iceland last year and used Apple Pay or credit card everywhere, never needed cash and didn’t get any. Is that possible in either France, Italy or Netherlands? Should I plan on getting cash for taxis, tips, etc?

Happy to help!

I’d definitely recommend having some cash with you as you travel, especially for small purchases like coffee, gelato, etc. Most hotels in Italy will require the city’s tourist tax in cash, too. Some taxis and tips will be best done in cash as well, and occasionally very small, offbeat tourist attractions.

While cash-only restaurants definitely aren’t the norm in any of those cities, they’re not unheard of, either.

Overall, I’d say you’re most likely to avoid cash entirely in Amsterdam and most likely to use some of it in Rome and Florence, but that’s not a hard and fast rule by any means (I used some cash on my trip to the Netherlands last spring, for example).

We find that the easiest way to get cash, by far, is to withdraw Euros from any bank’s ATM once you’re already in Europe (avoid Euronet–use an ATM branded by an actual bank). Luckily, since all the places you’re visiting use the Euro, you won’t need to worry about changing currency beyond that. 🙂

Hi Kate, thank you for this great, and helpful post! We’re are planning a trip to Europe for the first time in September for next year in 2024. My plan is to visit Spain, Italy and I’m still undecided on the third country to visit. What country would you suggest or advised that we can visit that has beautiful scenery, mountains, lakes, etc. We like the city, but we also want something where we can hike out in nature like Iceland maybe, Switzerland. Any tips on that? Also, is it cheaper to stay in hotels, Airbnb’s? Thank you!

Spain and Italy–two of our favorites! You guys are going to have a great time. 🙂

The hardest part about picking a third country with your criteria will be narrowing it down between many excellent choices–you really can’t go wrong.

Switzerland is absolutely spectacular, if the Alps are what you’re looking for, it’s iconic and hard to beat in every category except the price tag.

Germany and Austria also offer beautiful mountains and lakes and are a more budget-friendly than Switzerland.

The French Alps are also wonderful–towns like Chamonix and Annecy offer plenty of mountains, lakes, etc.

And, for a a wild card, you don’t necessarily need a third country at all: the Dolomites in Italy have everything you’re looking for.

Any of those that appeal to you and fit your budget will be a great addition to your trip. They’re well-connected to Italy and each other by train, the travel times aren’t too far, and they’re all phenomenal places to visit.

One small thing to keep in mind if you’re planning to travel by train a bunch is that Spain isn’t very well connected to the rest of the places you’re considering by rail–you may want to consider flying in and out of there.

Iceland is definitely far out of the way, but assuming you’re traveling to and from North America, look into the Icelandair stopover program if you want to add it on! I will say that while it does offer mountains, lakes, and beautiful scenery, it’s a very different vibe than Switzerland or any of the surrounding Alpine countries, so take a close look at the specific destinations and see if it’s what you’re looking for. It’s a stunning place, just very different than the others. Here’s one of our Iceland posts if you want to get a feel for it: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/10-day-iceland-ring-road-itinerary/

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

11 EPIC 2-Week Europe Itinerary Options [2024 UPDATE]

Trying to plan a 2-week Europe itinerary but don’t know where to start? This complete Europe travel guide will help you figure out which region in Europe is best for you and which itinerary would best suit your travel preferences!

Europe tops the list of leading destinations for travelers across the globe with its pristine, Mediterranean beaches, medieval history, sumptuous cuisine, and picturesque landscapes. But, with so many countries and options to choose from, finding a 2-week itinerary to suit your needs can be daunting!

With over a dozen European countries under my belt and years of personal traveling experience, I have created the best itineraries to suit every traveler. From the beachbums to the hikers, and the history buffs to the nature enthusiasts, there is a European itinerary for everyone!

Here is my list of the best itineraries across the continent, each containing the top activities of the region. I’ve also included tons of useful information on how to plan your trip, how to select the countries you should visit, and more!

Happy Travels!

11 Incredible 2-Week Europe Itinerary Options

Whether you want to visit Central, Western, or Northern Europe, we have a special itinerary for every travel style and budget!

✈️ Now, before you set out your door en route to the airport, be sure to check out these Essential Tips for Traveling to Europe for the First Time ! Even if it’s not your first trip to the continent, you’re likely to find some helpful tips for your next go-around.

✈️1. London & Paris: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

This combination makes for a fantastic Eastern Europe itinerary! With so much to see and do in both, you’ll want at least a few days in each to explore the nooks and crannies of these gorgeous cities.

This trip can be shortened to fit within one week, but keep in mind these are two of the largest cities in Europe.

They have a lot of incredible sites and activities to offer that you won’t want to miss out on, not to mention you’ll need some time to sit back and enjoy a cup of tea (or a glass of wine) and a freshly baked croissant!

Day 1 : Arrive in London Day 2 : Big Ben, the Tower of London, the London Eye Day 3 : Buckingham Palace and the Changing of the Guard Day 4 : Walking Tour of the City Day 5 : Harry Potter tour Day 6 : Train to Paris: Eiffel Tower and the Arc de Triomphe Day 7 : Les Champs-Élysées and the Notre Dame Day 8 : Museums: Orsay and Louvre Day 9 : Explore some neighborhoods: Montmartre and Le Marais Day 10 : Day Trip to the Palace of Versailles Day 11 : Picnic in the Luxembourg Gardens Day 12 : Get lost in the Latin Quarter Day 13 : Paris Catacombs and catch a show at Le Moulin Rouge Day 14 : Return home

With 20 arrondissements in Paris and over 600 square miles in London, it’s safe to say the possibilities are endless when designing a trip to these cities. But, you really can’t go wrong!

Each day can be customized to fit your goals. Looking to relax by the Seine and have a picnic? Do it. Not really into shopping? Skip the Champs-Élysées and spend time listening to the singing bells of the Notre Dame Cathedral.

In London, opt to check out the local art scene and make your way through its numerous museums.

Looking for a day trip from London? Windsor Castle, Bath, and Stonehenge are most popular for visitors looking to escape the chaos of the city for a day, and with their incredible cultural heritage and stunning architecture, there’s no wondering why.

London and Paris offer fantastic opportunities to immerse yourself in Europe while avoiding complex itineraries and long-haul journies between destinations. Pair them together for a classic 2 week Europe trip full of beauty, romance, and charm.

Related Articles on Paris

✔️ Why Visit Paris? 25 Reasons to Visit Paris, France ✔️ Is Paris Safe? A Full Guide on Safety in Paris ✔️ Souvenirs from France: 45 Unique French Souvenirs ✔️ Best Time to Visit Paris: 7 Things to Consider ✔️ 27 Incredible Day Trips from Paris ✔️ 17 Beautiful Beaches Near Paris ✔️ 27+ Magical Things To Do in Paris at Night ✔️ Wine Tours in France: 15 Top-Rated French Wine Tours

✈️2. Amsterdam, Bruges & Luxembourg City: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Medieval architecture, sweeping canals, and charming squares await in these three cities seemingly based on a storybook. Evidently frozen in time, the magic of these cities can be felt by even the most jaded of travelers, and surely won’t disappoint your inner child!

Stroll the windy, cobblestoned alleyways and take a boat ride through the web of canals in Amsterdam and Bruges, but find yourself watching the changing of the guard and getting lost in the Casemates du Bock of Luxembourg City.

These cities offer everything from traditional design to modern cafés and boutiques and represent the epitome of European travel.

Day 1 : Arrive in Amsterdam Day 2 : Bloemenmarkt & Canal Boat Ride Day 3 : Red Light District (if it’s your style) & Jordaan neighborhoods Day 4 : Van Gogh Museum & Anne Frank House Day 5 : Day Trip to Zaanse Schans Day 6 : Optional Day in Brussels & train to Bruges Day 7 : Train to Bruges Day 8 : Canal Boat Ride & Belfry of Bruges Day 9 : Rozenhoedkaai (Quay of the Rosary) & Market Square Day 10 : Train to Luxembourg City Day 11 : Casemates du Bock & the Grund Day 12 : Walking tour of the Old Town Day 13 : Day Trip to the Mullerthal Trail Day 14 : Return home

Now, you’re probably wondering why I’ve chosen Bruges over Brussels… and the answer is simple. I’m all about getting out of the basic tourist spots (Bruges is still very touristy, but has far more medieval character and beauty to it), and going beyond the first train stop in a new country.

Yes, while traveling from Amsterdam to Bruges, you will most likely be stopping in Brussels. I’m not going to tell you not to get off the train, but I will say that when debating between Bruges vs Brussels , I can honestly say that most people choose Bruges over Brussels.

My best suggestion is to add a day to your trip so you have time to explore both.

Luxembourg City may be small, but it certainly packs a punch. Often overlooked by travelers, it is a true gem that has so much to explore.

Have some extra time? Head up north to the Mullerthal Region of Luxembourg where you’ll find dreamy, moss-covered forests scattered with graceful waterfalls and filled with tall trees (it reminds me of the forests depicted in The Hobbit films!)

These cities have so much to offer and this is one of my personal favorite European itineraries on this list… just remember to bring a camera and good walking shoes.

Related Articles

✔️ One Day in Bruges: The Ultimate Bruges Itinerary ✔️ One Day in Ghent: The Ultimate Ghent Day Trip ✔️ One Day in Brussels: A Brussels Itinerary for First Time Visitors ✔️ The Perfect 3 Days in Belgium Itinerary ✔️ 17 Authentic Souvenirs from Belgium to Bring Home ✔️ Paris or Amsterdam: A Complete Comparison ✔️ Barcelona vs Lisbon: The Ultimate City Comparison ✔️ The Perfect Day Trip to Luxembourg from Brussels ✔️ Amsterdam in Spring: Why Spring is the Best Time to Visit Amsterdam ✔️ 2 Days in Amsterdam: The Ultimate Amsterdam Itinerary ✔️ 25 Authentic Souvenirs from Amsterdam To Bring Home ✔️ One Day in Amsterdam: Full Guide & Best Things To Do and See

✈️3. Chamonix, Courmayeur & The Matterhorn (Zermatt): 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Fellow hikers and adventure seekers, this is the trip for you! Surrounded by the breathtaking Mont Blanc Range and the various snow-capped peaks of the Alps, there is no end in sight to hiking trails of all difficulty levels and spectacular landscapes worthy of a thousand photos.

Even if you aren’t someone who enjoys a good hike, there are plenty of options to take cable cars up these majestic mountain ranges to enjoy the stunning scenery. Trust me, your pictures won’t do your experience justice.

Coming from someone who jumped off the Mont Blanc Range (with a paraglide strapped to me!), the sights are truly unparalleled, and you won’t believe you ever even debated the option of skipping it.

So, here is my best 2-week Europe itinerary for exploring this region to the fullest, just be sure to bring a jacket (yes, even in summer) if you plan on making your way up to the top of these mountains!

Day 1 : Arrive in Chamonix, France Day 2 : The Montenvers Train to Restaurant le Panoramique Day 3 : Aiguille du Midi Cable Car Day 4 : Adventure Activities (Hiking, Paragliding, or Snow Sports) Day 5 : Explore th e c harming Alps town Day 6 : Train to Courmayeur Day 7 : Skyway Monte Bianco Cable Car Day 8 : Explore the quaint villages of the Aosta Valley (Dolonne, La Saxe, Entrèves and Villair) Day 9 : White Water Rafting Day 10 : Train to Zermatt Day 11 : The Gornergrat Railway (Europe’s highest mountain railroad) Day 12 : The Matterhorn (learn about it here ) Day 13 : Ski Day Day 14 : Return home

Chamonix , Courmayeur, and Zermatt not only provide stunning scenery at altitude but also at the ground level in the center of lovely villages and neighborhoods. Nestled between sections of the magnificent Alps, these towns provide a cozy, small-town feel you don’t get in other places in Europe.

Being encircled by the striking mountains is both awe-inspiring and rejuvenating and should be experienced by travelers of all types! Do yourself a favor, and head to the French, Swiss, and Italian Alps on your next European getaway.

✈️ When it comes to bucket list experiences, Chamonix often tops the list for Europe. If it’s already caught your eye, be sure to check out this Ultimate Europe Bucket List: 101 Experiences to Have in Europe as well!

✈️4. Barcelona & The French Riviera: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

As one of my personal favorite destinations in all of Europe, Barcelona is a true gem. Boasting sweeping coastlines and a vibrant art scene, it can easily be combined with the nearby French Riviera for the ultimate beach vacation.

If this magical city is high on your European bucket list, be sure to check out my list of the Best Things To Do in Barcelona at Night !

Combined with the magic of the French Riviera, beachbums will have their fill of endless crystal clear waters, and soft, white-sand beaches to get between their toes!

This is the ultimate vacation for those looking to relax and unwind in the Mediterranean with a little European flair.

Day 1 : Arrive in Barcelona Day 2 : Antoni Gaudi’s Park Güell and Walking Tour Day 3 : Beach day Day 4 : Las Ramblas, the Gothic Quarter, El Born, Gràcia, and El Raval Day 5 : Train to Dramont Day 6 : Beach day in Dramont & stroll the Old Town Day 7 : Day trip to one of the Cote d’Azur islands Day 8 : Beach day in Nice & explore the Promenade des Anglais Day 9 : Day Trip to Cannes and walk the Boulevard de la Croisette Day 10 : Optional beach day or hiking day Day 11 : Day Trip to Antibes Day 12 : Day Trip to Monaco Municipality Day 13 : Optional beach day or hiking day Day 14 : Return home

With some of the best beaches in not only Europe but the world, the French Riviera should not be overlooked by anyone, regardless if you are someone who could spend 10 hours or barely last 10 minutes on a beach.

The panoramic scenery is simply breathtaking and the region boasts exciting activities, too.

Windsurfing, paddleboarding, kayaking, hiking, and snorkeling are just a few activities visitors can enjoy during their stay. Not to mention the coveted secret gems tucked between rock formations all around the region that are filled with clear waters, tropical fish, and few tourists.

While Barcelona and the French Riviera are situated an approximately 9-hour train ride from each other with line switches, your efforts will be well rewarded.

Aim to set aside a minimum of 10 days for this trip, but preferably 2 weeks to ensure you have ample time to rejuvenate on the warm, Mediterranean beaches without feeling rushed.

✈️5. The Best of Italy: 2 Week Europe Itinerary by Train

Italy is one of the most popular destinations on any 2 week Europe trip and for good reason! With everything from its fresh cuisine, Mediterranean beaches, cliffside villages, snowy mountains, and historical cities there’s something for everyone.

While it’s easy to spend a month in Italy and not go down the same street twice, not everyone has that kind of time (but if you do… go for it!)

This itinerary is designed for slightly longer than 2 weeks because less time won’t allow you to see all the major sites as well as relax and enjoy your time on the beaches and really explore the towns.

Of course, you can always cut some sites and activities out, but be sure to choose wisely. This is my best Italian itinerary for those looking to get lost in the birthplace of their family’s heritage, or simply live like a local and eat delicious food. Mangia!

Day 1 : Arrive in Milan Day 2 : Duomo di Milano Cathedral & strolling the streets Day 3 : Train to Venice & boat ride along the Grand Canal Day 4 : St. Mark’s Square & The Bridge of Sighs & Rialto Bridge Day 5 : Train to Cinque Terre Day 6 : Roam the fishing village & Cinque Terre hike Day 7 : Beach day Day 8 : Train to Florence & Climb the Steps to Duomo overlooking the city Day 9 : Giotto’s Campanile & Palazzo Vecchio & Museums Day 10 : Train to Rome & the Colosseum (a UNESCO World Heritage Site) Day 11 : Train to Naples for the best pizza in Italy Day 12 : Rent a boat or take a day tour to Capri Day 13 : Train to Positano (Amalfi Coast) & explore the city Day 14 : Positano Beach Day 15 : Train to Bari & explore the old town Day 16 : Train back to Rome & return home

Italy often receives high recognition for one of the most popular destinations in Europe, and it definitely deserves it. There truly is something for everyone and with their convenient train system, there’s no end to the itinerary possibilities.

✔️ Pro Tip: Keep in mind that the trains can change sporadically so be sure to arrive early to ensure you’re at the right departure gate!

✈️6. Iceland’s Ring Road : 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Iceland’s infamous Ring Road is well known for its awe-inspiring sites and magical landscapes. To really discover the best this loop has to offer, opt to rent a car and drive at your own pace. This way, you’ll be able to allow yourself ample time at each stop and not be on a tour bus’ schedule.

Renting a car and planning a road trip can have its fair share of frustrations, so if you would enjoy some assistance with your bookings, transfers, and ensuring you’re going to see the best the area has to offer, check out Nordic Visitor’s Self Drive Tours !

They have local travel experts handpick your accommodations, offer free transportation from the airport, set up your Enterprise car rental, and create a comprehensive itinerary designed specifically for you.

While you can technically complete Iceland’s Ring Road in about 7-10 days, we suggest spending 2 full weeks. This will not only allow you to take your time in each place, but it will also increase your chances of spotting wildlife and the northern lights!

Day 1 : Arrive in Iceland & Blue Lagoon Day 2 : Snaefellsnes Peninsula and National Park Day 3 : Snaefellsnes Peninsula and National Park Day 4 : Goðafoss Waterfall in Northern Iceland Day 5 : Whale Watching in Húsavík Day 6 : Ásbyrgi Canyon Hike Day 7 : Dettifoss and Selfoss Waterfalls & Lake Myvatn Day 8 : Eastern Iceland Fjords and Fishing Villages Day 9 : Explore the local Fishing Villages Day 10 : Skógafoss, Fjaðrárgljúfur, and the Black Waterfall Day 11 : First Half of the G olden Circle Day 12 : Second Half of the G olden Circle Day 13 : Day Trip to Vik Day 14 : Reykjavík & Return Home

For optimal time in each major site on this itinerary, I highly recommend setting aside at least 12 days to complete this trip. It can be done in 7 days, but you’ll have less time at each location, and may end up feeling rushed or missing out on some exciting opportunities Iceland has to offer!

This trip can also be done in either direction: clockwise or counterclockwise. But, if you’re someone who likes to leave the best parts of a trip until the end, I suggest starting in Reykjavík and heading clockwise around the loop (how it is laid out above).

This saves some of the most beautiful parts of the country for last which can be a great way to end your Icelandic vacation.

Both a popular tourist destination and secluded island, Iceland makes for a magical 2 week Europe itinerary with its countless, giant waterfalls, black sand beaches, striking mountains, and windswept coastlines.

Be sure to pack warm layers no matter what season you plan on traveling and always, always, always pack a bathing suit… there are dozens of gorgeous hot springs all over the island!

✔️ Pro Tip: If you plan on visiting in winter, be sure to rent a vehicle with high-quality snow tires and chains. Service can be limited and food and gas stops can be few and far between. Ensure your vehicle comes with 24/7 roadside assistance and always carry extra blankets, food, and water in the vehicle. To figure out how to budget for a trip to Iceland, check out this guide: Is Iceland Expensive? The Ultimate 2024 Breakdown

✈️7. Oslo, Stockholm & Copenhagen: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

These cities are some of the most vibrant (both culturally and literally) in all of Europe! Walk the colorful streets along Nyhavn harbor in Copenhagen , swim in the Baltic Sea surrounding Stockholm, or take in the picturesque scenery from the Bygdøy Peninsula in Oslo.

Sweden, Norway, and Denmark are a part of the Schengen Area of Europe which signifies a zone of countries involved in the protection of freedom of movement of people and have similar laws regarding external borders and fair judicial systems.

These countries boast a high quality of life and low criminal ratings, making them fantastic destinations for everyone! You can expect to meet friendly, hospitable people, and experience a relaxed, positive vibe while exploring the region.

For families traveling with kids to older couples and everyone in between, Oslo, Stockholm, and Copenhagen make for the perfect 2 weeks Europe itinerary!

Day 1 : Arrive in Oslo Day 2 : Explore the City Day 3 : Bygdøy Peninsula & Museums Day 4 : Akershus Fortress & the Royal Palace & Mathallen Food Hall Day 5 : Oslo Fjords Tours Day 6 : Fly (or take a train) to Stockholm & Gamla Stan Old Town Day 7 : Explore the City Day 8 : Swim in the Baltic Sea & Canal Boat Tour on the Royal Canals Day 9 : Day trip to Ørland Day 10 : Fly (or take a train) to Copenhagen Day 11 : Strøget & The Old City Day 12 : Nyhavn Harbor Day 13 : Rosenborg Castle & Christiansborg Palace Day 14 : Return Home

Oslo sits in a network of fjords, all offering incredible views of the surrounding landscapes and dramatic vistas, so it would be silly not to take advantage of a boat ride through these fjords for a spectacular vantage point.

Bookings can be made through the highly rated company, Fjord Tours , several months in advance here !

As for Stockholm, be prepared to witness extremely fine, white sand beaches and picturesque harbors throughout your stay. Some of my family’s heritage goes back to the municipality of Ørland , an island connected by a striking bridge with beautiful gardens, stunning beaches, and unique history.

Easily reached in under 2 hours by car, this island makes for a great day trip away from the more touristy city of Stockholm.

If you love to travel or often seek out those quintessential European towns, there’s a good chance you have seen at least a picture of the famous Nyhavn Harbor in Copenhagen.

Lined with colorful, cookie-cutter buildings and elegant schooners, this town is one of the most sought after in all of Europe. Be sure to stroll the harbor at night for the ultimate romantic experience!

✈️ Planning this trip for your honeymoon? Be sure to check out these 9 Incredible European Honeymoon Itinerary Options for 1 Week, 2 Weeks, + 1 Month !

✈️8. Munich, Prague, & Vienna: 15 Days Europe Tour Itinerary

These popular tourist destinations are well known across Central Europe for their lovely squares, medieval architecture, and pedestrian-only cobblestoned streets. But, that’s not all!

Full of traditional European charm and romantic ambiance, there’s no wonder why this is one of the most popular European itineraries among tourists.

For the ultimate experience, I highly recommend traveling during the off-season in September, during Germany’s world-renowned Oktoberfest festival. Traditional German activities combine with endless food and brews, authentic lederhosens, and dancing!

You will also get to experience lower accommodation and flight costs ( bonus! ) during this time of year.

Head to Germany, Czech Republic, and Austria to immerse yourself in the classic charm of old-world Europe while diving deep into the contemporary lifestyles of modern Europeans.

Day 1 : Arrive in Munich Day 2 : Marienplatz Square Day 3 : Oktoberfest (if visiting in September, highly recommended!) Day 4 : Day Trip to Nymphenburg Palace Day 5 : Train to Prague Day 6 : Wenceslas Square & Old Town Square & Astronomical Clock Day 7 : Charles Bridge & The Lesser Town & Prague Castle Day 8 : Lennon Wall and St. Vitus Cathedral Day 9 : Train to Vienna Day 10 : The Hofburg & Belvedere Palace Day 11 : Catch a Showing at the Vienna State Opera House Day 12 : Day Trip to Schönbrunn Palace Day 13 : Hundertwasser House, Austrian Gallery Belvedere, and Austrian National Library Day 14 : Travel west to Salzburg Day 15 : Return home

For the most convenient method of travel among these countries, I highly suggest using the Eurail . With frequent trains between dozens of European cities daily, there’s no stressing about how to get from one destination to the next, but just be sure to book your train tickets as soon as they become available. This typically occurs between 60-120 days prior to your travel dates.

Munich , Prague , and Vienna are also extremely walkable, leaving no reason to rent a car.

Have more time for travel? Consider tacking on other popular destinations including České Budějovice in the Czech Republic and Salzburg in Austria (home to famous composer Wolfgang Mozart).

If you’re a fan of sophisticated music and shows, be sure to get tickets to a play at the Vienna State Opera House… one of the most paramount opera houses in the entire world!

✈️9. Athens & The Greek Islands: Europe Itinerary 3 Weeks

There is so much more to Greece than just delicious feta cheese (yes, it is incredible) and beautiful sunsets. Think whitewashed villages painted with deep blue rooftops, rugged coastlines, white and black sand beaches, and marvelous ancient ruins.

Also, the entirety of the islands are covered in vibrant, blooming wildflowers adding supreme brightness to the country. So, if you have time for a 21 days in Europe itinerary, you won’t regret spending it in Greece!

Even if you aren’t a beachbum, this itinerary has something for everyone. Are half-day hiking treks more your style? Check out Mount Ida on the island of Crete or Mount Zeus on Naxos (supposedly Zeus’ birthplace) for sensational views of the rugged coastlines and crystal clear, blue waters of the Meditteranean.

In Greece, you can also expect to find incredible cuisine boasting fresh, local ingredients grown on the islands. Fish, grilled meats, olives, taramasalata, and other dips are highly popular among both locals and visitors.

If you aren’t really interested in most of these foods, don’t fret, they also have some options more geared for tourists.

Ferries frequent between islands all over Greece, so be sure to check out some of the other islands available on your route, and if you have time, spend a day there!

Each island is unique in both design, scenery, and activities, so be sure to do a little bit of research if the islands I have mentioned below don’t seem to excite you. But, to be honest, I truly believe anyone could enjoy themselves on this Greece itinerary!

This Europe itinerary has been created for 3 weeks since we believe that is how long you’ll need to get a really good feel for each island’s unique characteristics. If you only have 2 weeks, simply remove a couple of the islands that are on the itinerary below.

Day 1 : Arrive in Athens Day 2 : The Parthenon & The Acropolis Day 3 : Ferry to Mykonos Day 4 : Delos Ancient Greek Ruins & Little Venice Day 5 : Beach Day (highly recommend Ftelia Beach & Elia Beach) Day 6 : Ferry to Naxos Day 7 : Apollo Temple & The Old Town Day 8 : Beach Day (highly recommend Plaka Beach & Mikri Vigla Beach & Kato Koufonis i) Day 9 : Ferry to Santorini (also known as Thera) Day 10 : Akrotiri Archaeological Site & Watch the Sunset on Oia Day 11 : Akrotiri Lighthouse & Explore Fira (the capital) Day 12 : Visit the Village of Pyrgos Day 13 : Beach Day Day 14 : Day Trip to Anafi Island Day 15 : Beach Day (highly recommend Kamari and the black sand beach of Perissa) Day 16 : Ferry to Crete Day 17 : Elafonisi Isle Day 18 : Rocca a Mare Fortress & Heraklion Day 19 : Beach Day (highly recommend Vai Beach) Day 20 : Beach Day (highly recommend Preveli Beach) Day 21 : Ferry back to Athens & Return Home

Whether you want to spend your Greek Island vacation basking in the sun on one of the hundreds of beaches and secret coves or you want to discover the truth behind the lost city of Atlantis at the Akrotiri Archaeological Site , this culturally extravagant country should have its very own 21 days in Europe itinerary.

Although it is often combined with a trip to Italy, I believe there is so much to do and see on the 6,000 islands of Greece (yes, you read that right) to give it the spotlight it deserves.

This trip can be shortened if you’re willing to pack more into your days, but be sure to factor in some time to relax and unwind, because Greece is one of the best places in the world to just sit back and enjoy the view.

✈️10. An Irish Road Trip: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Rolling hills, scenic vistas squared off by stone wall boundaries, and sheep… so many sheep! Don’t let me forget to mention the gorgeous, rugged coastlines, vibrant shades of green, and endless pubs bustling with traditional Irish music that will make you dance the night away, I know I did!

Ireland is one of my favorite places in Europe and I highly suggest adding it to your 2 week Europe itinerary or creating an entire trip centered around this one country (like I did!)

Road trips are a great way to go at your own pace and really take the time to appreciate your surroundings and truly relax. Ireland is just the place for that.

Ireland is a destination filled with wonderful, hospitable people, beautiful scenery, and inspiring heritage that will entice you to keep coming back. On my next trip to Ireland, I’ll be road-tripping once again since I truly believe it is the best way to see the beauty of this country.

Day 1 : Arrive in Dublin Day 2 : Guinness Factory & The Temple Bar Day 3 : Drive to Kilkenny & Kilkenny Castle Day 4 : Drive to Cork & stroll Wild Atlantic Way Day 5 : Sightseeing in Cork & Blarney Stone Day 6 : Drive to Killarney – Sightseeing & Ross Castle Day 7 : Killarney National Park Day 8 : Drive to Dingle on the Dingle Peninsula Day 9 : Slea Head Drive up to Adare – short pitstop on route to Limerick Day 10 : King John’s Castle & The Hunt Museum Day 11 : Drive to Cliffs of Moher & stay in Doolin Day 12 : Pub crawling through Doolin Day 13 : Drive to Galway & Trad On The Prom (Traditional Irish music and dance show) Day 14 : Drive to Shannon airport and return home

Ireland always leaves a lasting impression on my heart. There truly is nowhere like it in the world that makes you feel so “at home” while overseas!

From the people to the music and the breathtaking scenery, not to mention the endless charming pubs overflowing with refreshing brews, Ireland is one of my favorite places in the world and should have its very own 2 week Europe itinerary.

Have I convinced you to travel to Ireland? Be sure to check out these other helpful resources!

✔️ Ultimate Ireland Packing List: 22 Important Items You’ll Need ✔️ The Perfect Two Days in Dublin Itinerary ✔️ 7 Best Rated Cliffs of Moher Tours from Dublin ✔️ 19 Perfect Day Trips from Dublin ✔️ The Greatest Ireland Itinerary and Guide: Routes + Tips for 1-3 Weeks in Ireland ✔️ Where to Stay in Cork Ireland – A County Cork Guide ✔️ Dingle Accommodation: Where to Stay in Dingle Ireland ✔️ Is Dublin Safe? An In-Depth Look at Safety in Dublin, Ireland ✔️ 27 Authentic Souvenirs from Ireland to Bring Home

✈️11. The Best of Portugal : 2 Week Europe Itinerary for Families

Ever had a pastel de nata (traditional Portuguese egg custard tart) while strolling the windy streets of Lisbon? If not, it will change your life! In Lisbon , you’ll find a sea of red clay roofs perched on a hilltop above the ocean.

In Porto , vibrant buildings rest side by side on a harbor, surrounded by iconic bridges and large street markets.

Then, there’s the Algarves … an entirely different world set on the far south of the country.

The southern coast of Portugal boasts stunning beaches enclosed by intricate cliffs and vibrant wildflowers. If you’re up for a little swimming (or kayaking!), you can find secluded beaches hidden away by the sea that reveal themselves with the outgoing tide.

The Algarves offer some of the most spectacular coastlines across the Mediterranean and Europe, so if you’re a true beachbum, you had better add them to your 2 weeks Europe itinerary!

The best part about Portugal is that it’s extremely family-friendly. From the beaches to the cities, it’s easy to get around, everything is relatively affordable, and there are tons of family-friendly hotel options everywhere you go.

Day 1 : Arrive in Porto Day 2 : Douro River Sightseeing Cruise & Miradouro da Vitória Day 3 : Extra Day in the Douro Valley Day 4 : Explore the Baixa, Bolhao, & Ribeira Districts Day 5 : Train to Lisbo n and sightseeing Day 6 : Torre de Belém & Ride Tram 28 & Alfama District Day 7 : Train to Sintra & Pena Palace Day 8 : Quinta da Regaleira , Castelo dos Mouros, and Cabo da Roca Day 9 : Train to Lagos Day 10 : Kayak or Boat Rental around the caves Day 11 : Beach Day Day 12 : Walk the streets of Faro and souvenir shopping Day 13 : Beach Day Day 14 : Train to Lisbon and return home

Portugal offers everything from bustling city life to remote beaches, all with vibrant scenery and quirky design! There’s something special about Portuguese culture; it combines traditional European style with fresh, modern urbanity.

Looking for fresh seafood? Just wait until you get the chance to pick your very own fish or crustacean out of a tank and have it cooked right there for you… now, that’s fresh!

Portugal not only offers a wide range of delectable foods but also boasts stunning artistry in the form of hand-painted and hand-crafted pottery. There is no end to the exciting opportunities waiting to be had in this beautiful region.

Portugal is one country that should be included on any 2-week Western Europe itinerary!

Related Articles on Portugal

✔️ 9 Top-Rated Wine Tours from Porto ✔️ 25 Authentic Souvenirs from Portugal: What to Buy in Portugal ✔️ 21 Best Portugal Packing List Items for 2023: What to Wear in Portugal ✔️ The Ultimate Day Trip to Sintra Guide & Itinerary ✔️ The 10 Best Beaches in Cascais – Your Ultimate Beach Guide

✈️ If all of these trips sound amazing but you aren’t sure where to start, read up on How to Plan a Trip to Europe in 9 Easy Steps to ease your travel worries!

2-Week Europe Itinerary Country & City Suggestions

✔️ For First-Time Europe Travelers :

If this is your first time visiting Europe, I suggest selecting an itinerary that allows you ample time to explore each destination (or choose just a single destination!)

My London & Paris and Munich, Prague & Vienna itineraries are perfect for beginners with their simple method of travel and common weather and style similarities, allowing you to pack with ease.

✔️ For the Beach Bums :

Looking to relax on some of the most beautiful white-sand beaches in the Mediterranean and across Europe? My Barcelona & The French Riviera , The Best of Italy , Porto, Lisbon & The Algarves , and The Greek Islands itineraries are your best options for that. Gorgeous coastlines and turquoise blue waters await!

✔️ For the Hikers :

If you’re seeking some sweet hikes offering panoramic vistas and rugged landscapes, check out The Alps: Chamonix & Courmayeur & The Matterhorn , The Greek Islands , and Iceland’s Ring Road itineraries.

✔️ For the Foodies :

Want to eat your way through a country (or several?) I’m the same way! Be sure to take a look at my itineraries for Italy , France , Munich , Prague , and Vienna . In my experience, these have been some of the best places to find incredible food.

Although, when traveling throughout Europe, I have rarely had a bad meal so be open to trying new things.

Squid ink pasta, flambéed octopus, and Ireland’s black pudding all left a lasting impression on me, so don’t be afraid to get out of your comfort zone and experience the cuisine that makes a country unique!

How to Plan a 15 Days Europe Tour Itinerary

So, you know you want to embark on a trip to Europe. Fantastic! That’s the first step. Next, I am going to show you exactly how to decide which countries to include on your 2 week Europe itinerary, how to get around, and how to choose your accommodations.

➡️ Step 1: Which Countries Should Be On My 2-Week Europe Itinerary?

This one can be daunting, to say the least! There are dozens of countries you can choose from, and finding one that’s right for you can be tricky. After all, you don’t want your first experience to be a dud, so let’s put a little research into finding out what you are looking for out of your trip.

You can also check out my travel suggestions above to get a good idea of some itineraries you might enjoy based on your travel style!

Ask yourself: what am I looking for? Beautiful beaches, windy, cobble-stoned streets, medieval history and architecture, luxurious cuisine, famous museums, mountains, traditional folk music?

What is it that makes you say “Yes! That’s what I want to do on my vacation” . Once you find your “wow” factor, you can start to narrow down which country or countries you want to visit.

I suggest making a list to help you keep track of the ones you especially want to visit, then crossing items off your list based on the following factors:

➡️ Step 2: How Much Time Do I Have to Travel in Europe?

Do you plan on traveling to Europe for a few days, a week, 2 weeks, a month, or more?

Knowing your timeline will really help you decide on how much of a region you can cover. Depending on your travel style (i.e. backpacker vs luxury), a few days to a week can usually only give you enough time to really discover a single country or a small region between countries.

If you have more than a week available, consider combining a couple of countries to get the most out of your trip! My itineraries above range from 10-18 days, but can be easily shortened by removing an activity or region.

The bottom line is you can squeeze as much or as little into your time as you want, but think about how you want to feel when you get home. Do you want to have seen a ton of amazing sites , but be tired ?

Or would you rather take your time and possibly see less, but feel rejuvenated on your return from vacation? Your answer to this should guide how much you try to fit into your time.

➡️ Step 3: Getting Around on Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Is it possible to do a 2 week Europe itinerary by train? Yes! Train travel is extremely popular across Europe and offers thousands of different route possibilities. So, don’t be so certain that flying will automatically be faster and easier (or cheaper!)

Dealing with airports can cause a lot of unwanted stress during a trip, so do a little research and see how far you are from your destination. If you’re already in Europe, train travel might be the better option. Not to mention it is far more scenic.

➡️ Step 4: Choosing Accommodations for Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Are you traveling to a big city like Paris or London, or to a remote island off the coast of Greece?

Depending on your destination, you’ll want to choose an accommodation that fits both your style and your needs. For me, I like to stay in unique places that offer something more special than a chain hotel can. I enjoy local bed & breakfasts, Airbnb’s , and cabins that bring me closer to the local beauty of a particular place.

When in Paris, I enjoyed staying in tall lofts that overlooked the city, but in Ireland, I opted for charming b&bs and cottages with fields of cows.

It’s all about getting immersed in the culture of a specific place and enjoying where you stay because if you don’t like where you’re staying, it can really put a damper on your trip (trust me!)

➡️ Step 5: Departure

So you have decided where you are going, how you are getting there, and your accommodations. Now, all you have to do is get ready for departure! Plan your ride to the airport or train station ahead of time and pack up all your travel documents and necessities.

I always suggest leaving a printed copy of your passport in your home country and one in your luggage in case it were to be lost or stolen. This way, you or a family member can help prove your citizenship and return home.

Also, print copies of your flight tickets, accommodations, and any train or bus tickets in case your phone gets wet or lost.

Departure is the most exciting part of a trip for me… just before you leave when the anticipation of experiencing a whole new world really sets in. Enjoy this time, because when you return, you’ll be itching to get back on another plane.

This is what we in the travel world call “the travel bug” , and once you’re hooked, you’ll never want to stop traveling.

Map for Planning Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

You can use this map to start planning your route and to get an idea of where the countries that you may want to visit are located.

For example, while combining a trip to France with Spain would be both simple to plan and efficient, adding a trip to Romania with France may be a bit difficult.

Europe Itinerary 2 Weeks Budget

Depending on your travel style (budget vs luxury) , the season of travel, how many people you are traveling with and if any of them are dependents (i.e. children, in-laws, etc.), and your destinations, this will vary greatly.

Below I have provided a list of guidelines for average costs on budget, mid-range, and luxury travel during the peak season and shoulder season. Budgets will vary from country to country, so be sure to do individual research on each country that you plan on visiting.

➡️ Accommodations per night:

Budget : €10-€70 (single occupancy) Mid-Range : €80-€160 (double occupancy) Luxury : €180-€400+ (double occupancy)

➡️ Flights per person:

Shoulder Season (from the U.S.) : between €200-€500 Peak Season (from the U.S.) : between €500-€1,100

➡️ Food per person per day:

Breakfast: €2-8 Lunch: €5-15 Dinner: €10-35

FAQ: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Is Europe Safe?

Yes and no. Just like every country in the world, each country within Europe is going to have its safe and not-so-safe areas. It’s impossible to generalize Europe as a whole as “safe” when anything can happen there just like anywhere else in the world.

If you are worried about feeling safe on your trip to Europe, do some research (but not too much!)

If you are heading to Berlin, Germany , then research some best practices for traveling around the area. Is it safe to walk around at night? Are there any streets or neighborhoods you should avoid?

All of that information can be easily found with a quick Google search. Do your best to not overdo it though since you’ll likely just end up making yourself more nervous.

Once you have a good idea about the more seedy areas of a destination, you’re all set. Do your best to avoid them on your trip then follow other basic precautions such as walking in groups, not trusting strangers, and only ordering rides through reputable companies (like Uber).

✔️ Pro Tip : If you research where you live, you’ll probably find equally unsettling results… but that doesn’t stop you from living there, does it? No. So, don’t let safety precautions about a new destination scare you!

When is the Best Time to Visit Europe?

Most people you ask this question to are going to say that the summer months between late May and August are the best time to visit Europe.

And while they would be correct in terms of weather and longer summer hours, they are forgetting to mention that this is also when you’re going to be surrounded by swarms of tourists.

What does this mean for you? Well, for starters, you can practically guarantee long wait times at restaurants, landmarks, and attractions each day of your vacation. I’m sure that the idea of standing in line for every part of your day doesn’t really appeal to your idea of “vacation”, right?

Additionally, this is also when prices skyrocket in terms of flights, accommodations, tours, and food. If you’re looking to visit Europe on a budget, then avoiding the summer months is key.

If you prefer fewer tourists in your pictures, shorter wait times, and want to spend less money, then I highly suggest visiting during the off-season months of April through May and September through October .

During these months, you’ll find incredible deals on flights, accommodations, and even tour groups, so you can live the luxury life in Europe without emptying your wallet!

✈️ If you feel like taking the budget route or simply like to take the less traveled path, check out these amazing Backpacking Europe Routes for 2 Weeks !

How Many Days is Enough to Visit Europe?

1-2 weeks is usually enough time to visit Europe depending on what you want to do and see. But, if you’re honestly attempting to see all of the different regions of Europe, well… you’re going to need a lot more time than that!

For us, we found a 10-day European itinerary to be optimal. This amount of time typically allows travelers to explore at least a few different cities in several countries or travel to numerous locations in one specific country.

It allows provides enough time for both sightseeing and rest days, so you can return from your vacation feeling excited and refreshed.

Among the itineraries listed below, you’ll find schedules ranging from 10 days to 3 weeks. But, if you only have 7 days for your European itinerary you can easily transform one of my shorter itineraries into something that has been customized to fit your time needs.

Also, if you can finagle a 1 month Europe trip itinerary, then you can easily add on destinations or time to one of my other itineraries!

Is 2 Weeks Long Enough for Europe?

No, 2 weeks is not long enough to see all of Europe. But, it is long enough to see and do a lot in just a few countries in Europe!

Even though it doesn’t look like it on a map, Europe is huge. It would take somebody years to really see all of the best sites and do all of the best activities in each country in Europe.

In just 2 weeks, you’re going to be seriously limited on time. But, that’s okay! Instead of trying to squeeze too much into your itinerary, opt to choose just a few countries (or even just one country!) and do everything you want in those countries.

If you try to see and do too much, you may end up feeling rushed, overwhelmed, and disheartened when you realize how much stuff you’re going to miss out on.

For example, if you’re thinking of including France on your 2 week Europe itinerary, you wouldn’t go to just Paris and call it a trip. I mean, you could … but you’d be missing out on Normandy, the wine regions, the French Alps, the French Riviera… you get it.

Trust me when I say: “It’s far more valuable to see everything in one country than to see the bare minimum in five countries.”

So, while a 2-week Europe itinerary is not long enough to see and do everything on the continent, it is long enough to get a really good taste of what Europe has to offer!

How Many Countries Should I Visit in Europe in 2 Weeks?

Owing to the continent’s great public transportation system and small size in comparison to other continents, you can get around quite easily and efficiently in Europe.

But, every country has SO much to do and see, so it’s going to depend on where your interests lie.

If you are only interested in seeing the capital city in every country (definitely not recommended), then you could probably see between 8-10 countries during your 2 week Europe itinerary.

But, if you want time to relax, explore, and wander around a few different places, then between one and four countries is the sweet spot in our opinion .

This way, you have plenty of time to see all of the major sites in each place, and you don’t have to spend your entire vacation rushing from place to place.

Coming up with multi-week Europe itinerary ideas can be stressful, but if you stick to this general rule of thumb you can practically guarantee you’ll have a pleasant trip!

What is the Best Way to See Europe in 2 Weeks?

Unfortunately, even though Europe is far more compact than the U.S., Africa, Asia, or South America, it’s still very big and can’t be seen in just two weeks.

But, that doesn’t mean that you can’t get a really good taste for what Europe has to offer in that time! You simply need to be diligent in picking efficient routes and travel methods so you can get the most out of your 2 week Europe trip.

Over the years, we have found that the best way to get around Europe is to take advantage of their amazing public transportation system… the Eurail!

With thousands of routes to thousands of destinations, there really is no limit to where you can go with a Eurail pass. You can choose your pass based on your needs, so if you want one pass for just France for 10 days, you can book it!

If you want a monthly pass that allows you to go from country to country whenever you decide, you can do that too!

Europe’s train system is affordable, dependable, convenient, and very easy to use which is why most travelers take advantage of it.

I don’t recommend renting a car in Europe unless you plan on taking road trips to very specific towns and villages that aren’t accessible by train.

The roads in Europe, generally speaking, tend to be uneven, bumpy, covered in potholes, full of pedestrians, and made of broken cobblestones. Many European roads are also one-way and street signs aren’t always in English.

It’s far easier to take the train from place to place, then take day trips to smaller towns and villages and use a bike or the metro to get around the big cities.

How Should I Get Around Europe?

In our opinion, the best way to get around Europe is via train travel on the Eurail. Car rentals are also a great way to get around in Europe since they allow you to be completely on your own schedule and see the smaller, off-the-beaten-path villages and towns.

However, it really depends on the country (Ireland is a great country to do a road trip with a rental car!), but most of the time I would recommend just taking the train or flying between countries if you aren’t comfortable with a rental in a foreign country.

The European trains can be exceptionally scenic, but they aren’t always the most efficient. If you are traveling between countries with a big distance between them, it’s usually a more efficient option to fly.

If driving a car across Europe doesn’t scare you, then you also have the option of renting an RV or camper van and living in it while you travel! This can saves you tons of money on accommodations and eating out, so it’s a win-win if you have the time to drive everywhere.

✔️ Pro Tip : If you do plan on driving everywhere, keep in mind that you may need an international driver’s license depending on the countries you go to. Also, not all car rental companies allow you to bring rental cars over international borders, so you may need to rent multiple cars from multiple different agencies. If you plan on putting your car on a ferry to Europe so you can avoid this hassle, it’s going to cost you a very pretty penny…

Do I need a Visa to Go to Europe?

Depending on your citizenship, you may or may not need a Schengen Visa to enter the EU (European Union).

U.S. citizens do not need a visa to go to Europe. As a tourist, you are allowed to spend up to 90 days in 26 European countries visa-free. However, if you are a foreign national living in the U.S., you may or may not need a visa depending on your nationality.

Here is the list of countries that Americans can visit without a visa for up to 90 days.

There is a list of over 100 countries that will be required to obtain a Schengen Visa to enter the EU. You can take a look at the list here .

Is Europe Expensive?

In general, Europe is expensive. But, depending on where you decide to visit, it can actually be quite affordable!

Portugal, for example, offers some of the lowest rates on tourist accommodations, tours, attractions, and food across the continent. Switzerland, on the other hand, is continually listed in the top 3 list for most expensive countries in the world. Norway and Iceland aren’t far behind, either.

If you want to stay on a budget during your 2 week Europe itinerary, choose your destinations wisely.

Of course, not eating out at every meal and not doing every attraction you see will help immensely, but in the end, the destination is going to play a big role in how much money you spend overall.

Is $10,000 Enough for 2 Weeks in Europe?

$10,000 is absolutely enough for 2 weeks in Europe (depending on your travel style) . While Europe is known for some pricy destinations, $10,000 can indeed get you a comfortable and memorable two-week trip. It’s all about how you budget and plan.

That budget can cover your flights, accommodation, meals, transportation within Europe, and even some fun activities and souvenirs. You can save by staying in lesser-known hotels or bed & breakfasts instead of luxury resorts.

Eating at local markets and cafes rather than high-end restaurants can also give you a taste of authentic cuisine without breaking the bank. Don’t forget that some of the best experiences in Europe are free: exploring the cities, admiring architecture, and basking in the rich history.

I would even go as far as to say that $10,000 can be disproportionate to what you’ll need for a 2-week trip if you’re traveling solo or with one other person, since I’ve returned to Europe many times, each never exceeding $2,000 for 7+ days with my husband.

Of course, we’re light packers and usually stay in mid-range hotels with a focus on our budget, but we definitely do a lot of exciting activities when we’re in town too! If you aren’t flying first or business class, aren’t staying in luxury 5-star suites, and you book your accommodations in advance with some attention to seasonal rates, you’ll be able to visit Europe for far less than $10,000.

What is the Average Cost of a Two Week Trip to Europe?

The average cost of a two-week trip to Europe can vary greatly based on several factors, such as the time of year, the countries you’re visiting, your accommodation choices, and how much you plan to sightsee or dine out. But as a general range, you might expect to spend anywhere from $2,500 to $3,500 per person, including flights.

This estimate includes modest accommodations (think 3-star hotels, bed & breakfasts, or vacation rentals), meals at a mix of inexpensive local spots and nicer restaurants, public transportation, and admission fees for major attractions.

Remember, this is just a ballpark figure. If you travel off-season, eat more meals from food trucks and the supermarket, or stay in budget accommodations, you could spend much less.

Conversely, if you opt for luxury hotels, dine at high-end restaurants, and take part in exclusive tours, your costs could be significantly higher. The key is to budget accordingly and plan your trip based on your personal preferences and financial comfort zone.

By setting your budget ahead of time, you’ll be able to create a 2-week European itinerary that fits your budget needs without sacrificing too much on the things you want to enjoy!

What Currency is Used in Europe?

Since 1999, the European Union has used the Euro . If you’re coming from the U.S., it will look similar to Monopoly money… but don’t be fooled.

It actually has a higher value than the U.S. dollar and many other currencies, so when you exchange your money you’ll get fewer euros in return.

For example:

✔️ $1 USD = 0.91 euros ✔️ $1 CAD = 0.73 euros ✔️ $1 AUD = 0.68 euros

So, while it doesn’t almost look like play money, don’t forget that it’s actually a very expensive currency to hold so you don’t want to be careless with it.

Do Most People Speak English in Europe?

During your 2-week Europe itinerary, you’ll find that many people do speak English, especially in the capitals and main cities. English is taught in most European schools from a young age, so much of the working class can understand and speak English.

However, you will find smaller towns and villages where the locals don’t know much English at all, if any. This is especially true in the smaller towns of France, Belgium, Spain, and even Italy. This is why it’s important to brush up on your language skills before your trip!

If you’re heading to France , Spain , Luxembourg , Germany , or similar, you can use my French and Spanish articles to help you start learning! They are all linked at the bottom of this post for your convenience .

The Top-Rated Tours in Europe

Even if you prefer to roam on your own, there are some amazing tours offering unique experiences that you won’t get unless you book a tour in Europe.

I, personally, am not a fan of group tours, so I wouldn’t recommend these unless I didn’t truly believe they would improve your travel experience. Take a peek at some of the tours below and decide if one may be right for your trip.

If you’re traveling with a group, check out the private tours … psst! They’re really great for introverts 😉

✔️ Normandy D-Day Small-Group Day Trip with Omaha Beach, Cemetery & Cider Tasting ✔️ Montmartre Hill Sweet & Savory French Gourmet Food & Wine Tasting Tour ✔️ Champagne Day Trip with Moet&Chandon, Reims Cathedral & Family Winery from Paris

✔️ Barcelona Tapas and Wine Experience Small-Group Walking Tour ✔️ Montserrat with Cogwheel train, Tasting in a Boutique Winery with Tapas or Lunch ✔️ Full-Day Tour Ávila and Segovia from Madrid with Tickets to Monuments Included

✔️ Sintra Full-Day Private Tour – A Journey through Wonderland ✔️ Lisbon Traditional Boats – Sunset Cruise

Netherlands

✔️ Day Trip to Zaanse Schans, Edam, Volendam and Marken from Amsterdam ✔️ Amsterdam Canal Cruise in Classic River Boat With Drinks & Dutch Cheese

✔️ Brussels Chocolate Beer Waffle and Belgian Whiskey All-in-One (Small Group) Tour ✔️ Private Tour: Treasures of Flanders Ghent and Bruges from Brussels Full day

✔️ Austrian Apple Strudel Cooking Class including Lunch in Salzburg ✔️ Hallstatt Small-Group Day Trip from Vienna

Czech Republic

✔️ The Best of 2 Countries in 1 Day: Bohemian and Saxon Switzerland ✔️ Cesky Krumlov: Full-day tour from Prague and back ✔️ Prague Foodie Tour

✔️ Semi-Private Standard | Santorini Catamaran Cruise with Meal and Drinks ✔️ Full-Day Private Tour: Essential Athens Highlights plus Cape Sounion and Temple of Poseidon ✔️ Private Biblical Tour of Ancient Corinth & Isthmus Canal from Athens & Corinth ✔️ Athens Highlights: A Mythological Tour

✔️ Small-Group Tour of Colosseum Underground, Arena, and Forum ✔️ Small-Group Wine Tasting Experience in the Tuscan Countryside ✔️ Cinque Terre Day Trip from Florence with Optional Hiking

Switzerland

✔️ Tandem Paragliding Experience from Interlaken ✔️ Lucerne Walking and Boat Tour: The Best Swiss Experience ✔️ Chocolate Flavours Tours Geneva: 3-hour Chocolate Tasting and Old Town Visit

✔️ Grand Day Trip around Copenhagen ✔️ The Art of Baking Danish Pastry

How to Visit Europe on a Budget

Europe is expensive, there is no denying that. But, there are tons of ways to travel Europe on a budget! Don’t believe me? I visited a dozen European countries on a college student’s budget and got to see everything I would still want to see today had I not gone then.

Take my advice and follow these steps:

✔️ Visit Multiple Countries

What? Yes. The more countries you visit on one trip, the cheaper it tends to be. Of course, this depends on which countries you visit, but you can save a ton of money by traveling to multiple countries via train travel and cheap flights.

If you want to visit France and Spain from the U.S., you wouldn’t fly to France then fly back to Spain the following summer, would you? Well, some people would and I can guarantee they wish they didn’t spend the money on 2 roundtrip flights instead of just one multi-city flight.

✔️ Eat with the Locals

If there is a street food cart or cafe overflowing with locals, eat there. I can practically guarantee the food quality is going to be insanely good and the prices will be a lot more reasonable than if you were to sit down at a restaurant.

Anywhere you go or walk by where a waiter immediately runs up to you with a menu, just keep walking (also politely say “ no, thank you ” of course). These are usually tourist restaurants and the prices will be sky-high compared to most other eating establishments.

You can also save money by getting food at grocery stores (the food quality is almost always very good) and eating small meals on the go.

Want my other best tips for visiting Europe on a budget? Get them at the bottom of this post!

✈️ Now that you have everything you need to know for planning a trip to Europe, be sure to take a peak at these 5 Things You Must Include on Your Travel Essentials List !

Scams to Look Out For in Europe

✔️ The Pickpocket

The picture pretty much explains what pickpocketing is. When you’re distracted and someone comes along and snatches something off of you, whether it be your phone, wallet, jewelry, or something valuable, it’s sneaky stealing and you need to watch out for it.

Typically, most places around Europe are very safe and all you need to do is follow basic safety precautions (i.e. stay with people you trust, don’t walk alone at night, etc. etc…).

But, pickpockets are extremely common across Europe and unsuspecting tourists are at the heart of the problem.

Don’t be silly and leave your phone on a cafe table when you go to the bathroom. Don’t leave your purse hanging on the back of your chair and don’t leave anything valuable where people can easily see and take it.

✔️ The Active Petitioner

See people yelling at or coming up to tourists looking for them to sign a petition? Keep walking.

Most of the time, whatever they are petitioning is fake. Why? Because they are either trying to get your personal information (i.e. name, phone number, or email) so they can send you spam, or they are just trying to distract you while you get pickpocketed.

If you see a petitioner, just keep on going.

✔️ Street Games

Whether it be dice, playing cards, cups, or the like, don’t play and don’t stand around to watch. The players get scammed owing to the fixed dice or playing cards and the onlookers get pickpocketed.

Again, only watch street artists from afar to prevent falling victim to scams and petty theft.

✔️ Streetside ATMs

Very popular in Prague, scam artists will actually put an invisible scanner over the card reader so they can steal your information when you go to withdraw money.

Additionally, streetside ATMs are designed to make you withdraw insanely high amounts of money with no option for small bills.

If you need currency, only use ATMs found inside a secured building with cameras. Never use an ATM you see on the street.

Other Helpful Resources for Europe

Packing List for Europe in Winter: A Full Country by Country Guide Minimalist Packing List for Females Traveling to Europe 30+ Best Places to Visit in Europe in December 25 Best Places in Europe for New Years Celebrations 73 Best Places to Visit in Europe in January 2024 30+ BEST Places to Visit in Europe in March 2024 30+ BEST Places to Visit in Europe in April 2024 28 Best Places to Visit in Europe in July (from a Backpacker!) 20 Best Places to Visit in Europe in May 2024 (Weather & Tips!) Is Azerbaijan in Europe? The Facts for 2024 Is Norway in Europe? Norway & the EEA EFTA States

If you’re heading to Europe and want to brush up on your French or Spanish, check out our language resources below!

✔️ Good Morning in French: 17 Helpful French Greetings ✔️ Good Night in French 17+ Ways (& Audio Pronunciation) ✔️ What Time Is It in French 11+ Ways: How to Ask and Tell Time in French ✔️ Saying No in French 31+ Ways (& Audio Pronunciation) ✔️ 33+ Ways to Say Thank You in French (with Audio) ✔️ How to Say Nice to Meet You in French 15+ Ways ✔️ 1-10 in French: Learn to Count from 1-10+ in French (with Pronunciations)

~ Spanish ~

✔️ How to Say Goodnight in Spanish 33+ Ways ✔️ Learn Numbers 1-100 in Spanish (with PDF Guide)

How To Travel Around Europe On A Budget

With just pennies to my name, I figured out how to travel to some of the most expensive countries in Europe…

Hint: you won’t be staying in hostels!

Overall, no matter when you decide to visit, where you decide to go, and who you decide to travel with, a trip to Europe is always a good idea! You can find everything from enchanted castles, ancient ruins, stunning beaches, snow-capped mountain ranges, bustling cities, and everything in between on this enticing continent.

I hope you found some useful ideas in this article and are inspired to start planning your very own 2-week Europe itinerary .

Hey there! I'm Emily Concannon, a seasoned globetrotter who has backpacked her way across over a dozen European countries, immersing myself in the diverse cultures, languages, and cuisines of the region.

My passion for travel transcends personal experiences; I've spent years learning how to transform my globetrotting knowledge into personalized itineraries for fellow travelers worldwide.

With a tally of 26 countries (and counting!) under my belt, my day job involves extensive research on different countries which often leads me to booking a new adventure every chance I get!

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

The Opinionated Travelogue of a Photo Maniac

• Middle East
• North America
• South America
• Pacific Islands
• FOOD & WINE
• TRAVEL GUIDES
• TRAVEL RESOURCES
• Rants & Raves
• Travel Blogger Interviews
• Contact Form
• Privacy Policy
• Featured Elsewhere

2 Weeks in Europe – 10 Excellent Trip Itineraries

Last Modified: January 31, 2024 //  by  Anda //   106 Comments

If you are planning a 2 weeks trip to Europe and need some itinerary ideas for your vacation you have come to the right place. As someone born and raised in Europe, I can give you some good advice when it comes to my home continent.

14 days may sound like a long trip, but not on this incredibly diverse continent. With so many attractions, sights to see and cultures to experience, your 2 weeks vacation in Europe will go by in the blink of an eye! 

Table of Contents

How to Plan a Perfect Europe Trip Itinerary

• london, paris, and amsterdam, • lisbon, madrid, barcelona , • rome, florence, and venice ,  • prague, vienna, and budapest.

•  • Berlin, Dresden and Wroclaw     
• • Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano and Milan      
• • Oslo, Stockholm, Copenhagen      
•  • Riga, Tallin, and Vilnius      
• • Athens, Istanbul, Bucharest        
•  • Ljubljana, Split, Dubrivnik, Kotor     

How to Plan a 2 Weeks Trip to Europe

• Tips for Spending 2 Weeks in Europe 

A Final Note

If this is your first time in Europe, you probably have quite a few places on your Europe bucket list . Without knowing anything about you or your interests, I can only give you basic, generic advice.

Below is a list of 10 suggested itineraries for for a 2-week trip to Europe. The itineraries are grouped according to the different European regions. However, you can choose any combination from the cities listed here, according to your tastes and interests.

Best Western Europe Trip 2-Week Itinerary

These three cities have more than enough to keep you engaged for 2 weeks. You can easily spend the entire two weeks in Paris , if you were to visit all its amazing churches and museums.

London, Amsterdam and Paris are among the Europe’s greatest cities and enjoy a perennial popularity, despite the many problems they have been facing lately. I think they are worth seeing at least once, even though they are always crowded.  

You have excellent direct flights, trains, or bus connections between all three. There are overnight trains between Lisbon and Madrid that run daily, departing at 11:34 p.m. and arriving in Madrid at 8:40 a.m. Also, there are direct flights, trains, or busses from Madrid to Barcelona.   

All these Iberian cities are packed with culture, culinary delights and incredible landscapes. They are easy to reach from most major airports from around the world.

Although you could easily spend two weeks in Spain alone, visiting other historical places like Toledo , or Cordoba for instance, I suggest including Portugal in your European itinerary as well. Lisbon , its capital city, is not only very romantic and cultured, but also quite inexpensive. 

Book  this private walking tour of the highlights of Lisbon and enjoy the history of this city.

These are three of Italy’s most captivating and rewarding cities. If you like archeology, you’ll love Rome ! Florence and Venice are also very charming cities, although quite different from Rome. If you prefer to spend your time in one single country, this combination is one the best itineraries for a 2 weeks trip to Europe.  

Italy has a wealth of archeological sites, most of which are concentrated in relatively compact areas. These three cities also have excellent train, bus, and plain connections (buy your ticket on omio.com ).

Sicily is another great place in Europe where you can easily spend 2 weeks. There are so many archeological sites and  beautiful towns in Sicily to add to your list! I promise that you won’t get bored if you choose to spend your entire European vacation on this island. 

Palermo alone can easily justify a 10-day Italy itinerary . You have good bus connections between cities, but Sicily is best explored by car . You can choose visit the nearby Malta if you go to Sicily.

Central Europe 2 Weeks Trip Itinerary

Central Europe is becoming increasingly popular. 30 years ago, cities like Prague , Budapest , Dresden, or Wroclaw were largely unknown to the world traveler. But after the fall of communism, Central Europe experienced a strong cultural and tourist revival.

These three capitals have it all: beautiful architecture, fascinating history, packed concert calendars, and delicious food. For those who want to tour Central Europe, this trip itinerary is perfect.

Traveling by rail is the best way to go between these three, as distances are relatively short. You can buy tickets at the station right before the train is scheduled to depart.      

READ NEXT : Budapest Travel Tips and Practical Information for First Time Visitors

 • Berlin, Dresden and Wroclaw      

Combining the cosmopolitan  Berlin with the  phoenix-city  of Dresden and the picturesque Wroclaw, will give you a great understanding of what makes this part of Europe so fascinating. You have direct trains between all these cities.

• Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano and Milan        

You can never go wrong with Switzerland and the northern part of Italy! Cities like Lucerne, Zurich, Lugano and Milan have stunning scenery, art museums, old cathedrals, historic palaces, and more charm than you can imagine.  However they are not very big, so 2-3 days in each one would most likely be enough.  

The best way to move between these cities is by rail. Switzerland is famous for its top of the line panoramic trains , so you can choose to travel from Lucerne to Lugano aboard the  Gotthard Panorama Express.  You can also take the same route on a non-panoramic train  if you want to avoid paying the mandatory reservation fee.

READ NEXT : 10 Days in Switzerland Itinerary by Scenic Trains

Northern Europe 2 Weeks Itinerary

• oslo, stockholm, copenhagen        .

These three cities are definitely in a league of their own. Although they can’t compete with Rome’s historic sites or with the charm of Paris, Copenhagen , Oslo and Stockholm have stunning architecture, world-class museums, and some of the best shopping and dining in Europe.

If you plan to spend your 2 weeks vacation in Northern Europe during the summer months, this trip itinerary is your best bet. While the rest of Europe is be boiling hot, Northern Europe enjoys much cooler temperatures and longer days in summer.

READ NEXT : 10 Fantastic Things to Do in Stockholm in a Week

  • Riga , Tallin, and Vilnius       

I can’t mention Northern Europe without including a tour of the Baltic capitals. The Baltic States of Latvia, Estonia, and Lithuania weren’t even on the map when I was growing up. But like many other European countries that lived in the shadow of the Soviet Union till the 90s, they have enjoyed a true renaissance in the past years.

If you want to travel somewhere your friends haven’t even heard of, you should visit the Baltic capitals. Plus these are among the cheapest countries to visit in Europe .

South-Eastern Europe – 2 Weeks Trip Itineraries

The Balkan Peninsula is the most culturally diverse in Europe. This region has also an extremely varied topography. Bordered by the Adriatic and Ionian Sea to the west, Aegean Sea to the south, the Sea of Marmara to the southeast and the Black Sea to the east, the Balkan countries are stunningly beautiful.

There are so many great destinations in South-Eastern Europe, that it’s difficult to decide which ones to include into your trip itinerary. Here are two suggestions:

• Athens, Istanbul, Bucharest          

If you plan to build your itinerary around these three cities, you could spend 3 days in Athens , 7 days in Istanbul and 2-3 days in Bucharest . Or you can choose spend your entire 2 weeks trip to Europe by visiting just one country. We did that last year and took a road trip in the Peloponnese. It was an unexpected success, it was pleasant and we had a great time there. Peloponnese is one of the less explored parts of Greece, but is so beautiful that you won’t believe. It has plenty of beach town, some of which are nicer and more sophisticated that the Ritzi Greek island, like the beach tow of Nafplio .

Countries like Greece , Turkey, or Romania have plenty of amazing sites to keep you entertained and engaged for 14 days. 

The best way to travel between these 3 countries is by plane. Between Istanbul and Athens you an use Pegasus Airlines (a budget airline) and between Istanbul and Bucharest you can use Turkish Airlines.

 • Ljubljana , Split , Dubrivnik, Kotor      

These four cities will take you through 3 of the most beautiful countries in the Balkans: Slovenia, Croatia and Montenegro . The best way to travel between these cities would be by car or by bus, as there are no train connections between Split and Dubrovnik.

For those who want to rent a car to drive through the Balkans, I recommend this 14 days Balkans road trip itinerary . If you have a car, you can extend your itinerary to some other points of interest in this region.

Planning a trip to Europe? Read next: 12 Tips for Traveling to Europe Like a Pro

Being born and raised in Europe I always get asked these two questions:  when is the best time go to Europe and what is the best itinerary for a first time visit to Europe. My answer it’s always the same: it depends what you want to do in Europe and how much time you can spend there.

If this is your first time in Europe and all you have is 14 days, there are a few things to consider before deciding what to add to your list:      

 • Keep your travel plans simple      

Most first time visitors to Europe are determined to see as much as possible on that first trip. Keep in mind that Europe is a big and diverse continent. There is a lot to see everywhere you go. Fitting all your bucket-listed locations in a 2 weeks trip to Europe is nearly impossible.      

 • Start with the most popular cities   

Your first trip to Europe is not the best time to go off the beaten path. I recommend sticking to the big cities, even though they are more crowded. Major European cities have it all: top notch museums, beautiful architecture, great restaurants and a vibrant nightlife.

Besides, they are big transportations hubs and are cheaper for flying in and out of Europe.

• Choose to visit places that are close to each other   

The closest major European cities are at least two hours apart, whether you travel by car, by train, or by plane. Transit between cities takes at least half a day, if you consider the time you need to check out of one hotel and check into your next one. Therefore, you won’t be able to do much sightseeing on the day you travel.        

 • Plan to spend at least 3-4 days in each city you visit   

While it’s possible to cover more than half a dozen countries in your 14 days in Europe, just running between destinations doesn’t mean you actually visited them! If you want to see at least the major sights, you should plan to spend a minimum of 3-4 days in each city you visit.

• Book an open-jaw ticket     

If you plan on touring a specific region or doing a multi-destination trip, you can often save a lot of time and money with booking one.

Once you’re further along in your planning process, you can use our  Travel Resources page for the best deals in airfare, accommodations and local guided tours.

• Rent a car only if you are planning to travel outside the big cities, where parking is expensive and difficult to find. Nonetheless, sometimes renting a car will save you a lot of time and is obviously more comfortable. We usually use Discovercars when we travel in Europe.

Tips for Spending 2 Weeks in Europe  

• book accommodations in the city center      .

Hotel rates are higher in the city center, but it’s worth paying the extra dollars if you can afford it. You’ll save time and money on transportation.     

• Use Hotel Alternatives

AirBnB or VRBO   for lodging instead of booking hotel rooms, especially if you travel in a bigger group. They are a much better deal and have beautiful apartments all around the world. For the same price you would pay for an average hotel, you could rent an entire apartment.    

• Don’t exchange money in the airport   

Airports, train stations, or tourist areas have the worst exchange rates. But if you look for an exchange office outside these areas, your hard earned money can go a way longer way. If no exchange booths are around, use the ATM machines throughout the city.    

   • Consider using public transportation

Driving a car Europe is an expensive and inconvenient complication. None of these European cities were built with cars in mind, so the roads are crowded and full of restrictions. Rather than worrying  about parking fees, one way streets, and pedestrian zones, consider using public transportation during your 2 weeks in Europe.     

 • Travel by train, or use budget airlines  

Train travel through Europe is one of the best ways to see the continent. The rail network is extremely developed and train service is very reliable. For longer distances, flying one of the many European airlines is also a great option.

There are over a dozen budget airlines in Europe that fly anywhere on the continent for unbelievably low prices. They charge extra for seats and luggage, but even so you can fly for as low as €30-40/one way.    

   • Dress comfortably

Dressing comfortably when you travel to Europe is very important, but avoid looking like a tourist. Not sure how to blend in with the locals? Read my guide about how to dress like a European .  

Buy the best shoes you can afford. I can stress enough the importance of wearing comfortable shoes while traveling in Europe. Many of the old European cities are still paved with cobble stones which are very rough on your soles.

   • Travel off season  

Everyone wants to travel when the weather is stable, but summers can be brutal in Europe: big crowds, expensive accommodations and airfare, busy trains and public transportation and very hot.

The best time to visit Europe is in fall or in spring, when temperatures are milder and there are less crowds. December is also a very popular time of year to visit Europe, when most European cities dress up for the holidays .

• Get acquainted with the European lifestyle

Most travelers to Europe expect to encounter cultural differences, yet when confronted with them they are always caught off guard. I wrote a very detailed post about what will surprise you as a first time visitor to Europe. These are very useful tips that you will need before traveling to Europe.

READ NEXT : 15 Cheapest Countries to Visit in Europe

This guide is a good resource if you intend to visit Europe independently. However, if you prefer an organized tour there are plenty of great tours of Europe to choose from.

Hope the itineraries above gave you some idea on how to travel Europe in 2 weeks. And if you like a place you saw, make a plan to return and explore it more in depth. Two weeks in Europe will not be enough to see this magical continent.

Did you enjoy this post? Please pin it to help other travelers to Europe:

RELATED POSTS:

• 10 Most Beautiful European Cities to Visit in Your Lifetime
• Prague vs Budapest: Which City Is Better?
• Travel Tips For Europe (Don’t Get Caught by Surprise)
• What to Buy in Paris – 15 French Souvenirs Everyone Will Love

Anda is an award winning travel writer, avid globetrotter and passionate photographer. She is the voice behind "Travel Notes & Beyond," a collection of stories and travel impressions from her wanderings around the world. When she is not busy writing, traveling, or editing photographs, you can find her hiking in the foothills behind her house together with her husband and their dog.

Reader Interactions

Vipin Singh

January 13, 2024 at 6:56 am

Greetings from Singapore Anda. I am an avid traveler but have only done Asia so far. I am planning my first Europe trip in this upcoming June, mid month. I have circled down to 4 cities that iam keen on going to. But now, after reading much online, i figured that it will be more ideal to include just 3 cities in my itinerary. I had London, Paris, Rome, Spain (Madrid/Barcelo) in mind initially. I am looking for advice to reduce one city if needed for this trip. I have 13 days to spend (including arrival date to London in the morning before 7am. And excluding departure date) Appreciate your reply.

January 16, 2024 at 2:24 pm

Since this is your first trip to Europe, I’d go to London, Paris and Rome. I’m sure you won’t regret it.

Chetan Sahu

October 7, 2023 at 5:59 am

Planning my dream 2-week European adventure, and this guide is a goldmine of itinerary ideas! From the iconic cities to hidden gems, it’s packed with invaluable tips for an unforgettable trip. So, which European journey will I embark on? The possibilities are endless!

Chandra Bdr Gurung

July 6, 2023 at 11:43 pm

Excellent advice for those who are first-time visitors. This blog really impressed me. Europe has some really interesting sites to visit.

Ana Delos Santos

April 28, 2023 at 10:55 am

Hi, this is really helpful for 1st time Travelers in Europe. Just want to also ask you, for a 2 week Europe Trip, what do you advise to those traveling with Kids that wanted to visit countries in Europe with an Entry and Exit point from the Philippines? Thanks for the possible response. God bless you.

April 28, 2023 at 11:58 am

I am not aware that coming from the Philippines (with or without kids) may pose any problem for entering any country in Europe. However, if you want further more detailed information you should check the respective country’s entry requirements. Sorry I can’t be of more help.

basil swamy

March 22, 2023 at 11:36 am

Looking for Europe tour starting from India, for honeymoon would like to explore Europe. Places need to cover Norway Amsterdam Brussels Paris Switzerland Pissa Florence Rome Venice

Travel dates will be 9Jun to 29Jun It should be not very expensive , reasonable place to stay either good apartment or good Hotel You can suggest if some needs to be cut short or some other place. Do not want any museum or historical place to cover. It should be main and popular area only.

March 22, 2023 at 7:16 pm

I’m sorry, but I am not a travel agent, Basil. You can use my post for reference in order build your own itinerary.

July 13, 2022 at 2:52 pm

Great guide – but overwhelming!! My wife and I are taking our first trip to Europe next year – a long kid- and COVID- delayed 20th/25th/30th anniversary! – and want to make the most of our 3 weeks. But you just listed 31 must-see cities, and suggested 3-4 days per city!! 🙂

My wife wants to “see the highlights” – if we never can come back, what should we make sure we see? I think we’d probably be best served by a managed tour, but maybe I can cobble together something with even hand-holding? 🙂 Advice would be *so* appreciated!

July 13, 2022 at 6:16 pm

Hi Rick, Thanks for reading my guide. I have indeed 31 must-see cities in Europe, but those are 10 independent itineraries and each one of them is for two weeks. If you want to spend 3 weeks in Europe you definitely won’t be able to include all those places in your itinerary. I can give you a few suggestions for a 3-week itinerary, but planning the trip in detail will require a lot of effort from your part.

You’ll need to research each destination and decide what you’d like to see once you get there, book hotels, check timetables for trains and busses, or maybe rent a car in some places, etc. Since I don’t know anything about your travel style, I can’t tell you whether to attempt this trip on your own, or book a guided tour. Many people prefer to be care-free when they travel and just sit back and enjoy. We like to travel independently and do our own planning, but I can assure you it’s not easy. One other option would be to book local guided tours in each country, but travel independently between countries.This way you’ll have more control over what countries you may want to visit.

In regards to the “highlights” of Europe, there are so many! But regardless of what you choose, you shouldn’t include more than 4 countries in 3 weeks because you’ll have to account for the days you loose when moving from one place to another. Here are my suggestions. My first choice for Europe would be Italy, France and Spain. They are rich in culture and architecture and have gorgeous scenery. My second choice is Portugal, Switzerland and Croatia. Not as culturally rich as Italy, or France, but surely breathtakingly beautiful. If you are looking for less expensive destinations, Central and Eastern European countries are more budget friendly (Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania).

I hope this helps. I have lots of European destination on my blog in case you want to do some further reading. And remember: no matter what country you choose, you’ll love Europe!

July 6, 2021 at 11:40 am

Hi there Anda!

Me and my are planning eloping and then honeymooning to Europe. Neither of us have been and I have family in the Sicily area. I originally wanted to go to Hawaii as I am an avid beach lover and have been to many in search of the most beautiful beach. My finance enjoys the beach, but is definitely more of a historian. So, I would like to encompass a little of both. We plan on late September or sometime in October….14 days. What are your thoughts? Do you think we should use a travel agent? Thanks so much!

July 6, 2021 at 1:24 pm

Hi Carrie, September-October is a great time of year for visiting Italy and I think Sicily is a wonderful choice if you like beaches. It has plenty of historic sites, so it’s the best of both worlds: history and beaches. I have a lot of information about Sicily on this blog, so for further reading you can go under Destinations > Europe > Italy > Sicily and read more. I also have a very informative post about driving in Sicily, should you decide to rent a car for your trip.

I don’t believe you need a travel agent to design your itinerary or make reservations for you. At the bottom of my home page there are some links that you can use to check out prices. I also have a Resource Page if you need more information on car rental and lodging. And if you need more itinerary ideas, read this post: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/10-days-in-italy-itinerary/ . It includes 4 itinerary ideas for Italy to choose from. Please let me know if you need any further assistance.

March 1, 2021 at 10:40 am

This is very informative. My husband and I have been to several countries in Europe, but not our son. He wants to go to Germany, and I think with more than 2 weeks travel time that we will have, a visit to several cities in Central Europe will make sense to us. My friend in Zurich will be happy to take us around.

March 1, 2021 at 7:38 pm

Hope you’ll get to visit Germany, Umiko. I have relatives in Münich and go to Germany quite often.

January 27, 2021 at 3:03 am

Hi Anda, I have to say, this is a great itinerary for first time travelers. I’ve been living in Europe for almost 2 years now but I still have not seen most of the places in this list and I would consider myself a “first time traveler” to most of these destinations. It gave me tons of ideas though once we finally get to travel again and I love your pctures.

January 28, 2021 at 2:05 pm

Thanks, Marielle.

I love Croatia

January 9, 2021 at 6:09 am

Absolutely stunning! Thank you on a detailed impressive guide!

January 9, 2021 at 10:51 am

Thanks, Karlo.

October 22, 2020 at 8:00 am

Hi Anda! Thank you for all of your articles and tips! I’m trying to soak everything in while planning for a 2-week trip next August 2021. I know you said August is the worst time to go to Europe but I am to be a part of a bridal entourage early that month and have no leeway in that regard – hoping to make the best of it! What are your suggestions for 3 first time Europe travelers to make the MOST of our time but with about three days locked in at London for the ceremony? I was thinking of coming a week before the festivities and staying a week after, putting the wedding in the middle of the two weeks – if that makes sense. Please help! Thank you so much, Christine

October 22, 2020 at 4:59 pm

Hi Christine, A wedding in London sounds like a great reason to visit Europe. The good news is that London is not so hot in August as other cities in Europe. Here are my recommendations for you:

1. I would get the wedding out of the way and then go on with my travel plans. Or leave it for the end of the trip, but not place it in the middle.

2. I would avoid big, crowded cities (like Paris or Rome) where the asphalt radiates even more heat in summer. Keep in mind that many of the buildings in Europe don’t have air conditioning, so there is very little relief from the heat.

3. Rather than big cities, I would visit places that have a breeze, or have access to the Mediterranean, or the Adriatic Sea. My personal favorites for summer are the French Riviera (Nice, Monaco, Cannes), Italy (the Amalfi Coast, or Sicily), Croatia’s Dalmatian Coast (Dubrovnik, Split, Pula, etc.) Italy, France and Croatia seem like good options for you since they are also close to England.

4. Other great countries to visit in August are: Austria, Switzerland and Germany. For instance, you could spend 1-2 days in Vienna, then go to Salzburg and use it as a base for wonderful day trips in the Alps. Or stay 2 days in Zurich and do a Switzerland itinerary. You can also do a combination of countries, but I wouldn’t visit more than two considering that you already have London on your list.

Hope this helps. Please let me know if you have any further questions. I’m sure your trip is going to be great!

October 18, 2020 at 11:25 am

Hi: A friend and I would like to visit somewhere in Europe for 2 or so weeks, and stay in a smaller village and “live” like a local. Yet, also be close enough to other places or countries to take day trips via public transportation. Any suggestions?

October 19, 2020 at 4:47 pm

Your friend could stay for instance in one of the many villages on the French Riviera (like Ezé Village) which are close to Nice,and visit the the entire coast in two weeks. Or perhaps stay in one of the villages in Tuscany, which are close to Florence, and many other fascinating places in Italy.

RAJEEV JAIN

October 6, 2020 at 10:14 pm

Me & my wife wants to cover Europe in 20-30 days. Just for your information I had travelled to Italy & covered Rome, Florence, Venice & Milan. I want to cover other countries & beautiful cities of Europe. Can you suggest best time & an itinerary to visit except July/August when the weather is pleasant & one can travel in budget.

October 7, 2020 at 4:23 pm

Hi Rajeev, late September to early October is a great time to travel to Europe. So is spring, late April to early June. As for an itinerary, you can cover a lot of territory in a month in Europe. I would suggest visiting some of the countries in the Balkans (Croatia, Montenegro, Slovenia).I have a complete itinerary for the Balkans on my blog, if you are interested. Also, you could visit the Baltic countries (Estonia, Lithuania, Latvia) and Sweden. Eastern European countries like Hungary and Romania are also good choice for a fall visit. Hope this helps.

Mitos Soria

February 13, 2020 at 6:19 am

Hello, me my friend will be traveling to Europe in August 2020 ( I know not a good time to go there) for the first time. We have 2 weeks to go to cities we prefer. And that is Italy and Paris. We are in for outlet shopping, visit museum and architectures. Can you recommend us a place to go to met our preferences? And if we would add one more country what would that be? By the way we are flying from Manila. Thank you very much.

February 13, 2020 at 11:09 am

Hi Mitos, even though August it’s kind of hot in Europe, I’m sure you’ll have a lot of fun. Especially if you plan to go shopping, hahaha! Paris and Rome are great places to shop and so is Milan and London. I also like shopping in Vienna, where they have a big pedestrian area (the Graben) lined up with stores. All these cities have magnificent architecture, old churches and palaces that you can visit. Prices are a little higher in Europe than they are in Asia or the US, but I love shopping there just the same. They have so much trendier clothing stores than we do. My favorite one is Massimo Dutti, you should check it out.

SHYAMSUNDER GAIKWAD

February 2, 2020 at 3:29 pm

Hi Anda, Me and my wife plan to travel to Europe for about 10 to 14 days(depends) from the first week of August’2020 (After my sons final semester Exams). Flight ticket are yet to be booked. This would be our first trip to Europe. We plan to cover Europe in six visits, this would be our first. Both of have past our half century mark and have taken a sabbatical. Could you please suggest us an Itinerary? Is August a good time to travel

February 2, 2020 at 3:30 pm

Hi Shyamsunder, August is one of the worst times to go to Europe: it’s hot, it’s expensive and it’s crowded. I know you may be bound to your son’s vacation time, so if August is the only time you have available, I would suggest going to Northern Europe. You can visit Sweden, Norway, and the Baltic countries (Lithuania, Estonia and Latvia). Either that, or choose to spend your entire vacation in southern Italy, in places close to the sea (Capri, Positano, Cinque Terre, or Sicily).

January 27, 2020 at 1:23 pm

Thanks for your insight and prompt response. Travel planning can be overwhelming and your site has been extremely helpful. The more I dig into options and different itiniraries my gut keeps saying to stick with Italy and you helped confirm this even more! Another thought was to combine a 7n cruise but again my gut (and hubby) prefers a land based trip. So sticking with Italy it seems just 3 cities maybe better (based on your suggestion) with day trips mixed in…Venice, Rome & Florence. Initial plan was for Cique Terre which maybe too much. The idea of Lake Cumo is a really good one! Now need to explore those logistics!

Anda Galffy

January 27, 2020 at 1:28 pm

Glad I could be of help, Sandra. Just one last note: keep in mind that Rome is a big city, rich in history and archeological sites. You will need at least 4-5 days to explore it properly. Have a wonderful trip.

January 27, 2020 at 1:22 pm

Hi Anda, Just found your site and love the information. We are late in planning our 20th anniversary trip to Italy in May. We have 16 days so 14 nights exculuding travel. This is our first time to Europe (other than Greece) in a very long time. Initial thoughts are fly into Venice 2n, Florence, 4n, Cinque Terre 4n, Rome 4n – Now second guessing about all Italy (which I know is all good) but maybe adding Amsterdam or another city and subtracting days from Italy. Any thoughts input appreciated!

Hi Sandra, first of all congratulations on your 20th anniversary! Italy is a great choice to mark this important event in your life and I’m sure this will be a trip to remember. My personal opinion is that Italy has so much to offer that it’s not a good idea to add Amsterdam to the mix. The two-week European itineraries I recommend in my post are for people who want to get a feel of Europe and explore some of the big cities. I think you’ll be better off spending all your time in Italy and exploring as much as you can there. Instead of Amsterdam, you could go to Lake Como, for instance. It’s a very romantic destination for an anniversary.

January 18, 2020 at 10:37 pm

Anda So glad I found your site. I’m in the beginning stages of planning a trip for late 2020 (Christmas time) for my husband and myself. I think you’ve helped me decide on Italy. Christmas is the only time he has vacation so we’re locked in to that time of year. We’d both like to see Pompeii, so I was thinking Naples to Rome and ending up in Venice. We have 2 weeks, so I think we could take our time and stop if we’d like to see something along the way. What do you think about going to Italy this time of year? Are trains reliable in winter? Thanks for any help you can give me. Karen

January 19, 2020 at 12:01 am

Hi karen, Italy is actually a great choice for winter, particularly in December when you’ll have the Christmas markets everywhere. Prices may be still pretty high because of the Holidays, but there will definitely be less crowds. You may expect colder weather in Northern Italy (Rome and Venice), but the Amalfi Coast (Pompeii and Naples) will be beautiful. I don’t think you’ll have any issues with the trains. It doesn’t snow often in northern Italy and even if does, the weather doesn’t impact public transportation. I think you’ll enjoy Italy tremendously! It’s a great place to visit. You may want to check this post as well if you are traveling to Rome: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/best-areas-to-stay-in-rome/

cybele ryan

January 23, 2020 at 3:35 pm

Anda what wonderful information. My husband and I planning a trip to Europe in mid May for two weeks. Thinking about flying into Switzerland or Austria, dipping down into Italy then on to Slovenia and Croatia. We are told Slovenia is very similar to Italy. We could stay in Slovenia and train over to Venice for the day, avoiding crowds ect. Any ideas? take the train, rent a car?Thank you! Cybele

January 23, 2020 at 5:52 pm

Train is probably better for the day trip. Besides, in Venice you won’t have any need for the car.

December 31, 2019 at 4:44 am

Hullo Anda, your article literally saved my life. I have read it twice and sucked in as much of your advice so thank you. I am black and I was wondering if you have any specific advice for a black travelers in Europe. What is the general reception for black africans in Europe? I may be overthinking it, but I am worried that it may be negative. Your honest thoughts will be appreciated. thanks.

December 31, 2019 at 3:39 pm

I’m truly happy that my article was of help to you. I don’t think you have any reason to worry about traveling to Europe as a black person. As far as I know, Europeans are quite open and welcoming to any race and nationality. I think you’ll have a wonderful time there.

December 28, 2019 at 6:04 am

Thankyou for the suggestions. We are planning to visit Europe from US for two weeks from April 24 to May 9 . Our itenrary idea is to arrive in Paris > Milan > Venice > Cinque terra> Florence > Rome . While at florence we planned to visit Pisa for half day Will this be aggressive or Do-able? Can you please suggest on how many days each city require to explore? Thanks in Advance

December 28, 2019 at 9:15 am

Hi Satya, What you are listing here looks like a very busy itinerary. All these cities are loaded with attractions. Besides, you need time for transportation between the different destinations and time to check in and out from the hotels. Rome and Paris require at least 3 days each. Milan you can probably do in a day, but for Florence, Venice and Cinque Terre you’ll also need a minimum of two days. My suggestion would be to leave Paris for another time and concentrate on Italy.

December 28, 2019 at 7:44 pm

Thank you Anda

December 26, 2019 at 10:30 am

Hi Anda, Thankyou for the detailed itenenaries. We are planning for Europe trip during last week of April for two weeks. Our plan is to arrive in Paris and depart back from Rome. So planning for Paris> Fly to Milan> Venice> Cinque terra > Florence> Rome . Is this agressive or Doable? Do you recommend driving from Milan to Rome for this trip? Can you help me with how many days we will needing to explore these places? Appriciete your help on this.

December 18, 2019 at 12:59 pm

Hi Anda, I am planning a trip with my wife and 2 kids (3 & 9) to visit Europe in Mid-June. we are planning to spend 14 days and planning to land in Paris then train to Zurich > Interlaken (might add Zermatt if time permits) > Venice > Florence > Rome. Does this sound doable in 14 days? Any tips and recommendations? Should we get the Euro Rail Pass or buying individual trip will be better and cheaper option? Thanks.

December 18, 2019 at 7:27 pm

Hi Ali, your plan sounds great for two young adults who can move fast. However, with two kids in tow and using public transportation (not having your own car) this sounds like a very busy itinerary. You need a minimum of 3 days in the big cities like Rome and Paris. As for Zurich, Venice and Florence, you could probably spend only 2 days in each city. But even if you do that, you’ll be left with only two days, which is not enough time if you want to squeeze in Zermatt and Interlaken. I understand you are planning to use Rome as your departure city, but exploring it with a 3-year old will be very difficult. Rome is huge and truly overwhelming, even for adults. I would suggest spending more time in Switzerland instead, which is a friendlier place for small children. You can buy a pass for the scenic trains and go from Zurich to Lucerne, Interlaken, Zermatt, St.Moritz, Engadin and maybe cross over to Lake Como in Italy. The Glacier Express is a fantastic train and goes from Zermatt to St. Moritz. Your kids are going to love the train rides. I wrote a few posts about our train trip through Switzerland, in case you need more information.

November 14, 2019 at 4:16 pm

Hi, my husband and I have plan 13 days trip 11 nights for travel to Barcelona, Switzerland, Munich and Amsterdam. The 1st arrival destination has decided is Barcelona as we want to catch the football match. 2nd destination we not sure want to start from Amsterdam, Munich and end in Switzerland or vice versa. Is it possible to squeeze Milan or Paris in between by the way?

November 14, 2019 at 5:09 pm

You can easily squeeze one day in Milan on your itinerary, Agnes. I wrote a post about how to spend a day in Milan, in case you are interested you can check it here: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/one-day-on-the-streets-of-milan/ . From Barcelona you can go to Milan, then to Switzerland, Munich and Amsterdam. Not sure exactly what means of transportation you intend to use in Europe, but it makes sense to do it this way rather than jump from Spain all the way to the Netherlands. In regards to Paris, I would leave it for another trip. There is too much to see there to be able to squeeze it into this itinerary. You’ll need at least 3 days for it, while Milan can be done in one day.

November 5, 2019 at 6:20 pm

Hi Anda.. Greetings from Malaysia.!! Great advice for first time traveller to europe. Me and my friends planning to come over to europe in may next year. We are having some difficulties choosing places to visit as europe is super big and all the places look so beautiful. We will be landing in amsterdam. I would love to go paris,london n also swiss. And we have only two weeks to cover and we have no idea where to start. Super confussed. First time in europe.! Thank you.

November 5, 2019 at 9:30 pm

Hi Reva. Since you land in Amsterdam you could probably do Amsterdam, Paris and London. You need to spend at least 3 days in each of these cities in order to see at least the main points of interest. You probably have time to see one city in Switzerland as well. I would recommend Lucerne, since it’s a smaller one and can be done in about two days. Hope this helps.

September 14, 2019 at 4:10 am

Great suggestions! Planning a trip next June ( I know, I know), your suggestions are great.

September 14, 2019 at 2:10 pm

I’m glad if you found my suggestions useful. Thanks, Jackie.

April 21, 2019 at 6:25 am

Anda, thank you for the very informative article. Loved going through it and your detailed responses to the questions below. I and my wife are planning to travel in August(2nd and 3rd week). We have zeroed in on France(only Paris) and Italy. I know the temperature will be on the higher side, but I guess should be a breeze considering we are from India 🙂 (or are we way off the mark?) What according to you are good destinations to include in the itinerary in Italy, beyond Rome, Venice, and Florence)?

April 21, 2019 at 9:31 am

Hi VB, since your trip to Europe in in full summer, I would suggest a couple of destinations closer to the water. In Italy you can add Cinque Terre and maybe Lake Como. Both of them absolutely spectacular. In France, just about an hour away by plane you can go to he French Riviera. The coast is much cooler and absolutely spectacular. You have places like Nice, Monaco, Cann, Antibes, plus the many perched villages along the coast that are absolutely a dream to visit. Hope this helps.

April 9, 2019 at 8:56 am

I was trying to plan a 20th anniversary trip for myself and my wife in July, 2020. I was planning on just doing a Western trip visiting London, Paris, Brussels, Amsterdam, and Berlin but now I’m worried it’s going to be too hot. We already live in Charleston, South Carolina (US) which is miserably hot in the summer so we always try to find cooler places to go.

I was thinking of this route because there are now direct flights from CHS to London and I get employee discounts at Hilton properties (about $50 USD/night). There are hotels all within 1.5 miles of the train station in each of those cities so this would be most economical.

I would rather visit Northern Europe because of the cooler weather and because my family immigrated from Sweden. However,, there are no Hilton properties in any of the Scandavian cities except Stockholm.

I’m just wondering if you think it is worth it to spend a lot more to visit Northern Europe or just battle the heat and crowds to visit Western Europe.

April 9, 2019 at 10:15 am

Hi Michael, Europe is very hot and humid in summer, as you already know. I would rather spend a little more and go to countries like Norway, Sweden or the Baltic countries (Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania). I believe there is a Hilton in Riga as well, if I am not wrong). However, you may want to look into Airbnb as an alternative if you can’t find a Hilton. Most of the time they are way cheaper than a hotel and you get much more for your money.

April 7, 2019 at 11:25 am

This is a great guide! I’ve been searching everywhere for ideas on how to go about a European trip. I’ve never been so I wasn’t sure where to start. Is it possible to do a trip with London, Paris, Amsterdam, Rome, Florence, and Venice? What would be the beat way to do that?

April 7, 2019 at 8:54 pm

Squeezing 7 cities of this size into a 2 weeks trip seems too much to me. I would recommend keeping it at 4, at the most. You will spend too much time on the road and too little time visiting the sites. Florence and Amsterdam could be done in about 4 days, if you just want to rush by, but the other cities requires way more time for proper visiting. I would not advise you to add more than at the most 5 cities to your itinerary, unless you have more than just 2 weeks.

April 6, 2019 at 3:28 pm

Hello Anda,

This article is very informative and useful as I am planning a graduation gift for my girlfriend this summer. She’s a mechanical engineer and loves architecture, but has never been to Europe. I do plan on 2 weeks, give or take a few days. Do to the traveling being in June (not the best time), where would you recommend going? Regarding weather, locations, travel season, etc. I’ve only been to France but was there for wine industry. I’m fine with traveling by train or by car as I have done both. Please let me know if you have any questions or concerns. Thank you for your time!

April 7, 2019 at 9:01 pm

Hi Nick, I’m glad you found my post useful and informative. Summers in Europe may be very hot, so I would recommend you go to Northern Europe, where the weather is much cooler. And if your girlfriend loves architecture, she will have a blast visiting cities like Stockholm and Riga. I would recommend the Baltic countries and Sweden. You don’t need to drive there. You can fly between the cities for very little money.

March 31, 2019 at 7:45 am

Hi, Anda. I’m taking my daughter to Europe in May. Got a great R/T flight into (and out of) Barcelona. We will be there 2 weeks, and I’d like to add 3 other cities. She really wants to go to Florence (but not Rome??‍♀️). We plan to book a rail pass and Air BnBs. Any recs for our 3 must-see cities. She’s 20 and has never been to Europe.

April 1, 2019 at 1:00 pm

Hi Stacy, Barcelona is a very exciting destination for young people. I’m sure your daughter will love it. You’ll have to decide how many countries you want to include in your two weeks trip. You have quite a few choices in Spain, if you decide to stay only there. You can spend 3 days in Barcelona, then go towards the west and Visit Madrid (3 days), Toledo (a day trip from Madrid), Granada and Sevilla. From there you can fly back to Barcelona. Or you can spend a few days in Barcelona, then go to Paris, Milan and Florence. The second option includes 3 countries, but it will give your daughter a taste of some of the most impressive cities in Europe. Hope this helps.

February 26, 2019 at 9:36 am

I will be visiting Europe for two weeks in may and would like to know what do you suggest we could see as we will arrive in Rome and depart from Paris.

February 26, 2019 at 4:56 pm

Hi Rhea, May is one of the best times to visit Europe. The weather is just perfect and the tourist season is not in full swing yet. Since I don’t know you and your interests, I would make some suggestions based on my own taste and experience. Both Rome and Paris are very big cities and you might want to allow yourself at least 3 days in each one of them. They are packed with attractions, ranging from historic sites and landmarks, to museums, art galleries, parks and restaurants. In Rome you might want to concentrate on the historic center (including the Vatican) and allow yourself a little time to simply wander the streets and admire the beautiful architecture. I wrote a post about the best areas to stay in Rome that will give you an idea about what attractions are in the different parts of the city ( https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/best-areas-to-stay-in-rome/ ). While you are in Italy, you might also want to include Florence and Milan in your itinerary. Florence is not very big and it quite easy to explore (great for art galleries and museums). You could spend 2 days in Florence and one day in Milan ( https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/?s=one+day+in+milan ). From Milan you could go to Switzerland and maybe take a scenic train trip through Zermatt, Interlaken, Lucerne).Or you may go directly to France and visit Marseille, Lyon and then Paris. If this is your first time in Europe I would suggest keeping it simple. Probably just Italy and France would be enough. For Paris, you might want to refer to this post that will give you an idea about what you can see in 3 days: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/?s=3+days+in+paris . I hope this helps and I hope you’ll come back with some great memories from your trip to Europe.

January 31, 2019 at 9:46 pm

Hi Anda Me and my husband are planning a trip to Europe for 2 weeks in early May 2019. As of now we are planning to visit Prague, Vienna, Budapest & Greece. Could you please suggest if its doable also if its the good time to visit these places.

P.S : We will be visiting Europe for the first time and we are more inclined towards scenic and natural beauty , could you please suggest more affordable options.

Many Thanks ! Parul

January 31, 2019 at 10:20 pm

Hi Parul, Europe is beautiful at any time of year, but particularly in spring. Vienna, Budapest and Prague are very close to each other so can move easily from one to the next (either by train or by car). Trains are very affordable in Europe, especially if you buy a pass. I suggest spending 3 days in each one of these cities to at least get a taste of what they have to offer. You could leave Greece for last, as you will need to take a plane to get there. In regards to affordability, Europe in generally expensive. However, you will find Budapest (and Greece) more affordable overall. For lodging I use Airbnb or VRBO (Vacation Rentals By Owner), as I get more for my money. Hope this helps.

Vaibhav Jain

February 2, 2019 at 10:21 am

Hey, thanks for this informative and detailed info about getting around in Europe.. every word made sense to me.. I just want a small suggestion from you.. I am solo traveller and will be starting my itinerary as “Prague (2n)-Copenhagen (4N)-Budapest (2N)- Barcelona (3N)- Amsterdam (2N)” in total of about 13 N starting from 13 th March 2019.. My question is : I want to add another city between my trip from Copenhagen to Budapest as I think 4 Nights will be too boring in there.. so can you please suggest which place to add in for 1 N ??? I am getting some real good deals for Brussels, Berlin, Milan… for Ryan Sir & Easy jet from Copenhagen.. please enlighten me for this as I am super confused ??? Thanks in anticipation ….

February 2, 2019 at 3:18 pm

Your itinerary seems pretty busy for 13 days. All these cities you selected make wonderful destinations in themselves. You could easily spend 13 days in each one of them and still have plenty to see and do. My suggestion would be to spend 3 nights in Prague or in Budapest, rather than trying to squeeze in another city into the itinerary. Europe is packed with attractions and if you were to spend any less than 3 days in a big city you’ll be rushing too much. However, if you want by all means to include another city, you can try Milan. You can just concentrate on visiting the Duomo and the area around it and that would be enough for one day. Hope this helps.

October 1, 2018 at 10:41 am

My family has a two week planned trip to Europe and I am having difficulty picking a third location to visit in addition to London & Paris. I am glad I came across your website which is full of good ideas. I could use some help picking a third city and places to stay. One of my challenges for the trip is traveling around Christmas which I understand the trains close.

Some of the other questions I have are: How long is it recommended to be at an airport before a flight between cities like London & Amsterdam? Is taking a train recommended even though it takes twice as long.

Where are the best areas to stay in London, Paris, Amsterdam and Ghent? We would like to rent an apartment in each city.

We arrive at 6:15am on 12/21 in Gatwick and leave on 1/3 in the evening out of Heathrow. What might be the best itinirary taking into account Christmas and New Years?

Thanks, Michael

October 3, 2018 at 10:24 am

Hi Michael, I’m afraid I can’t make any specific recommendation in any of these cities. We usually stay in Airbnb apartments when we don’t stay with friends or relatives in Europe.

Rob+Ann @TravelLatte(.net)

July 27, 2018 at 4:36 pm

You are so right, Anda – Two weeks in Europe will fly by! We love your itinerary ideas though. Two weeks is such a short time for so many great places to see and enjoy, but these really help make the most of the time. Can’t wait to get back and explore more!

Jennifer Melroy

July 27, 2018 at 2:38 pm

I love exploring northern Europe. The cities have a charm that the rest of the continent lacks. I can’t explain it, but they do. I always feel like they are more welcoming as a city. Plus Stolkhom has the best museums to visit.

Suruchi Mittal

July 24, 2018 at 10:36 am

That is a complete exhaustive guide on Europe. I liked the way how you have divided the itinerary and it is going to be super helpful while we plan up our trip. The 2 weeks really seems like a less time now, for Europe.

Cynthia | Adventuring Woman

July 23, 2018 at 5:12 am

You’ve covered all the important things! I agree that Paris, Amsterdam and London should be #1. I really want to do Vienna, Prague and Budapest. Also the Balkan itineraries. So true that it’s best to spend time really experiencing a place, rather than running around between them.

July 22, 2018 at 12:27 am

These are good itineraries for those who want a quick glimpse of certain areas of Europe. Im not sure on the Nordic ones, I think I need a bank loan for that one. 😀 I found after exploring much of Europe, to see better history, buildings, parks, scenery etc, is to get away from the cities and find the true heart of each country. However, first timers, these are good plans BUT make sure you come back for some more European fun 🙂

July 22, 2018 at 10:58 am

One visit to Europe is never enough, Dabik.

July 21, 2018 at 11:55 pm

Although I agree with you to start with the more popular cities in your first ever trip to Europe and to make sure that all the cities you’re visiting are geographically close to each other (and you’ve grouped them out perfectly), I also think that visiting only the bigger cities in countries like Switzerland, Austria, Greece don’t give you a real flavour of what the country is about. For example- going to Athens and not Santorini would be something I’d not recommend at all! Or going to Zurich and Lucerne but not Interlaken. Having said that, if one wants to focus only on the bigger cities and not venture to the smaller towns and villages, then these itineraries make perfect sense!

July 22, 2018 at 11:00 am

Of course, Medha. Visiting only the bigger cities will barely touch the tip of the iceberg, so to speak. These itineraries are intended for first time visitors to Europe and it is implied the subsequent visits would be necessary to really get the feel of many of these countries.

Christina Pfeiffer

July 21, 2018 at 11:09 pm

Your itineraries certainly highlight the diversity of Europe. There are so many different countries to visit it’s hard to choose! One of the things I love about Europe is that no matter where you go, there’s history, culture and cobblestone streets to discover. Hmm, I think I’m due for another trip to Europe soon!

July 21, 2018 at 11:35 pm

That is so true, Christina. I love everything about Europe!

July 21, 2018 at 9:35 pm

I am a big fan of itineraries! I have created several I want to follow. Sometimes, an itinerary does not work for one particular year but then it is feasible later. From your list, I want to do Northern Europe and the Berlin-Dresden-Wroclaw. I am with you on staying 3-4 days on a city. I do not like to rush places.

July 21, 2018 at 10:19 pm

Planning is part of the fun when you travel, isn’t it?

July 21, 2018 at 9:13 pm

I love your recommendations! I’d love to go and visit Europe one day and this guide will come in very handy. Indeed 2 weeks is such a short time to see the entire continent, but good to know that you can still see as much as long you plan well (especially considering the geographical location and transportation availability).

July 21, 2018 at 10:18 pm

I didn’t realize you haven’t been in Europe, Marvi. Hope you’ll get there soon. You’ll love Europe, I promise!

Jill Chapman

July 21, 2018 at 7:40 pm

I haven’t been to Europe for five years so I am very excited to be heading there this fall. Great tips – we’ve already used a few – booked hotels in the city center or air bnb’s and are traveling off-season a bit but I hope to utilize more when I’m there.

July 21, 2018 at 8:05 pm

I hope you are going to have a great trip, Jill.

July 21, 2018 at 5:31 am

Great idea’s, even for a European. We need to discover more things close to home.

July 21, 2018 at 8:06 pm

Well, if you live in Europe you probably have visited all these places, Wendy.

Lyn aka The Travelling Lindfields

July 21, 2018 at 4:09 am

What a useful post. I think those of us who travel frequently forget that there is a lot of basic stuff we just take for granted.

July 21, 2018 at 10:00 pm

So true, Lyn.

July 21, 2018 at 12:45 am

I have spent quite a bit of time in Europe but I still have so much to see. I would love to do your Balkans roadtrip, I haven’t been to that area yet.

July 21, 2018 at 10:01 pm

The Balkans make one of the best European itineraries, Anisa. You should definitely do that road trip.

July 20, 2018 at 6:27 pm

These are all great ideas. Isn’t it such a gift to be able to spend two weeks exploring?? We love to spend 3 days in cities so we know where we want to return… I also love to pair big cities with smaller towns, too. It’s a great to experience both sides of the coin in the same country. I would love to do your Balkan itinerary! Those places all just look beautiful!

July 21, 2018 at 10:05 pm

I love exploring smaller cities too, Sara. However, for first time visitors it’s always better to start with the more popular sites.

July 20, 2018 at 5:02 pm

Great tips for first-time visitors, especially if you have only two weeks. I wish I’ve been to all the destinations you covered … if we could only travel when I was still living in the middle of it ;).

July 21, 2018 at 10:06 pm

Yep, I hear you! I have the same frustration, Emese.

July 20, 2018 at 4:17 pm

Great advice for first time travelers! We did a similar trip, to your first itinerary, when we went to Europe the first time. Ours was London, Paris, Munich, and Amsterdam. I have to agree that giving yourself 3-4 days in each place is ideal. I ended up feeling like I didn’t see much in London, because we were only there for two days of our trip. Thankfully, we were able to return to London for a longer period later.

Tomas Novak

July 20, 2018 at 1:31 pm

As I live in Prague – kind of a center of Europe. It’s pretty easy for me to do this short trips and I think I visited more than half of this cities. I like how you group them in smaller trips by three. I just have to visit the Baltic states and Balkan… hopefully next year. Thanks for your tips

July 21, 2018 at 10:12 pm

It’s much easier to do these trips when you live in Europe, Thomas. The challenge is for people who travel there from far away.

California Globetrotter

July 20, 2018 at 1:11 pm

What a great itinerary you’ve put together, Anda! You’ve hit up all the best cities and I also recommend 3-4 days in each city!

July 21, 2018 at 10:13 pm

I’m glad you agree with me, Lolo. Now that you live in Europe it’s much easier for you to see all these other smaller cities on week-end trips.

Rhonda Albom

July 20, 2018 at 12:51 pm

I think two weeks is a great intro and taster for Europe. Europe is addictive and by the end of those two weeks you’ll already be planning on which areas you want to concentrate on for your next visit. I agree that you should spend three to four days in each city in order to get comfortable and enjoy the feel of the city.

July 21, 2018 at 10:17 pm

Hahaha, you are so right that traveling to Europe becomes addictive. Everybody I know wants to return there to see more.

Priscilla Willis

July 20, 2018 at 6:23 am

Great tips, Anda. Your suggested Itineraries are perfect – it’s difficult to fully experience a destination when you try to do and see too much!

July 20, 2018 at 9:52 am

Good to hear from you, Priscilla. I know you just came back from a trip to Europe. Hope it was fun.

July 20, 2018 at 9:53 am

Good to hear from you, Priscilla. I know you just came back from Europe. Hope you enjoyed your trip.

March 28, 2020 at 11:11 pm

Anda looking for a 14 day itinerary first time in Europe. This is for my 25 Anniversary. Looking to bring my 3 daughters ages 25/22/20. Also looking to invite my in laws 65/72. My wife is first generation born in the states from Hungary. My 72 year old father in-law has a bad ankle is there scooters to rent or would it be a pain in the butt to travel everywhere with it. Also ball Parker cost per person along with either plane or rail tickets to hop around

March 28, 2020 at 11:41 pm

This looks like a multi-generational reunion and a great celebration. Since your wife is of Hungarian descent, you might want to take a trip to Central Europe that would include Hungary as well. I think all of you are going to love Budapest! You could probably do Prague, Vienna, and Budapest and spend at least 3 days in each of these big cities. There are also a few side trips that you can take around them. I wrote extensively about these three destinations, in case you need some ideas on things to do, places to stay and eat in each one of these cities.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

COPYRIGHT NOTICE

All rights reserved © Travel Notes & Beyond. The material on this website is protected by copyright law. Republishing the content on this blog (including text, photography, etc.) is strictly prohibited.

AFFILIATE PROGRAM DISCLOSURE

Some of the pages and posts of this blog contain links to products and services that may be useful for my readers. When clicking on these links you will have the option to purchase or register for a service at no extra cost to you, but doing so can help me offset the costs associated with running this blog. Thank you for your support!

Finding the Universe

Travel tales, photography and a dash of humor

2 Weeks in Europe – The Perfect Europe Itinerary

Last updated: January 28, 2024 . Written by Laurence Norah - 30 Comments

Are you visiting Europe and looking for the perfect itinerary? Well, you’re in the right place! We’ve travelled extensively in Europe, and based on our experiences, we’ve put together a detailed 2 week Europe itinerary to help you plan.

This Europe itinerary will take you to many of the highlights that we think first time visitors to Europe will want to see and explore for themselves. These include many of our favourite destinations that we’ve visited multiple times over.

This itinerary is aimed at those of you visiting Europe for the first time, or those of you looking for an easy itinerary to follow that covers some of the major highlights of Western Europe. It’s not overly rushed as we think you will get more from your experience if you focus on a few major locations rather than trying to see everything in one go.

The trip as outlined is for 14 days in Europe, but you could make it longer or shorter depending on how much time you have. For example, with 10 days in Europe, you could clip off a day or two in some of the cities, and maybe even skip one of the cities to make it a more comfortable experience.

As well as the itinerary, we’re also going to share everything you need to know to help you plan the perfect European trip. Tips about currency, what to pack, where to stay, how to get around and other considerations.

Hopefully this guide will give you everything you need to know to plan your own perfect European adventure, and of course, we’re always happy to answer your questions in the comments. Now, let’s get started!

2 Week Europe Itinerary

This two week itinerary has you visiting four European countries and five cities. We think these cover some of the top highlights of Europe.

The destinations on this itinerary are all cities, so this trip is aimed more towards those of you looking to explore the cities, which are all full of cultural highlights, fantastic restaurants, and plenty of photo-worthy sights!

But if have your eye more on smaller towns, secondary cities, and rural locations, this might not be the best itinerary for you.

If you’d prefer to focus on one country, take a look at our two week UK itinerary , and our 10 day Italy itinerary for some inspiration.

Days 1 – 3: London

We’re going to start your European adventure with 3 days in London . London makes a great starting point for your European itinerary. It has a number of international airports to choose from, so getting here is easy, and there are a wealth of sights and cultural attractions to immerse yourself in. I lived in London for a number of years, and it’s still one of my favourite cities in the world.

If this is your first overseas trip and you are coming from an English speaking country, London is a good place to ease yourself into the experience. You can acclimate yourself to the time difference and get used to travelling in a new country, without having a language barrier to work with as well.

We think 3 days is a good amount of time to spend basing yourself in London. We’d suggest spending at least two days exploring the capital, and perhaps one day trip outside of London. This might look as follows.

On your first day in London, we’d suggest seeing the major sights around Westminster. This includes the Houses of Parliament , Westminster Abbey , Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden, the Churchill War Rooms , Buckingham Palace and the London Eye .

On your second day, which will be a full day, we’d suggest starting at the Tower of London . Get here when it opens to avoid the crowds if you can. Included on the London Pass , or y ou can buy a ticket online in advance here . Using our link saves you some money on the adult admission price for the Tower of London, meaning these discounted Tower of London tickets are some of the best value we’re aware of.

We also recommend checking prices via GetYourGuide here , and on the official website  here , as pricing can vary. You can also see opening times and other information for your visit on the official site.

Once you are done with the Tower of London, you can see more sites in the area like Tower Bridge , Borough Market (a London Harry Potter filming location ), St. Paul’s Cathedral , the Tate Modern , Shakespeare’s Globe and the Shard .

You certainly won’t run out of things to occupy your time! For some more inspiration, see our guides for 2 days in London and 3 days in London . We also recommend picking up a two day London Pass to save money on your sightseeing while in London. You can do that here .

On your third day in the UK, we recommend taking a day trip out of the city. This could be to somewhere like Windsor Castle or Hampton Court Palace , neither of which are too far.

If you really want to get out a bit further, we can recommend perhaps taking a trip to Stonehenge, the Cotswolds, Bath or Oxford. There are a variety of companies who offer easy day trips from London which include a number of these highlights like this or this , or you could do it yourself.

See our guide to taking a day trip to Stonehenge and a day trip to Oxford for some inspiration. If you’re a Harry Potter fan, then you may instead consider a trip out to the Harry Potter Studios where the films were made.

Of course, you will want to adjust this schedule depending on when you arrive and depart London. Our suggestion would be to take the day trip on your last day, overnight in London, and then take an early morning train to Paris.

Whilst you’re in London, we recommend getting around by public transport. It’s the most cost effective and also generally the most efficient way to get around. See our guide to public transport in London for some tips, as well as our overview of how to pay for public transport in London .

If you enjoy walking tours, there’s no shortage of options to choose from in the city. We love taking a walking tour when we first arrive in a new city – it can be a good way to get familiar with the city, plus you can ask your guide for local tips on places to eat and less well-known attractions.

If you do decide to take a walking tour, we suggest Take Walks for small group tour (tours range in length from a couple of hours to full day tours), and Context for private tours. We’d specifically recommend this full day walking tour with Take Walks as a possible option to consider.

You’ll most likely be arriving into London by plane, into one of London’s major international airports. London actually has six airports, but you’re most likely to land in either Gatwick or Heathrow. Whichever one you do land at, we have a guide to how to get from the airport to London .

Well, that’s your time in London covered. Now we’ll suggest a few places for you to stay, before giving you some tips on getting from Paris to London.

Where to stay in London

Some of our favourite hotels, from budget to luxury, in London are as follows:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel  – A well reviewed centrally located hostel
• The Z hotel in Shoreditch – Excellent value in a popular part of London with great dining options
• Point A Hotel – We’ve stayed here; the rooms are tiny but clean and it’s a great budget option.
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• The  Resident Victoria Hotel – A well reviewed and centrally located hotel offering excellent value for money. The room we stayed in was quite compact, but it had everything we needed
• The Savoy  – true luxury as close to the city centre as you can get!

If you prefer an apartment, then we recommend Plum Guide .

Plum Guide doesn’t have quite so many choices as some other UK based websites , but they carefully curate their listings so their options tend to be of a very high quality whilst still being available at a range of price points. We’ve used them on a number of trips and always had a great experience. See their listings for London here .

If you can’t find what you want on Plum Guide or you want some new options to try out, we wrote a whole post on the best alternatives to AirBnB which you should check out!

How to get to Paris from London

We’d recommend taking the Eurostar train service from London to Paris. This departs multiple times a day, and the journey takes 2 hours and 16 minutes.

This is a lot quicker than flying, especially once you consider you’ll have to get to and from the airport on either end. The Eurostar will take you directly to Gare Du Nord. Get your tickets for that journey in advance here .

We also have a guide to getting from London to Paris which lists all the options you have.

Days 4 – 6: Paris

Welcome to Paris – the city of lights and love! We’re going to suggest three full days exploring Paris, as the city has so much to offer.

After you’ve dropped your bags off at your hotel (or at a luggage storage location ), it’s time to start sightseeing. As with London, the plan is to see the major sights in the city.

We’re going to start off with the Eiffel Tower . This is without doubt Paris’s most famous landmark, and a must-visit when you come to Paris. You can either enjoy the views from below or head up inside the tower to one of the various stages.

If you do decide to go up the Eiffel Tower, we highly recommend you book your tickets in advance. The best place to do this is on the official website . There are often huge lines for tickets on site, and you don’t want to waste time unnecessarily. For a lot more tips for your visit, see our complete guide to visiting the Eiffel Tower .

From the Eiffel Tower, we suggest taking a cruise on the River Seine , which will let you see many of the highlights of the city from the river. You can book a discounted Seine River cruise which departs from near the Eiffel Tower with our link .

Alternatively, you might prefer to do an evening Seine River dinner cruise , in which case this will happen later.

After the cruise, you might consider a walking tour of Paris or a Hop on Hop off bus trip. Alternatively, consider visiting the Musee d’Orsay .

On your second day in Paris, we suggest you start bright and early with a visit to spectacular Sainte Chapelle , one of Paris’s prettiest churches. The stained-glass windows here have to be seen to be believed. Just be sure to turn up at or just before opening time, as the lines get very busy.

From here, you can pop across to Notre Dame if you want. Due to the fire in 2019 this is undergoing significant reconstruction work, so do keep that in mind. From Notre Dame, head across to the Louvre , one of the most famous art museums in the world.

There’s a huge amount to see here, including highlights such as the Mona Lisa and the Venus de Milo. You could spend a whole day here, but you may want to limit yourself to 2 – 3 hours so you can see more of the city! Book your tickets online in advance here .

From the Louvre, if you have time, you might consider sneaking in a wine tasting session , or going for afternoon tea in Paris . From here, it’s time to head up the most famous shopping street in Paris, the Champs Elysees, where you’ll finish up at the Arc de Triomphe .

This massive archway stands in memory of those who died in the French Revolution and the Napoleonic Wars. The view from the top is one of our favourite views in Paris, so do head to the top if you have the time.

For your final day in Paris, our suggestion is that you head out to Versailles . This was the palace of French royalty, and is a stunning place to visit. You can book your tickets for Versailles in advance here .

Between exploring the palace and the extensive gardens, there is more than enough to do here to fill from half a day to a full day, which is why we suggest allocating most of the day to it. Then perhaps plan a nice dinner or show for your final evening.

We can recommend the evening show at the Moulin Rouge, and you can read about our experience at the Moulin Rouge here , and book tickets here .

And that’s all your sightseeing for your time in Paris on our European itinerary! For more detailed inspiration for your time in Paris, see our itinerary for 3 days in Paris and 2 days in Paris , which should give you lots more ideas.

For your visit in Paris, we recommend either the Paris Pass , or the Paris Museum Pass . The former includes a number of activities like the hop on hop off bus tour, guided Eiffel Tower climb, and Seine River cruise, as well as all the museums and sights included on the Paris Museum Pass. These both include most of the attractions we’ve listed, including Versailles.

You can buy the Paris Pass on the official site here , and the Paris Museum Pass here .

Again, for those of you who enjoy walking tours, we recommend Take Walks and Context . The former offer small group walking tours, whilst the latter primarily focus on private tours. We’ve taken tours with both companies in cities around the world and are always happy to recommend them.

As an example tour, check out this full day Paris tour , which includes a Skip the Line Louvre Tour, Eiffel Tower, Montmartre & Seine River Cruise.

As with London, the easiest way to get around Paris is to take public transport. Specifically, the Metro is likely going to be the fastest and most cost-effective way to get around.

We have a full guide to how to get around Paris , which should help you plan your transport in the city.

Now, we’re going to share some tips on where to stay in Paris, as well as how to get to the next city on your itinerary of Europe – Barcelona.

Where to stay in Paris

Our itinerary has you spending 2 nights in Paris, arriving by train on the morning of the first day, and departing either by plane on the evening of the third day. We suggest the following options for accommodation in Paris.

• 3 Ducks Hostel .  A well-rated boutique hostel just 2 minutes from the nearest metro and a 22 minute walk to the Eiffel Tower
• Hotel Dress Code & Spa , A highly reviewed centrally located 4 star hotel
• Hotel Ekta Champs Elysees – a well rated 3* hotel just off the Champs Elysees
• Hôtel Eiffel Turenne , A well rated 3* hotel within a ten minute walk of the Eiffel Tower
• Ateliers de Montmartre , An apartment in Montmartre with views of the Sacre Coeur
• Vintage Paris Gare du Nord by Hiphophostels , A hostel located just next to Paris Gare du Nord
• George V – A fabulous centrally located 5* hotel, an excellent luxury pick

We’ve also stayed in Paris with Plum Guide in a gorgeous apartment with Eiffel Tower views. See their listings for Paris here .

How to get from Paris to Barcelona

You have two main options for travelling from Paris to Barcelona, you can take the train, or you can fly.

There used to be a direct night train from Paris to Barcelona, but this was discontinued in 2013. So you can take a train in the daytime (around 6.5 hours journey time) or you can travel by a slower overnight train (around 13 hours).

We think flying is likely going to be the easiest option. There are a number of direct evening flights from Paris to Barcelona, taking just under two hours. Just try to book a flight from Paris Orly or Paris Charles de Gaulle. Many budget airlines operate from Paris Beauvais, which is quite a long way outside the city, and requires a lengthy coach journey.

Check flight times and prices online here . If you’d prefer to take the train, you can check train times and prices here .

Days 7- 9: Barcelona

It’s time for the third city on your European adventure – Barcelona! Barcelona is full of incredible sights, including architectural gems from Antoni Gaudi, a gothic city center, and even a beach!

Again, we think you’ll need 3 days to do justice to all the sights in Barcelona. We’re also going to suggest a day trip from the city to explore some of the surrounding highlights. Here’s how your three days in Barcelona might look.

We suggest starting your first day with a trip to the Sagrada Familia . This was master architect Antoni Gaudi’s final work, and whilst construction was started in 1882, he didn’t live to see it completed. It’s getting there now, but still has some way to go!

The Sagrada Familia is a very popular attraction and they operate a timed entry system. It’s vital that you reserve your timeslot in advance, as otherwise you will end up in a very long queue, and at busy times of year, tickets sell out far in advance. You can reserve your tickets online here .

We also have a detailed guide to visiting the Sagrada Familia which we recommend reading in advance of your visit.

After spending a couple of hours at the Sagrada Familia, we recommend heading across to the nearby Recinte Modernista Sant Pau , a beautiful Art Nouveau style hospital building which has UNESCO world heritage status.

After the Recinte Modernista Sant Pau, continue on to Park Güell . This is a large public park which was also designed by Anton Gaudi, and there’s a lot to see here. Again, this is a popular spot with timed entry, and we highly advise booking this online in advance here .

Near Park Güell is the Gaudi Experience , where you can learn a bit about the man behind some of the wonderful architecture you have been experiencing. You can get tickets for that here if you are interested.

From the Gaudi Experience, you have a few options depending on your interest. If you are using the hop on hop off bus to travel around Barcelona (included on the Go Barcelona Pass ), it continues from Park Guell on to a number of other attractions.

These include the hill top fairground Tibidabo , the stunning Monastery of Pedralbes , and Camp Nou , the home of Barcelona’s football club.

We’re sure one or more of those will be of interest!

For your second day in Barcelona, we suggest starting with a visit to some of Gaudi’s famous houses near the city centre – Casa Batlló , and Casa Milá . These are popular, so try to get here by opening time so as not to have to queue for too long.

Then, continue your day by exploring the oldest part of Barcelona – the Gothic Quarter. Here you can visit the incredible Barcelona Cathedral , the UNESCO world heritage listed Palau de la Musica Catalana , and the Picasso Museum .

For your third day, you could continue to explore Barcelona. You could visit the beach, Barcelona Zoo , the attractions on Montjuic Hill – the list goes on! See our 3 day Barcelona itinerary for more ideas.

However, we think you might enjoy heading out of the city on a day trip to explore a bit of Catalonia, the region which Barcelona is capital of.

A popular day trip from Barcelona is a visit to Girona and Figueres, two lovely towns which are rich in history. Girona is home to stunning medieval architecture, and Figueres is known as the birthplace of surrealist artist Salvador Dali .

You can see our guide to visiting Girona and Figueres in a day here . In terms of tours, we suggest this full day tour which includes Girona and the coast, or this full day tour which includes Girona and time to visit the Dali Museum in Figueres.

The other popular option is to visit the spectacular monastery and mountains of Montserrat, around an hour from Barcelona. You can see our guide to visiting Montserrat here for all the tips you need to do that.

Of course, there are lots of other tour options. You could go hot air ballooning , visit the Vall de Nuria , go skiing (if you visit in winter), go hiking in La Garrotxa , visit the Montserrat monastery – the list goes on!

That just about wraps up our suggestions for what to see and do with your three days in Barcelona.

To further help you with your planning for Barcelona, we have some guides we think you’ll find useful. See our itinerary for 3 days in Barcelona , our guide to Gaudi sites in Barcelona , and our favourite photography locations in Barcelona to get you started.

There are a few city passes for Barcelona, including the Barcelona City Pass , the  Barcelona Card , and the  Go Barcelona Pass . These work slightly differently, and so one or the other might be better for you. See our full break down and review of all the passes in our comparison of the Barcelona Discount Passes .

For most visitors we think the Go Barcelona Pass will offer the best value as it includes the main attractions like the Sagrada Familia, Park Guell and hop on hop off bus tour. We also have a full review of the Go Barcelona Pass to help you decide if it’s going to save you some money.

Finally, it’s worth bearing in mind that Barcelona has a bit of a poor reputation when it comes to petty crime, specifically around pick pockets, and items like phones being swiped off cafe tables. We have not personally experienced this, but have heard firsthand accounts from readers and friends who have.

We have more on this in our section below with tips for safety when travelling in Europe, but just try to keep your valuables out of sight all the time, ideally in zipped and secured pockets.

Now, let’s look at some options for where to stay in Barcelona, before planning how to get to the next city in your Europe itinerary.

Where to Stay in Barcelona

Here are a few options for your stay in Barcelona across a variety of price points, including a number of hotels we’ve personally stayed in and can recommend.

• Hotel Barcelona Catedral – A 4* property in Barcelona in the heart of the Gothic Quarter. We’ve stayed here, and enjoyed the roof top pool and incredible central location.
• Hostel One Ramblas – A very well reviewed and very central hostel option
• The 8 Boutique B&B – A highly rated and well located bed and breakfast
• Duquesa de Cardona – A 4* property on the waterfront with a roof top bar
• Leonardo Hotel Barcelona Las Ramblas – Part of the good value Leonardo chain, this 3* property is a few moments from Las Ramblas. We enjoyed our stay here, and the breakfast in particular was excellent.
• Ohla Barcelona – A very central 5* property with a roof top pool and excellent reviews.

How to Get from Barcelona to Venice

From Barcelona, the next stop on the trip will be Venice, Italy. If you are travelling for less than two weeks, you might want to skip Venice, and head straight to the last city on this itinerary, but for two weeks in Europe, we think Venice is a great addition.

The main option you have for getting from Barcelona to Rome is to fly. Of course, you could take the train, but as the average journey is around 22 hours and requires a number of changes, we’d suggest a flight is going to make more sense.

A direct flight from Barcelona to Rome is just under 2 hours. You can either go on your evening of your final day in Barcelona or the morning of the following day, it’s up to you. We think travelling in the evening makes more sense so you don’t lose time sightseeing in the morning.

Check times and book your flights here .

Days 10 – 11: Venice

You’ve arrived in the fourth and final country of your 2-week European itinerary – Italy! Home to amazing gelato , delicious coffee , and oodles of history.

We’re going to visit two cities in Italy on your European itinerary, both of which are favourites with visitors to Italy – us included! Of course, it’s hard to pick a second city in Italy from all the amazing options, but we think Venice is a must. Naturally, this will be followed by Rome.

We’ve put Venice ahead of Rome for the simple reason that it’s relatively easy to fly to Venice from the rest of Europe, but a little bit harder to fly onwards from Venice to international destinations. Ending the itinerary in Rome should make it easier for you to travel onwards to international destinations.

Anyway, we’re getting ahead of ourselves.

The next city on your European adventure is the beautiful city of Venice. This car-free city is famous for being built across a number of islands, with waterways and boats replacing roads and cars.

Venice is definitely one of our favourite cities in Europe, and was where we had our wedding ceremony with friends and family. So it’s definitely a city that is close to our hearts.

We’re going to recommend you spend two days in Venice. Many people visit the city for a day, which is do-able of course, but to really get a feel for Venice, we think you’ll enjoy spending two days here.

Our recommendation for your two days in Venice is to spend the first day exploring the highlights of the city – places like St. Mark’s Square, the Doge’s Palace and the Rialto Bridge. Take a Gondola ride , listen to musicians playing in the cafes, and get lost down the countless winding alleyways.

For your second day, we recommend taking a boat out to one of the islands around Venice, like Murano or Burano. These are much quieter with a different vibe to Venice itself, and we think you’ll enjoy this as a way to finish off your grand European adventure.

For more inspiration on what to do in Venice, see our guide to spending a day in Venice . We also recommend reading our guide to visiting the Doge’s Palace and St. Mark’s Basilica .

Of course, if you would prefer to visit another city in Italy other than Venice, you could spend these two days in any number of destinations, including the Amalfi Coast, Cinque Terre, Naples or Florence . You could even do a one day stopover in Florence on your way to Rome, rather than spending the two days in Venice. It’s entirely up to you, and depends on the flights you can find.

Where to Stay in Venice

Venice has a great many options for accommodation. Just be aware that many of the properties are old (as is much of the city!), and so elevators are not always standard. In addition, there are no vehicles allowed, so to get to your hotel from the train station you’ll need to take a ferry boat, water taxi, or walk.

• Casa Cosmo – a great value well rated budget option, five minutes walk from St. Mark’s Square and the Rialto Bridge. Rooms are air conditioned and are en-suite
• B&B Bloom Settimo Cielo – A highly rated and good value B&B breakfast, 10 minutes from St. Mark’s Square and the Rialto Bridge. Individually designed rooms have en-suite facilities, and there’s a rooftop terrace
• Leon Bianco on the Grand Canal – this historic property with Grand Canal views is where we stayed for our wedding ceremony in Venice. The views are fantastic, and it’s amazing value for the location
• Hotel Saturnia & International – a lovely 4* hotel just moments from Saint Mark’s Square, this turn of the century hotel offers en-suite rooms, a terrace with views, and an on-site restaurant.
• The Gritti Palace – a 5* luxury property right on St. Mark’s Square – this is the place you stay if you want to be in the middle of everything

How to Get from Venice to Rome

The best way to get from Venice to Rome is to take the train.

As always, you’ll get the best prices if you book your tickets in advance. You can check train times, prices, and book online here .

There are also flights, but by the time you have gotten to the airport, checked in, and then collected your baggage at the other end and gotten from Rome airport to the city center, you might as well have taken the train!

Days 12 – 14: Rome

Your next stop in Italy, and the last stop on your Europe itinerary, is the Italian capital of Rome. Founded almost 3,000 years ago, Rome is absolutely stuffed full of historical wonders and attractions.

We think that to do Rome justice, you should spend three days here. Here’s how those days might look.

Start your first day with a visit to the Colosseum . Built during the height of the Roman Empire, and nearly 2,000 years old, this is the largest amphitheatre in the world. It’s a must when in Rome.

Do be aware that like many of the other popular attractions in our itinerary, the Colosseum operates a timeslot system for entry, and you absolutely need to book in advance. See our complete guide to visiting the Colosseum for more on that.

After the Colosseum, we recommend visiting the Roman Forum, which is next to the Colosseum, and usually included on the Colosseum entry ticket. This was the heart of the Roman Empire, and is also a must when visiting Rome.

You’ll likely already be half way through your first day already. We suggest spending the rest of the day exploring the historic city center, with attractions like the Spanish Steps, Pantheon, and Trevi Fountain.

For your second day in Rome, we recommend you head to the Vatican City. This is a city-state inside Rome itself, and is home to the Vatican Museums and St. Peter’s Basilica. The Vatican Museums are home to world renowned works of art as well as the Sistine Chapel – a masterpiece of Renaissance art.

Both these attractions are very popular, and you will want to plan in advance to ensure you don’t waste time standing in line if you are visiting at a busy time of year. You have a few options.

First, you can take a guided tour which includes the Vatican and St. Peter’s Basilica like this one .

This will give you loads of information about what you are seeing and ensure you don’t waste time standing in line.

Another option is to invest in a pass which includes skip the line entry or a tour of these attractions. We would suggest looking at the Rome Tourist Card which includes skip the line access to the Vatican, Colosseum, and St. Peter’s Basilica.

You can also consider the Omnia Vatican and Rome Card , although this doesn’t currently include skip the line access to St. Peter’s Bascilica.

Finally, you can book individual tickets here for the Vatican via their official website (or here on GetYourGuide , which is easier to use in our experience).

As of early 2023 St Peter’s Basilica doesn’t actually have an entry fee, but nor does it have skip the line tickets (skip the line tickets used to be an option and we hope they come back soon!). So the best option if you want to skip the line is to invest either in a tour or a pass which includes a tour like the Rome Tourist Card .

You can also book Vatican tickets here , using our link gives you 5% off their usual price for Vatican tickets. It’s a little more expensive than the official website but somewhat more user friendly in our experience.

We recommend allocating at least half a day to explore the Vatican Museums, Sistine Chapel and St. Peter’s Basilica.

For lots more information on visiting the Vatican City and its attractions, see our complete guide to the Vatican , which has everything you need to know, including all the highlights, tips for visiting, how to buy tickets and lots more.

From here, head along to the Tiber River, and explore Castel Sant’Angelo (get tickets here ). Afterwards you can head back towards the city center, and visit locations like the Piazza Popolo.

If you have time and are interested you could also visit the Borghese Gallery. Note that this is also a timed entry system – see our guide to visiting the Borghese Gallery for more.

For your last day in Rome, we recommend spending some time exploring the Appian Way. This was one of the major routes in and out of the city, and is home to a number of ancient Roman ruins, as well as catacombs. A stop at the Baths of Caracalla on your way out of the city is also recommended.

Another option for your last day in Rome (or your first day, depending on how you decide to structure your itinerary) is to take a walking tour.

We’ve taken a number of walking tours in Rome with both Take Walks and Context , and enjoyed them all. As an example, see this introduction to Rome which includes gelato tasting!

For more inspiration for your visit to Rome, see our itineraries for 3 days in Rome , 2 days in Rome and a day in Rome .

In terms of saving money, there are a number of passes available for sight-seeing. For 3 days, our recommendation would be the Omnia Rome and Vatican Card. This includes public transport in Rome, a hop on hop off pass, and skip the line entry with timed reservations at the major attractions.

There are other passes as well, including the  Roma Pass , the  Rome Tourist Card and the  Best of Rome All Access pass . Which is best for you will depend on how many sites you are interested in visiting, and whether you plan on using the specific features they offer.

That pretty much finishes up the itinerary section of this post. We’ll share with you our tips for where to stay in Rome, before moving on to some practical information to help you plan this trip perfectly.

Where to Stay in Rome

We recommend the following hotels in Rome. The first three are near the main train station, which will make for an easier transfer when you arrive from Venice.

• Gioberti Art Hotel  – 50 yards from Termini Station, a well rated excellent value 4* hotel
• NH Collection Palazzo Cinquecento  – Awesome value 5* hotel just a few steps from the train station
• Hotel Valentino Palace  – a fantastic mid-range 3* property, just 150 yards from the train station
• The  Navona Theatre Hotel – a well reviewed and very centrally located 3* hotel
• The  Mimosa Pantheon Hotel – an excellent value budget hotel just around the corner from the Pantheon
• The  Hotel Navona – a well reviewed 3* hotel next to the Pantheon
• Di Rienzo Pantheon Palace – a centrally located well reviewed boutique hotel within walking distance of Rome’s highlights

2 Week Europe Itinerary Map

To help you visualise this itinerary, we’ve put together this overview map of the stops and route.

2 Week Europe Itinerary Summary:

• Day 1: London. Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden, Churchill War Rooms, Buckingham Palace and the  London Eye .
• Day 2: London. Tower of London , Tower Bridge, Borough Market, St. Paul’s Cathedral, the Tate Modern, Shakespeare’s Globe and the Shard.
• Day 3: London. Windsor Castle, Hampton Court Palace, Stonehenge
• Day 4: Paris. Eiffel Tower, Seine River Cruise, Musee d’Orsay, Walking tour
• Day 5: Paris. Saint Chapelle, Notre Dame, Louvre, Arc de Triomphe
• Day 6: Paris. Versaille, Moulin Rouge
• Day 7: Barcelona. Sagrada Familia, Recinte Modernista Sant Pau, Park Güell, Gaudi Experience, Camp Nou
• Day 8: Barcelona. Casa Batlló, Casa Milá, Barcelona Cathedral, Palau de la Musica Catalana, Picasso Museum
• Day 9: Barcelona. Girona & Figueres
• Day 10: Venice. St. Mark’s Square, Doge’s Palace, Rialto Bridge, Gondola ride
• Day 11: Venice. Murano, Burano
• Day 12: Rome. Colosseum, Roman Forum, Spanish Steps, Pantheon, Trevi Fountain.
• Day 13: Rome. Vatican Museums, St. Peter’s Basilica, Castel Sant’Angelo, Piazza Popolo, Borghese Gallery
• Day 14: Rome. Appian Way, Baths of Caracalla

How to Get Around Europe

Europe has no shortage of transportation options to get you from place to place. For this itinerary, we would suggest you primarily use the train to get from city to city.

The high speed trains in Europe run frequently, are very comfortable, and are more environmentally friendly than short hop flights. If you book in advance they can also be cost effective. They also have the advantage that there are fewer baggage restrictions, and train stations tend to be in the city center – unlike airports.

Of course, not every segment of this trip would suit a train. For example, from Barcelona to Venice would take at least 24 hours by train. Also, Paris to Barcelona is a fairly lengthy journey. There is the option to take an overnight train, however it isn’t direct so it takes a while. It does save you the cost of a hotel night though.

For train travel across Europe, it’s important to book your tickets in advance as this will get you the best prices. We recommend thetrainline which supports booking tickets in all the countries visited on this itinerary.

For flights, we suggest you try Kiwi , which includes the major low cost airlines as well the more traditionally priced carriers.

When to Visit Europe

You can certainly visit Europe year-round, although visiting at different times of year will give you different experiences.

For the most part, summers in Europe are quite warm, with temperatures likely to be between 25C & 32C (77F – 90F) on average. Whilst the weather is going to be most reliable in the summer months of June through August, this is also going to be the busiest time of year to visit.

The cities in particular are very popular with visitors, and lines for attractions can be long at these times of year. We wouldn’t say you shouldn’t visit at this time of year, but you should definitely plan ahead and arrange all your entry tickets so as to make the most effective use of your time.

Our favourite time to travel in Europe is the shoulder months of April / May, and September / October. These months tend to offer a combination of reasonable weather and less busy attractions.

We’ve also travelled extensively throughout Europe in the cooler winter months, from November through to March. It never gets much below freezing during this time, so as long as you dress appropriately, we think you will have a great time.

See our guide to what to pack for London to give you some ideas of what you might want to bring along.

We don’t think there’s a bad time of year to travel in Europe. It’s just a question of planning and preparing properly in advance. It is also worth checking if there are any events happening in the city when you visit that might cause it to be busier.

For example, Venice has a major Carnival celebration near the start of the year, and the city is always busier at this time. Other cities also have events, and if you visit during them you will find accommodation prices will be higher, and the city will be busier.

Practical Advice for Travelling in Europe

Europe uses a 220-240V electrical system, so if you are travelling from the USA, Canada, or any other country that uses a 110V system, you will need to check that your electrical items are compatible.

In our experience, lower power items like laptops and smartphone charges are compatible from 110V – 240V, but higher power items like hair dryers and hair straighteners are usually not. The power rating and acceptable voltage should be marked on the device somewhere.

It’s really important you don’t plug a device into a voltage it doesn’t support, as it will damage it. Its best to leave non-compatible items at home and purchase a dual voltage appliance if you need it during your trip, such as a dual voltage hair straightener .

In addition, the UK and continental Europe have two different plug types. Mainland Europe generally uses a two pin system with round holes, whilst the UK has a three pin system with rectangular holes.

For travel, therefore, you will need a travel adaptor like this which will let you plug your devices in. Note that most travel adaptors are not voltage convertors. You would need something like this to convert the voltage.

Internet in the form of free WiFi access is fairly easy to get access too across all the cities mentioned in our article. In addition, since the EU has abolished roaming charges, if you buy a SIM card in one EU country, you should be able to continue to use it in other countries without any additional charges.

Depending on the device you are travelling with, you will have a number of options for accessing the internet when you travel, from picking up a local SIM, to renting a WiFi hotspot, to just using WiFi as you go.

We have a detailed guide to getting online when you travel to help you figure out which is best for you.

The two currencies that you’ll need for this trip are the pound sterling (GBP) and the euro (EUR). The UK (London in the case of our itinerary) uses the pound sterling and the rest of the European destinations on our itinerary use the Euro. Euros from one country can be used in any of the other countries.

In our experience, you should be able to pay for the majority of your travel spending using a credit or debit card. We’d advise getting one of these that doesn’t impose foreign transaction fees if that is an option. Ideally it will also support contactless technology, which will make using it for smaller payments easier.

We would also suggest you always have some cash in the local currency on you for small purchases, tips, and places that don’t accept credit cards (or if there is any issues with your credit card).

There are cash machines available in all the major cities on this itinerary where you will be able to use your bank card to withdraw a local currency. Depending on the policy of your bank at home, you might be able to withdraw cash from these without a fee, but do check in advance of your travel so you don’t pay fees unexpectedly. Some ATM’s also charge a fee.

If there is a fee from your bank for withdrawing cash, you might find it is more cost effective to order some money at home before you leave – or to find a bank account that lets you withdraw cash fee free.

All the cities that we have listed are relatively safe, but of course you should take the same safety precautions when travelling that you would at home. Avoid walking alone at night in unfamiliar areas and don’t leave valuables lying around where they could be easily snatched.

It’s also a good idea to read up on some of the common scams that you might encounter in each city – for example, we wrote a guide to common scams in Paris to give you an idea of what to look out for.

We’d also suggest keeping your valuables locked in your hotel safe when possible, and to avoid carrying large amounts of money on you. We’d also suggest having a good travel insurance policy. Basically, just apply the same safety principles that you would at home to your personal belongings and safety, and you should have a safe trip!

Drinking Water

Unless otherwise indicated with a sign, the water in the taps in all of the cities on our list is safe to drink. In some cities, you’ll also found water fountains where you can refill your water bottle.

The water in Barcelona does have a slightly strange taste due to the high mineral content, and many local people prefer to drink bottled water. However, the tap water is safe to drink unless otherwise noted.

We very much recommend that you travel with a high quality reusable water bottle like this and fill it up as you go. This will be friendlier to the environment, and save you having to spend money on a resource that is available for free.

Walking Tours in Europe

One of our favourite ways to explore a new city is to take a walking tour. It’s a great way to get oriented, learn about the city, its sights and its culture, plus get local tips on places to eat, drink and see from the guide.

We’ve taken walking tours in cities around the world, and we nearly always use one of two companies – Take Walks , and Context . Both of these companies offer small group walking tours in all the cities we’ve covered.

Take Walks offers tours with groups of up to around 14, whilst Context offers more private and semi-private tours. Here are some example tours to consider for the various cities in this itinerary.

• This London In a Day tour visit the highlights of London in one day, including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey & Changing of the Guard.
• This introduction to London Tour which includes many of the highlights of the city
• This tour of the Chruchill War Rooms in London
• This full day tour of Paris which includes a Skip the Line Louvre Tour, the Eiffel Tower, Montmartre & a Seine River Cruise
• An introduction to Paris Tour , which includes the Louvre, Opera Garnier and the Champs-Elysees
• A full day tour of Barcelona which includes a visit to La Sagrada Família, Casa Milà & the Gothic Quarter
• This Rome In A Day Tour which includes a guided visit and skip the line entry to the Vatican, the Colosseum & a tour of the Historic Center of the city
• A full day tour of Venice which includes St. Mark’s Basilica, the Doge’s Palace, & a Gondola Ride

Of course, this is just a sample of some of the many tours available, which vary in length from a couple of hours to a full day. We suggest taking a look at all the walks on Take Walks here and Context here . Note that all bookings through our Context links save you 10% on the tour price automatically.

Finally, there are of course a multitude of other options for walking tours. If you would like more options, we suggest looking at the listings on either GetYourGuide or Viator. These two sites have tour options from a wide range of companies, and you can read reviews from other travellers prior to booking to decide if it’s a good option for you.

Saving Money in Europe

Europe, and western Europe in particular, is not exactly known for being a budget destination. The cities in particular are fairly expensive. Your main costs on this trip are likely to be the flights (biggest cost for most), accommodation, attraction entry, transport between the cities, and eating out.

To help you control these costs, we wanted to share some of our tips from years of experience travelling in European cities, so you don’t spend money unnecessarily. Even if you’re not on a tight budget, there’s no need to waste money when you don’t have to!

Use City Passes

All the cities in our itinerary have one or more city passes to choose from. City passes generally include either free or discounted admission to the major attractions in the city, and may also include other benefits.

These other benefits will vary, but will generally include things like fast track entry to some attractions, inclusive public transport, hop on hop off bus tickets, and discounts on meals and other activities like walking tours, wine tastings, and so on.

We have used a number of city passes during our travels in the cities in this itinerary, and our recommended passes for you to consider are as follows:

• For London: The London Pass. Available in durations from one to ten days, covers all the major attractions in London. See our full review of the London Pass here , and buy yours here .
• For Paris: The Paris Pass or the Paris Museum Pass. The Paris Pass includes entry to most of Paris’s major museums, plus includes attractions like a HOHO bus and Seine River Cruise. The Paris Museum Pass just covers attraction entry fees. See our full review of the Paris Pass here , and buy your Paris Pass here . We also have a full review of the Paris Museum Pass here, and you can buy it here .
• For Barcelona: The Go Barcelona Pass , Barcelona City Pass and Barcelona Card . These vary in what they cover, and whilst we suggest you pick up at least one of them, the best one for you will depend on your interests. See our full comparison of the Barcelona City Passes for more information.
• For Rome: The Omnia Rome and Vatican Card or the Roma Pass . Both these passes include free public transport in Rome, as well as free and discounted admission to attractions across the city. The Omnia Rome and Vatican Card also includes skip the line access to the Vatican Museums, St. Peter’s Basilica, as well as other Vatican attractions. It also has a hop on hop off bus.
• For Venice : We have never used a discount card in Venice. However, there is a Venice Pass which includes many of the museums and churches that is well worth checking out.

If you are planning on seeing a number of sights in each city you visit, a city pass can definitely save you money. Some of them will also save you time, as they offer skip the line benefits. However, we do recommend doing a little bit of reading on each pass to make sure it makes sense for your specific trip.

Note that city passes are often not as good of a value for children (especially young children) and those who are eligible for discounts at many attractions (seniors, disabled, EU university students), so do check if you qualify for any discounts before buying a pass.

Book accommodation and transportation in advance

The two major costs on your trip are likely to be accommodation and transportation. Our major tip for both of these is to book them in advance.

For transport in Europe, the best deals are nearly always to be had if you book as far in advance as possible. The cheapest tickets on flights and trains always sell out first, and then the prices will increase.

We recommend you check your flights and book in advance here , and your trains here .

Accommodation is not quite so straight forward, as prices can dip and rise depending on demand. However, in our personal experience, prices tend to be lower if we book further in advance. Plus, you can often take advantage of free cancellation policies, and re-book if the prices drop.

Also, don’t forget to look at accommodation options beyond hotels. Short term apartment rentals can be very cost effective, plus they will allow you to prepare some of your own meals if you want, which will also save you money.

We generally use booking.com for booking our hotels, and they also include apartments. We also use Plum Guide regularly. There are plenty more options though – see our guide to some AirBnB alternatives to give you some ideas.

Invest in a Guidebook

We recommend investing in a guidebook, especially if this is your first trip to western Europe.

Investing $15 to $25 in a guidebook can save you much more in time and money. A guidebook can cover much more in-depth information than we can in this blog post, and means you’ll have all the information you need at your fingertips.

For this trip, we recommend the Rick Steves Best of Europe guide . If you had to pick one guide book, that would be our favourite – it covers all the destinations in this itinerary (plus many more!) and has lots of practical information, tips and advice to help you plan. We use and love it.

If you have room in your bag, we can also recommend the Europe through the Back Door book , which has a lot of general travel advice for Europe.

Other options to consider include Lonely Planet’s Western Europe guidebook and/or the Insight Guide to Western Europe .

Be sure to purchase a recently edited/updated version of the guidebook. So make sure it was updated in the last year or so. Most guidebooks are updated every year or two to make sure the information is as up to date as possible.

If you are not sure which guidebook may be best for you, you might want to browse in your local bookshop or library before picking one.

Use Public Transport Effectively

The cheapest and most effective way to get around the cities listed in this post is to take public transport (well, after walking of course!).

Each city has its own public transport network, with various fares and ticket options. Learning how to use these properly will save you money.

For example, in London, it’s possible to buy individual tickets using cash. However, this can be twice as expensive as using an Oyster Card or Contactless bank card for your travel. In Paris, you can buy tickets individually, or you can save money by buying booklets of ten tickets.

In addition, many of the city passes we recommend come with some sort of travel card, which can also save you money.

Basically, each transport system has its own quirks, and having a handle on these will likely save you money. We also recommend always checking to see how far your destination is on foot before taking public transport.

The public transit maps are unlikely to match up to the reality of geography, and you might find it will take the same amount of time to walk somewhere as it would have to take a bus or metro, plus walking is free!

Find restaurant deals

Our final tip covers the last major expense, which will be eating out. Of course, eating out is a major part of travelling, but the costs can quickly add up.

The good news is that you can also save money on eating out. The secret is to figure out when the restaurant deals are likely to be happening.

For example, in France and Spain, it’s very common for lunch time menus to be offered. These are usually two or three course meals, which sometimes include wine, bread and coffee, and which are usually priced under €20 per person.

For Paris, see our guide to some of the best Michelin starred restaurants for lunch deals .

In London, these aren’t as common, however, many restaurants offer theater deals. These are special priced menus offered either late in the afternoon (5pm – 7pm generally) or late in the evening (10pm and onwards), designed for theatre goers who want to get a meal before or after the show.

Of course, you don’t have to be going to the theatre to take advantage of these deals!

Other options for saving money on dining out include taking advantage of street food, picking up “meal deals” at supermarkets like M&S in London, putting together picnics from markets in Paris – the list goes on. It is certainly possible to eat on the cheap quite easily if you make a little bit of effort to do so.

Further Reading for your Trip to Europe

Well, that’s pretty much the end of this post to help you plan your own perfect Europe itinerary and trip.

As you can see from the links shared throughout the post, we have a lot of content to help you plan your own trip to Europe. To make it easier for you, I wanted to put some of the most useful content here, for easy reference. I’ve also included some third party resources you might find useful in planning.

• For London , we have a guide for a day in London , 2 days in London , 3 days in London and 6 days in London
• We have a guide to the London Eye , Tower of London , Harry Potter filming locations in London , Winston Churchill locations in London , London’s War Museums , London’s UNESCO sites and tips on taking a walking tour in London
• We also have a guide to public transport in London , a guide to getting from the airport to London , a guide to what to pack for London , a guide to the cost of travel in the UK and a review of the London Pass
• For Paris , we have a guide to a day in Paris , 2 days in Paris and 3 days in Paris
• We have a guide to the best photography locations in Paris , afternoon tea in Paris , thoughts on the best Seine River cruises , a guide to making perfume in Paris , and advice for visiting the Moulin Rouge
• We also have a review of the Paris Pass , a review of the Paris Museum Pass , a guide to visiting the Eiffel Tower
• For Barcelona , we have a guide for 1 day in Barcelona , 2 days in Barcelona and 3 days in Barcelona .
• We have a guide to the best photography locations in Barcelona , the Anton Gaudi sites in Barcelona , and the Sagrada Familia
• We have a review of the Go Barcelona Pass and a comparison of the major Barcelona city passes
• For Rome, we have a guide to things to do in Rome , a day in Rome , 2 days in Rome and 3 days in Rome
• We also have a guide to the best gelato in Rome , the best cafes in Rome , visiting the Borghese Gallery in Rome, visiting the Colosseum in Rome and our thoughts on taking a walking tour in Rome
• For Venice , we have a guide to spending a day in Venice
• We also have a guide to visiting the Doge’s Palace & St. Mark’s Basilica , as well as our thoughts on a tour of Casanova’s Venice
• Investing in a guidebook can help save you time and money on your trip and help you be prepared. For this trip, we recommend the Rick Steves Best of Europe guide , Lonely Planet’s Western Europe guidebook and/or the Insight Guide to Western Europe

And that’s it for our guide to spending 2 weeks in Europe! As always, we’re open to questions, comments and feedback – just pop them in the comments section below, and we’ll get back to you as soon as we can!

Enjoyed this post? Why not share it!

There are 30 comments on this post

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Kirsten says

1st April 2023 at 1:43 am

We just came back from this exact trip on 3/26/23. We followed your itinerary and most of your suggestions on what to do in each city. Thank you so much for putting this together. My husband and I aren’t the best planners and this step by step guide was so helpful and perfect for us! We really couldn’t have done it without you. Thank you!

Laurence Norah says

2nd April 2023 at 10:33 pm

Hi Kirsten!

Thank you so much for taking the time to stop by and share your experience! I’m delighted to hear you guys had a great time in Europe and that we were able to help with your trip planning, it really means a lot to know that our content is helpful 🙂

Safe travels!

Laurence & Jessica

12th February 2023 at 3:08 pm

This is an awesome itinerary. Thank you so much for sharing! We hope to make our first trip to Europe in the future.

12th February 2023 at 4:18 pm

My pleasure Sara, I hope you get to visit Europe soon and do let me know if you have any questions when you start to plan your trip!

6th February 2023 at 12:20 am

Hello, Thank you for great posts on Europe trip. Really help a lot when I’m trying to plan for mine. Do you mind sharing apartment name you stayed in Paris, the one with Eiffel tower view? Im looking for nice apartment to stay with Eiffel tower view for my honeymoon this year. Really appreciate it if you could share. Thank you 🙂

9th February 2023 at 8:15 am

Thanks very much. So the apartment was this one which we booked via Plum Guide. I’m not sure it’s still bookable, although there is an option to message the host. I’d also recommend the Eiffel Tower guide we have here , as that as a selection of accommodation options with good views. We’ve also stayed at the Pullman Paris hotel which has excellent Eiffel Tower views for example.

Have a great trip to Europe!

19th January 2023 at 4:05 pm

I’ve subscribed, but still cannot gain printing access…please help – thank you!

23rd January 2023 at 2:17 pm

Sorry for the slow response, we’re travelling in Uganda and Internet access has been sporadic! I can see you are an active subscriber, does it still not work when you put your email address in on the print page? If not, if you could let me know what device and browser you are using and I’ll see if I can figure out what is going on!

2nd July 2022 at 3:39 am

This was a great blog. I am trying to put together a surprise trip for my wife’s 40th next year. I am gonna try to do it myself based off all the deals y’all have given. Bless

2nd July 2022 at 10:58 am

My pleasure Wayne, have a great trip and do let me know if you have any questions 🙂

alex47_in_downtown says

8th February 2022 at 2:16 pm

This was the most detailed, informative & hence the most helpful travel blogpost I’ve ever read… 🙂 Perfect itinerary for first-timers (like me)…! Lots of love from India <3

10th February 2022 at 12:11 pm

Thanks very much Alex, I was delighted to be of help! I hope you have a great time in Europe, and do let me know if you have any questions!

Ashley Salgado says

8th October 2022 at 7:19 pm

Why not have a pdf versión to be able to print. Tried to print this but it’s a whopping 100 pages with all the ads and comments. Great info I’d love to print and read with time not on a screen.

8th October 2022 at 11:23 pm

Thanks for your message! Every post is available in printable format, if you look at the bottom of the post on mobile, or the side on desktop, there is a little print icon. If you press that you can go through the steps to access a printable version without ads, comments or images. You can then print it to PDF, most devices these days let you save a webpage as a PDF from the print option.

Have a great time in Europe!

Michelle says

2nd November 2021 at 1:49 am

I’m so glad I found this blog. This is so helpful and fantastic. It really gives us a clearer picture on how to plan our first trip to Europe (16 days) and it hits the cities we want to start off with and we plan on doing. Thank you!!!

2nd November 2021 at 11:06 am

My pleasure Michelle! Have a wonderful trip across Europe, and do let me know if you have any questions!

Penny Hampton says

2nd January 2021 at 2:42 pm

Loved your blog on traveling to Europe. We have never been to Europe so this would be our first time. What you write is exactly what we are looking for. Great advise on everything from where to go-where to stay and where to visit. If Covid ever dies down, we will try to make the trip.

2nd January 2021 at 2:46 pm

Thank you so much Penny! I certainly hope you get to take a trip sooner rather than later 🙂 If you have any questions when it comes to the planning, just let me know. Happy 2021!

20th February 2020 at 4:03 am

Hi Lawrence and Jessica,

Thank you so much for this article, it has been very helpful as I try and plan out our first trip to Europe. I will be taking my sons ages 24 and 18 this summer and are hoping to say about 18 days. We are planning to go to every location except Barcelona, and would like to add a city in either the Netherlands, Belgium or Switzerland. Which would you recommend? Also we are planning to travel at the end of July/early August, so I’m sure our costs will be quite high. Any thoughts on how much I should expect a 2 week trip to cost? I know that may be a difficult question to answer, but even if it’s a broad ballpark it would be very helpful.

20th February 2020 at 12:43 pm

Our pleasure, sounds like you have a great trip coming up! So yes, this is a really hard question to answer 😉 I would suggest taking a look at our suggested costs for a UK trip here , which should help with your planning. Prices in continental Europe are fairly comparable to the UK. Everyone has a different travel style and budget, and idea of what is expensive or acceptable, so it’s hard to know. There would be a huge difference depending on if it was hostel accommodation of 5* 😉 Just be aware that capital cities tend to be more expensive as a general rule of thumb.

In terms of saving, definitely check out apartment rentals which might work out cheaper as you are in a group. Also, booking transport well in advance (planes and trains) will make a huge difference to the cost. Flexibility in timing is also useful.

In terms of adding another city, Amsterdam is obviously nice but busy. Ghent and Bruges are lovely in Belgium. We’ve actually just come back from Switzerland. There’s a lot to choose from and a great transport network, but Geneva is a good starting point.

Let me know if you have any more questions, I’m happy to try and help!

12th February 2020 at 4:36 pm

I’ve sent this to my wife, this looks amazing! I think ill try to see if we can get an overnight Rail between the far trips however, this looks fantastic! and Exciting!

It will be our 1st trip to the EU, so hitting up all these locations at once will give us a great taste of so many locations!

12th February 2020 at 5:38 pm

Thanks Ryan! I hope you guys have a great trip, and do let me know if you have any questions!

10th December 2019 at 4:46 pm

Amazing article! You have inspired me to explore Europe soon! Thanks!

10th December 2019 at 4:58 pm

Thanks very much – I hope you get to visit soon and have a great trip when you do!

19th November 2019 at 4:03 pm

Loved this article and found it very useful. I’m in the process of trying to plan a trip for next year with my 18 and 19 year olds. I can’t quite committ to exactly where I want to take them. This will be our first trip overseas and I’ve been driving myself crazy googling different locations and ideas. This article has been one of the best as I feel like I really need a step by step guide to create and book whatever vacation I decide to go with. Any tips on what you think would be a great trip for that age bracket would be very appreciated.

20th November 2019 at 3:06 pm

Awesome, delighted to have been able to help. So I think this itinerary will work for your family, the only thing might be to tweak the attractions you visit based on your interests and the interests of your family. So if they aren’t into lots of museums, or art, then maybe cut those back a bit. Perhaps they’d be more interested in food tours or more interactive things like that. The best option would definitely be to just have a chat with them and find out what they might like to do, and then you can try to make everyone happy 😉 Communication is definitely key, and if they feel they have input and control then I think everyone will have a better time.

I hope this helps a bit!

Have an amazing trip and don’t hesitate to reach out if you have any more questions!

Natasha says

4th October 2019 at 1:19 pm

I might suggest taking skipping at least Barcelona. It’s not that it’s not beautiful, it definetly is. The city can’t handle all the tourist coming its way…Please do some research beforehand. I might opt for a longer stay in one city than trying to do too much. Or focus on one region. You probably wouldn’t do New York, California, Chicago and Grand Canyon in 2 weeks… It may not look like it on the map, but these aren’t such small distances.

4th October 2019 at 7:40 pm

Hi Natasha,

Thanks for your feedback. I’d disagree about Barcelona as I think it’s a beautiful city (we have visited many times – this article is based on our experiences not research). We would agree that folks should try and spend longer in each place rather than moving too fast for sure, and slower travel is something we prefer ourselves. That said, not everyone has the luxury of longer vacations, and wants to see quite a few places, hence we’ve put this itinerary together. Compared to some itineraries, we think it’s actually pretty relaxed and achievable 🙂

Thanks again for taking the time to comment!

14th September 2019 at 4:57 pm

Thanks for this detailed itinerary and plans. I really liked reading this. We are planning for a Europe trip on coming December. Do you think the itinerary you mentioned can be a difficult one to choose because of weather in December?

14th September 2019 at 5:47 pm

I think the itinerary is do-able at any time of year. December is a good month for visiting Europe as you have the pretty Christmas lights and Christmas markets. Obviously it will be colder and there’s more chance of rain, but appropriate clothing will solve that issue!

Have a great trip and let me know if I can be of any more help 🙂

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Let me know when there's a reply to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips. This also makes you eligible to enter our monthly giveaways!

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store your data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

2-Week Europe Itinerary: Ultimate Guide for an Unforgettable Trip

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links, but all content is based off our own opinions and experiences. We may receive a commission from purchases made through the links enclosed at no additional cost to you!

Are you dreaming of a European adventure that combines historic charm, delectable cuisine, and breathtaking sights? Look no further! In this comprehensive 2-week Europe itinerary, we’ll guide you through the amazing cities of Porto, Barcelona, Rome, and Paris, ensuring that your trip is not only unforgettable but also optimized for the best experiences. Whether you’re a history buff, a foodie, or an art lover, this itinerary promises something special for everyone.

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links. This means that Mind Over Matter Travel may be paid a small commission if you purchase something through these links at no additional cost to you. All opinions in this post are genuine based on personal experiences.

2-Week Europe Itinerary: Days 1-3 in Porto

Porto is a gem that should unquestionably be on everyone’s 2-week Europe itinerary. This vibrant Portuguese city offers a unique blend of history, culture, and culinary delights that make it a must-visit destination. Nestled along the picturesque Douro River, Porto’s old-world charm is seen through its colorful facades and cobblestone streets. The city boasts an array of experiences, from sampling the world-famous Port wine in historic cellars to exploring captivating landmarks like Sao Bento Station and the Luis I Bridge. Porto’s warm hospitality, rich heritage, and affordable prices make it an optimal choice for travelers seeking an authentic European adventure.

Day 1: Arrival in Porto

• Welcome to Porto! Start your journey with a relaxing dinner by the Douro River.
• Experience the city’s magic on a sunset Douro River cruise .

Day 2: Porto Exploration

• Join a free walking tour to discover the highlights of Porto.
• Explore Porto’s heritage with a delicious Port wine tour.
• Savor a traditional Francesinha at Sancho Panza no Cais de Gaia.
• Catch the sunset from Jardim do Morro and walk across the iconic Luis I Bridge.

Day 3: More of Porto’s Charm

• Begin your day with breakfast at My Coffee Porto to admire the stunning views.
• Visit attractions you might have missed, such as Livraria Lello and Igreja do Carmo.
• Taste the famous Pastel de Nata at Manteigaria.
• Experience the sounds and learn about the history of Fado at the Fado na Baixa show .
• Stroll through the charming streets of Ribeira.

2 Week Europe Itinerary: Days 4-6 in Barcelona

Barcelona is an absolute must on everyone’s 2-week Europe itinerary, and for a good reason. This Spanish jewel effortlessly combines history, art, and a vibrant atmosphere to create a one-of-a-kind destination. From the architectural wonders of Antoni Gaudí, including the mesmerizing Sagrada Familia and whimsical Park Guell, to the lively streets of the Gothic Quarter, Barcelona is a treasure trove of experiences. Indulge in tapas, watch passionate flamenco performances, and embrace the city’s coastal charm with a stroll along La Rambla. With its rich cultural heritage and breathtaking sights, Barcelona promises an exciting European adventure.

Day 4: Arrival in Barcelona

• Arrive in vibrant Barcelona to kick off your Spanish adventure.
• Savor the flavors of Barcelona with a tasty tapas tour.

Day 5: Barcelona’s Architectural Marvels

• Explore the whimsical Park Guell.
• Embark on a Gaudi and Modernism walking tour that will take you to Casa Mila, Casa Amatller, and Casa Batllo.
• Be captivated by the awe-inspiring Sagrada Familia with a Sagrada Familia tour.
• Enjoy a dinner and traditional flamenco show in the evening.

Day 6: Day Trip to Montserrat and Barcelona’s Gothic Quarter

• Discover the mystical Montserrat on a day trip.
• Stroll through the historic Gothic Quarter.
• Enjoy dinner along the lively La Rambla.

2-Week Europe Itinerary: Days 7-10 in Rome

Rome, often referred to as the Eternal City, deserves a prominent place on everyone’s 2-week Europe itinerary. This historic destination effortlessly blends the ancient with the modern, offering travelers an immersive experience into the heart of Western civilization. From exploring the iconic Colosseum and the Vatican’s treasures to indulging in mouthwatering Italian cuisine, Rome is a city like no other (and my personal favorite). Stroll through cobblestone streets, throw a coin into the Trevi Fountain, and marvel at the grandeur of the Pantheon. Rome’s unparalleled blend of history, art, and culinary delights ensures that your European adventure is nothing short of enchanting.

Day 7: Arrival in Rome and Food Tour

• Arrive in the eternal city, Rome.
• Dive into Rome’s culinary delights with a food tour.

Day 8: Exploring Rome’s Treasures

• Enjoy early access to Vatican treasures with a special early entry Vatican tour.
• Enjoy lunch at Trappazino, known for delicious and affordable options.
• Join a free walking tour to uncover more of Rome’s beauty and top sights.
• Dinner at Virginiae for a taste of authentic cacio e pepe.
• Explore Rome at night, visiting Trevi Fountain, Pantheon, Church of Saint Ignatius of Loyola, and more.

Day 9: Ancient Rome and Culinary Delights

• Step back in time at the Colosseum with a tour that includes exclusive access to the arena floor.
• Enjoy lunch at Tonnarello (be prepared for a line and make sure to order the foccacia and carbonara).
• Wander through Rome’s picturesque streets and hidden plazas (don’t miss Piazza Navona and Campo de Fiori).

Day 10: Day Trip to Florence

• Take a day trip to Florence and delve into its Renaissance charm.
• Enjoy a free walking tour and indulge in mouthwatering sandwiches at I’Girone de Ghiotti.
• Choose between the Uffizi Gallery or Academia Gallery (depending on your preferences) or see both with this tour.
• Savor a sumptuous Fiorentina steak for dinner.

2-Week Europe Itinerary: Days 11-14 in Paris

Paris, the City of Light, is an indispensable stop on every 2-week Europe itinerary. Its timeless charm, world-class art, and romantic ambiance make it a top choice for travelers. From iconic landmarks like the Eiffel Tower, Louvre Museum, and Notre-Dame Cathedral to charming neighborhoods like Montmartre and Le Marais, Paris offers a diverse array of experiences. Sip coffee in quaint cafes, savor croissants, and explore the city’s rich history and culture in its many museums and galleries. Paris promises a perfect blend of sophistication and charm, making it the perfect place to end your European journey.

Day 11: Arrival in Paris and Food Tour

• Welcome to the City of Light, Paris!
• Taste exquisite French cuisine with a delicious food tour.

Day 12: Parisian Icons and Eiffel Tower Magic

• Begin your day with a walking tour, exploring the charm of Paris.
• Visit the iconic Louvre Museum to admire timeless art.
• Marvel at the grandeur of the Arc de Triomphe.
• Stroll along the scenic Champs-Elysees.
• Have a picnic by the Eiffel Tower.
• Experience the magic of the city during golden hour, sunset, and nightfall with a Seine River cruise.
• Soak in views of the sparkling Eiffel Tower on the hour from Trocadero.

Day 13: Day Trip to the Palace of Versailles and Evening Entertainment

• Take a day trip to the opulent Palace of Versailles.
• Enjoy a traditional French dinner at Bouillon Pigalle (the best, reasonably-priced French food in Paris).
• Opt for the glamorous Moulin Rouge show or choose the intimate Crazy Horse cabaret for a unique evening experience.

Day 14: Final Day in Paris

• Find the best croissant in Paris, a fitting farewell treat.
• Take some time for last-minute souvenir shopping.
• Bid farewell to Europe, cherishing the incredible memories made during your 2-week adventure.

This 2-week Europe itinerary takes you through the incredible cities of Porto, Barcelona, Rome, and Paris, each offering its own unique charm and experiences. With this itinerary, your European adventure will be nothing short of extraordinary.

Remember, the key to a successful trip is planning ahead, and this itinerary ensures you make the most of your time in each city. We hope your adventure in Europe leaves you with cherished memories and a desire to explore more of this diverse continent in the future.

Safe travels and bon voyage!

Related posts

The Perfect 1-Day Anchorage Itinerary You Need

The Best 3-Day Denver Itinerary

Ultimate 1-Week Romania Itinerary (without a car)

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Privacy Overview

Live Adventure Travel contains affiliate links and is a member of the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program. If you make a purchase using one of these Amazon links, I may receive compensation at no extra cost to you. See my Disclosure Policy for more information.

2-Week Europe Itinerary by Train + 3 Different Route Options

Europe is by far one of the best continents to travel around. It has the convenience of hopping on a train, bus or plane and arriving in a new country in a matter of hours. Yet, each place differs greatly in culture, landscape and food. It’s really like a giant playground for adults! But deciding on a 2-week Europe Itinerary by train can be a daunting task. Especially when there are multiple routes to choose from.

You have to take into consideration logistics, travel arrangements and budget. And believe me, it can be easy to find yourself pulling your hair out when it becomes clear that travelling from Paris to Budapest will take over 18 hours!

So, let me be your guide. I spent 4 months interrailing around Europe , testing some of the finest destinations on the continent. So, safe to say I see myself as somewhat of an expert when it comes to designing itineraries.

I have carefully put together 4 kickass two-week Europe Itineraries for you to explore. There is something for everyone, from city buffs, to nature lovers and hidden gem seekers!

2 Week Trip Europe: Table of Contents

Best way to travel europe in 2 weeks – getting around.

Now, before we dive into the itineraries we need to discuss the best mode of transport. Europe is quite easy to get around you have the luxury of trains, planes, boats and busses right at your fingertips. But…what is the best transport option to choose?

Let’s lay out the pros and cons of each…

Plane Travel: Being from Ireland plane travel is one of the only convenient options for me to reach most European countries but once I am on the mainland I stay clear of it. It can get expensive QUICK and no one wants to waste an entire day travelling to and from the airport.

Train Travel: This is by far my favourite way of getting around Europe. It’s quick, it’s cheerful and extremely convenient. I like the space I have on a train. The ability to get up and walk down the aisle on long journeys and the incredible views along the way. I am also a big fan of the interrail system which I will explain more about a little later in this post.

Bus Travel: This is definitely the most budget-friendly way of exploring Europe. Bus journeys can be extremely cheap but that is pretty much it. They also tend to be really long, uncomfortable and a very indirect way of getting to a destination. Don’t get me wrong I do use busses while in Europe but not as my main mode of transportation. And I don’t think it should be yours either!

Driving: I am a massive road trip fan. Nothing beats, blaring your favourite road trip tunes and the freedom of having your own set of wheels to take you from A to B. But, I don’t believe a car is the best way to travel Europe over a 2 week period. Trains are much more convenient and cover way more ground at a much faster rate.

2-week Europe itinerary: By train is the best way!

So, there you have it the best way to explore Europe is by train but that leaves us with one other question. Should you book each trip individually or buy a prepaid ticket like Interrail ?

There are pros and cons to both, you can of course put a lot of time and research into each train journey you intend to take. Watch the price and book when they are at their cheapest but personally, I find this method a little restricting.

With Interrail you are free to book your seat on the day (providing no reservation is needed – then it’s 24 hours before). The ticket is prepaid so you can get as many local/regional trains as you please and high-speed trains come at a considerable discount.

2-week Europe trip: 4 Different Itineraries

I have carefully designed 4 different itineraries for you to choose from for your two weeks in Europe. These routes feature some incredible hidden gems, beautiful landscapes and iconic cities. I go into more detail about each destination later on in the post and have provided little skip tags for those who want to read more about the itineraries that suit their needs best.

Salzburg (Austria) ➡  Hallstatt (Austria) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡ Interlaken (Switzerland)

Paris (France) ➡ Amsterdam (Netherlands) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡   Prague (Czechia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary)

Split (Croatia) ➡ Zagreb (Croatia) ➡ Lake Bled (Slovenia) ➡   Ljubljana (Slovenia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary) ➡ Krakow (Poland)

Two Week Europe Trip Budget

The Cost of a Two Week Europe Trip can vary greatly from person to person. Especially when it comes down to individual people’s style and spending habits. I have broken down an estimate of how much each category of traveller may spend on a two-week trip. From a budget-conscious person to a mid-range traveller to someone who is looking for luxury experiences.

I also have a detailed guide on how much I spend on my 4-month budget trip across Europe if you have an interest in real-life spending.

2-week trip to Europe Cost: Budget Travellers

Accommodation:  Budget travellers can find hostels or budget hotels for around €25 to €60 per night depending on the countries they decide to visit. For a two-week stay, this amounts to €350-840.

Food:  If you stick to cafes, takeaway food, and occasional home-cooked meals, you could spend around €15/20 per day, which sums up to €210/280 for two weeks.

Travel Expenses:  Transport shouldn’t cost all too much if you intend on walking most places. I’d allow for €50 to be on the safe side.

Activities:  Free city tours, hiking, or visiting free museums can keep the activity costs down to about €100.

Total for two weeks: €710-€1270

2 weeks in Europe Cost: Mid-Range Traveller

Accommodation: Mid-range hotels can cost around €100-150 per night. For a two-week stay, this would be €1400-2100

Food: If you intend on eating out for every meal then expect to pay around €10 for breakfast, €15 for lunch and €20+ for dinner. So, €45 a day will equal to €630 for a 2-week trip.

Travel Expenses: Consider spending around €300-500 for comfortable travel options. Or, you could keep costs down by walking most places.

Activities: Entrance fees for premium attractions and activities might add up to around €200-300.

Total for 2 weeks: €2530-3530

2 Weeks in Europe Budget: Luxury Travellers

Accommodation:  Luxury hotels or apartments can cost €200-850+ per night, so it is hard to give a total in this category but it would range from €2800-€11900.

Food:  Eating out for Breakfast, Lunch and Dinner in more expensive restaurants will set you back anywhere from €100-€150 per day. About €1400-2100 for the 2 weeks.

Travel Expenses:  Private transfers or first-class train compartments could cost around €700-1000.

Activities:  Private tours and high-end experiences might add up to another €500-1000 provided you are not doing them in every destination.

Total for 2 Weeks:  €5400-16000

2 Weeks in Europe Itinerary: Route Option 1

I wanted to kick start this 2 weeks in Europe itinerary with a really unique route. I typically see people planning European trips around the major cities and attractions. Never really leaving time for those amazing hidden gems located in some of the most beautiful places on the continent. So, if you are a nature lover who loves to explore more off-the-beaten-path locations this is the Europe Itinerary for you!

Stop 1: Salzburg

Nestled among rolling hills and overlooking the Salzach River, Salzburg, Austria, is an enchanting city filled with historic charm and modern allure.

It is the birthplace of the world-famous composer Mozart. And this is evident throughout the city.

The city has a vibrant art scene, bustling markets, and sumptuous cuisine.

Salzburg’s charm isn’t only limited to its historic architecture and vibrant streets. The city is also famously known as the filming location for the classic movie, “The Sound of Music.”

Fans of the film can dive into its magic by taking a themed tour that traces the steps of the Von Trapp family, offering a nostalgic journey through the film’s iconic sites.

Things to do in Salzburg

• Visit Mozart’s Birthplace: Discover the roots of the musical genius, one of the world’s most famous composers Mozart, by visiting his birthplace .
• Tour the Hohensalzburg Fortress: This is a must-do when in Salzburg as it has the most incredible 360 views of the city.
• Stroll through Mirabell Gardens: These beautiful gardens are a must-see for any visitor. The immaculately maintained flower beds and sculptures provide a serene place to relax. They get busy fast so make sure to visit early!
• Enjoy a Boat Ride on the Salzach River: Experience Salzburg from a unique perspective by taking a leisurely boat ride on the Salzach River.
• Indulge in Austrian Cuisine: Sample traditional Austrian dishes like Wiener Schnitzel, Sacher Torte, or Apfelstrudel to get a taste of the local culinary culture.
• Take the Sound of Music Tour: For fans of the classic film, this tour is a must. It takes you to various shooting locations of the movie, including the Mirabell Gardens and Leopoldskron Palace. You can relive your favourite scenes and enjoy the beautiful surroundings that make Salzburg so unforgettable.

Where to stay in Salzburg:

For travellers on a budget, the YoHo Youth Hostel is a fantastic option. It’s comfortable, clean and located in city center, offering easy access to Salzburg’s attractions.

For those looking for a balance between cost and comfort, numa I Mozart is a great mid-range choice. It’s conveniently located and offers well-furnished rooms, a hearty breakfast, and friendly service, offering stellar value for your money.

For a truly luxurious stay, consider the Hotel & Villa Auersperg . This family-run boutique hotel exudes charm and elegance, with beautifully designed rooms, a peaceful garden, and a rooftop spa. It’s ideally located within walking distance of the city center, making it a convenient base to explore Salzburg

Day Trip Option 1: The Sound of Music Trail

One of my favourite simple day trips from Salzburg is the beautiful Sound of Music Trail starting from the small town of Werfen. Reachable by a 40-minute train journey from Salzburg.

The trail brings walkers along a stunning hiking path with opens out with an incredible view of the surrounding meadows.

This particular location is famous for the “Do Re Mi” scene from the movie. There are even dedicated photo spots where you can take a picture with July Andrews and the kids.

The walk is not particularly hard and suitable for most fitness levels. It takes about 40/45 minutes to reach the viewpoint. I recommend bringing a picnic for a scenic lunch.

Day Trip Option 2: Berchtesgaden National Park

I fell in LOVE with Berchtesgaden National Park when I first visited. So much so that my day trip quickly turned into two.

Just over an hour’s train journey from Salzburg lies this incredible natural playground with plenty of things to do and see.

I recommend catching the boat from Königssee Lake and hiking out to the Obersee und Röthbachfall. This is a day you will not forget.

If you have another day to spare I recommend exploring the park some more. Stopping at places such as St. Sebastian Church, Hintersee Lake (walk from the church) and Wimbachklamm Gorge. All these are easily accessible by park busses.

Stop 2: Hallstatt, Austria

Hallstatt is one of those locations that will truly take your breath away. It’s one of the most fairytale-like places I have ever seen.

Home to soaring mountains, a pristine lake and a charming village. This little town can get BUSY, especially in the summer months.

So, I recommend walking up early to catch a glimpse of the famous viewpoint without any crowds. Because come 10am you will be fighting for a spot at the barrier.

Whether you’re looking for outdoor adventures, a peek into history, or simply want to enjoy the serene beauty, Hallstatt has something for everyone.

Things to do in Hallstatt

• Take a peaceful boat ride on Lake Hallstatt and enjoy the stunning views of the surrounding mountains and Alpine houses.
• Ride the funicular railway to the Skywalk Hallstatt viewing platform for a panoramic view of the beautiful village and lake.
• Explore the local market square , lined with charming, traditional shops where you can discover local crafts and delicacies.
• Explore the Dachstein Ice Caves, a fascinating natural spectacle just a short drive/bus ride away from Hallstatt.
• Take a thrilling walk on the Five Fingers viewing platform (joint ticket with the Dachstein Caves), a unique attraction sitting over 400 meters above ground level, extending like a hand over the cliff edge. Offering breathtaking views over the Alps and Hallstatt below.

Where to stay in Hallstatt

• If you prefer a peaceful setting, consider Seehotel Grüner Baum . It’s a charming hotel right on the lake.
• For those looking for a more modern option, Heritage Hotel Hallstatt offers stylish rooms with lake views.
• If you are looking for somewhere that is budget-friendly consider staying in the nearby town of Bad Goisern. Located just a 10-15 minute train ride from Hallstatt station is a beautiful rural town surrounded by mountains. I stayed in the Bad Goisern Hostel and could not recommend it more. It was a lovely stay.

Stop 3: Munich

The next stop on our trip is an amazing German city, Munich. There is more to this city than meets the eye. So, much, so that I have been 3 times and I never want to leave!

World Famous for it’s Autumn time celebrations, Oktoberfest, it’s mighty beer halls and delicious barbarian food!

When you are in Munich you NEED to visit the English gardens. Specifically, the Eisbach River to see the talented surfers glide along the waves.

Yes, that’s right! You can surf…in the city. How cool is that?!

The old town square is also a lovely place to walk around, with the Neo-Gothic-styled architecture you feel as if you are walking around a fairytale.

You also NEED to make your way up the town hall tower. The views are to die for!

Things to do in Munich

• Visit the Old Town Square, The Marienplatz . You can get 360 views of the square from the old town hall tower.
• Stroll around the  English Gardens  and watch the talented surfers.
• Explore the cities beautiful gardens
• Go on a local food tour to try traditional dishes like pretzels, sausages, and beer in local beer halls.
• Tour the world-famous beer hall, Hofbräuhaus. And treat yourself to a tasty beverage.

Where to stay in Munich:

For those on a budget, the Wombats Werksviertel Hostel is an affordable yet comfortable choice. It’s located near the city center, close to the main attractions, making it a convenient base for your explorations in Munich.

For those willing to spend a bit more, Eden Hotel Wolff is a mid-range option that blends comfort with a touch of luxury. It’s just a stone’s throw away from the central train station, making it an ideal location for those planning day trips to surrounding areas.

If you desire a luxury experience, consider booking a suite at Bayerischer Hof . This five-star hotel, located in the heart of Munich, offers top-notch amenities and services. From the beautiful rooftop pool to the exquisite in-house restaurant, every detail at this hotel is designed to provide guests with a memorable stay.

Day Trip Option: Neuschwanstein Castle

Munich is the perfect hub for those dreaming about visiting Germany’s famous fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein.

Pictures do not do this place justice. It is so beautiful.

Now, I must admit it can get incredibly busy so I’d advise arriving as early as possible.

It’s a 2h30mins train ride to Füssen, and then a short bus journey to the castle.

Once you arrive you can walk up to the famous viewpoint of Marienbrücke Bridge (30/40 minutes) or pay for a shuttle bus.

Not too far of a walk from the castle is Alpsee Lake, a beautiful spot to sit back and enjoy nature. The water is turquoise in colour and really takes your breath away.

Stop 4: Interlaken, Switzerland

Switzerland left me in complete awe. I decided to visit on a speeding last-minute trip and it did not disappoint.

That is why I am advising you to include it in your 2-week Europe Itinerary . It’s a destination that almost feels like a dream.

I based myself in Interlaken and used this elegant town as a base to explore the surrounding areas.

Starting with the fairytale-like village, Lauterbrunnen. Words can not describe how beautiful it is here!

I recommend hiking from the town to Mürren, taking the cable car back down the mountain and then visiting Trümmelbach. One of the most tremendous waterfalls I have ever seen.

On day two I suggest taking a trip up First Mountain for incredible views of the mountains and valleys from above. If you are looking for an easy yet scenic walk then I recommend walking out towards Bachsee Lake.

Where to Stay in Interlaken

Backpackers in Interlaken might find Balmers Hostel a perfect choice. This hostel combines affordability with comfort and offers a warm and friendly atmosphere. I made some incredible friends here!

For those who prefer mid-range hotels, Hotel Interlaken is an excellent option and has a rich history dating back to 1491. It also offers close proximity to the town’s center.

Luxury seekers can consider Victoria-Jungfrau Grand Hotel & Spa for their stay. This five-star hotel provides an unforgettable experience with its luxurious rooms, stunning views, and world-class spa facilities.

Related Post: How big is Texas compared to Europe? (This will SHOCK you)

Paris (France) ➡ Amsterdam (Netherlands) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡   Prague(Czechia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary)

14 days in Europe Itinerary: Route 2

Get ready to set off on a fascinating journey through five famous European Cities. From the romantic streets of Paris to the enchanting canals of Amsterdam.

Your journey will take you to Munich, home to age-old Bavarian traditions and beer gardens. And one of the best locations for a day trip to the magical Neuschwanstein Castle. One of my favourite spots from my 4 month Europe trip!

Then, it’s time to explore the beauty of Prague with its mesmerizing architecture and picturesque streets.

Lastly, arrive in Budapest, a city known for its thermal baths and magnificent Danube River views.

Stop 1: Paris France

Paris is known as the city of love, and that is relevant for everyone, those who visit with a significant other, friends or solo.

Because you see…one thing is for certain, you will fall in love! This bustling city’s charming streets and famous buildings capture the attention of millions of tourists each year.

With its famous art scene, fashion, and culinary delights. It’s no wonder visitors fall in love with its rich history and iconic landmarks such as the Eiffel Tower, the Louvre, and the Notre Dame Cathedral.

Adding Paris to your 14-day Europe Itinerary will leave you with a lifetime of memories. It is also the perfect starting point with its fantastic train connections to other European destinations.

Things to do in Paris

• Take a snap of the iconic Eiffel Tower .
• Explore the Louvre Museum , home to thousands of works of art, including the Mona Lisa.
• Stroll along the Seine River and enjoy a cruise for spectacular views of the city’s landmarks.
• Take a walk down the Champs-Elysées and visit the Arc de Triomphe .
• Visit Notre-Dame Cathedral and admire its magnificent Gothic architecture.
• Looking for a free 360 view of Paris then make your way up to the rooftop of Lafayette’s Shopping Centre.

Where to stay in Paris

I stayed in the People in Paris Nation and it was perfect for what I needed. I only intended on visiting the city for one day. The rest of my time I spent in Disneyland. That is why The People at Paris Nation was the perfect location for me as it’s just a 40-minute tram ride away from the parks. The only downside to the hostel is there was no kitchen. Although, this is common among all hostels in Paris. The rooms are rather spacious, with a privacy curtain on each bed. The hostel is not located in the centre of Paris and public transport is needed to get in and out of the city. However, this is common for most hostels in Paris. Overall, I’d highly recommend booking a stay in  The People Hostel  at Paris Nation.

Stop 2: Amsterdam

Amsterdam is a city not to be missed. The charming streets, picture-perfect canals and heartbreaking history. It’s the ideal addition to the 2-week Europe Itinerary.

Amsterdam offers an equal blend of historical charm and a modern atmosphere.

The city’s museums house some of the world’s most famous works of art, including those of Van Gogh and Rembrandt.

A visit to the Anne Frank House provides a sad yet important insight into the city’s history, while a bicycle tour offers a unique perspective and a taste of the local lifestyle.

Whether you’re a history buff, an art enthusiast, or a foodie, Amsterdam has something to offer everyone.

Things to do in Amsterdam

• Visit the Van Gogh Museum: It houses the largest collection of Van Gogh’s paintings in the world.
• Take a Canal Cruise: Amsterdam’s canals are a UNESCO World Heritage site. A boat tour offers a unique way to see the city.
• Explore the Anne Frank House: Visit the house where Anne Frank and her family hid during World War II.
• Walk in the Vondelpark: Take a break in Amsterdam’s largest and most popular park.
• Discover the Bloemenmarkt: This is the world’s only floating flower market. You can buy all types of flowers, bulbs and souvenirs here.

Where to stay in Amsterdam:

• € – The Flying Pig Downtown : This is a lively, budget-friendly hostel located near Amsterdam Centraal railway station. It is well-known for its friendly atmosphere and social events.
• €€ – CitizenM Amsterdam : This contemporary hotel offers compact, functional rooms with all the modern amenities. It’s located in Amsterdam’s business district, a short tram ride away from the city centre.

Munich is another amazing city that has so much more to offer than meets the eye. So, much, so that I have been 3 times and I never want to leave!

It’s famous for its Oktoberfest celebrations, beer halls and barbarian food!

One of my favourite things to do in Munich is visit the English gardens and watch the talented surfers do their thing on the Eisbach River.

Yes, that’s right! You can surf…in the city. Now that’s definitely something unique to just Munich.

• The Marienplatz , Munich’s old town square is a must-visit. Especially the views from the old town hall tower.
• Stroll around the English Gardens and watch the talented surfers.
• Walk around the many amazing gardens the city has to offer!
• Savor Bavarian cuisine: Try traditional dishes like pretzels, sausages, and beer in local beer halls.
• Participate in Oktoberfest: If your visit coincides with this annual festival, don’t miss the lively beer tents, traditional music, and festive atmosphere.
• Tour the Hofbräuhaus: Visit this world-famous beer hall for a stein of beer and some hearty German food.

Where to stay in Munich :

I stayed in the Wombats   Werksviertel hostel while visiting Munich. This hostel is newly renovated and has a really modern interior. The dorms are extremely spacious with curtains on the beds for extra privacy. There are two ensuites in the room which was a massive convenience.

Munich is the perfect hub for those dreaming about visiting Germany’s famous fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein.

Now, I must admit it can get incredibly busy so I’d advise arriving as early as possible.

It’s a 2h30mins train ride to Füssen, and then a short bus journey to the castle.

Stop 4: Prague

Prague, the capital city of Czechia, it’s a breathtaking destination steeped in rich history and culture.

The old town is extremely charming with its eye-catching architecture, featuring a mix of Romanesque Chapels, Gothic Cathedrals, and Baroque Palaces.

The city is also home to the iconic Charles Bridge, adorned with statues of Catholic saints, and the magnificent Prague Castle, which provides panoramic views of the city.

Prague is a food lovers paradise! Threat yourself to traditional Czech dishes like goulash and Trdelník – one of the tastiest deserts in Europe!

While you are there don’t forget to leave a token on love on the iconic Lennon Wall!

Things to do in Prague

• Visit Prague Castle: Explore the world’s largest ancient castle, which provides stunning views over the city.
• Stroll across the Charles Bridge: This famous historic bridge crosses the Vltava River and is adorned with statues of Catholic saints.
• Explore Old Town Square: Here, you’ll find fascinating buildings like the Old Town Hall with the Astronomical Clock, Týn Church, and St. Nicholas Church. Don’t forget to climb the tower for a 360 view of the Old Town.
• Visit the John Lennon Wall: Once a normal wall, it has been filled with John Lennon-inspired graffiti and lyrics from Beatles’ songs since the 1980s. They often have markers outside it so you can leave a message of love.
• Explore Petřín Hill: Take the funicular up Petřín Hill and enjoy the landscaped gardens and great views over Prague. This is where the Eiffel Tower of Prague lies 😉

Where to stay in In Prague

Budget Option: The Czech Inn , this is a super social hostel, the rooms are clean, the bathrooms are big and they have a shared kitchen onsite. I found it quite easy to make friends here too.

Mid Range Option : Hotel Pod Věží Located right next to the Charles Bridge, this hotel offers comfortable rooms and exceptional service at a reasonable price.

Luxury Option: The Four Seasons Hotel Prague boasts elegant rooms, a high-end restaurant, and a prime location near the Old Town Square.

Stop 5: Budapest, Hungary

Budapest is by far one of Europe’s most picturesque cities that is 100% worth the visit. Walking around makes you feel as if you stepped straight out of a fairytale book.

The city beautifully balances the old and new. Divided in two by the Danube River, we have Buda and Pest.

Buda, the old city, is filled with historical sites like the Buda Castle and Fisherman’s Bastion, offering breathtaking views of the city.

Pest, the modern part, is a lively area with bustling markets, trendy cafes, and thriving nightlife.

Budapest is also well-known for its thermal baths where you can relax after a day of sightseeing.

Things to do in Budapest

• Explore Buda Castle:  This historic castle and palace complex of the Hungarian kings offers panoramic views of Budapest.
• Visit the Fisherman’s Bastion:  An architectural masterpiece that provides one of the best views of the city.
• Relax in Széchenyi Thermal Bath:  Experience the city’s bath culture in this largest public thermal bath of Budapest.
• Stroll along the Danube Promenade:  This scenic walkway stretches between the Elizabeth Bridge and the Chain Bridge in Pest, offering stunning views of Buda across the river.
• Visit the Hungarian Parliament Building:  Marvel at the architectural beauty of this Gothic Revival-style building, which is one of the largest parliament buildings in the world.
• Take a boat tour down the Danube River to see Budapest from an alternative perspective.
• Go on a thrilling adventure by taking part in one of the city’s wonderful caving tours – one of my favourite things to do in Budapest.

Where to stay in Budapest

• Budget Accommodation: Wombats  is a fantastic hostel in Budapest. It is easy to make friends, it is centrally located and in the heart of all the nightlife.
• Mid-range Accommodation: Bo18 Hotel Superior offers excellent value for money, with comfortable rooms and a good breakfast.
• Luxury Accommodation: Aria Hotel Budapest is a luxury boutique hotel with beautiful decor and a rooftop bar that offers panoramic views of the city.

Budapest is a city that has something for everyone. I can confidently say. Budapest is a destination worth putting on your European Bucket list . There is many reasons to visit for the city’s easy way of getting around, whether you choose to walk, use public transport or threat yourself to a taxi . It is incredibly safe , affordable and english is widely spoken throughout.

2 Weeks Europe Trip Itinerary: Route 3

This is one of the most incredible ways to spend two weeks in Europe, from the sticking beauty of the Croatian Coastline to the picture-perfect landscapes of the Julian Alpes. This route has something for everyone, from party nights in Budapest’s famous ruin bars, and romantic strolls down Venice’s winding streets to heartbreaking lessons from Poland’s past.

All of these destinations are well connected by train making them the perfect combination for your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary.

Stop 1: Split Croatia

Split is a beautiful city located on the Croatian Coast. It is known for its stunning beaches, crystal clear waters and historic heart.

It’s safe to say that this destination is a coastal paradise with plenty of nearby islands that could keep you busy for days!

The city’s narrow, winding streets are lined with beautiful old buildings that host an array of shops, cafes, and restaurants.

It’s home to a lively nightlife scene, friendly locals, and a rich history that dates back to the Romans.

It is a must-stop on any 2-week Europe itinerary and the perfect destination to kick-start your trip!

Things to do in Split, Croatia

• Explore the Old Town visiting places like Diocletian’s Palace and the Bell Tower for 360 views of the city.
• Go on a day trip , explore the nearby islands, visit the iconic blue cave or admire the beauty of Krka National Park.
• Take a hike up Marjan Hill for an alternative view of the city.
• Try Local Cuisine at Konoba Nikola. Taste authentic Dalmatian dishes at this well-loved restaurant.

Where to stay in Split

I stayed in the Enroute Hostel while in Split, it’s one I highly recommend. I made a great group of friends while I was there and it is only a 15-minute walk from the main tourist areas. The rooms are quite large in size however this didn’t really bother me as everyone has their own privacy curtain which is great if you where looking to relax for a few hours.

Stop 2: Zagreb Croatia

Zagreb is Croatia’s capital, a vibrant city steeped in history and cultural richness.

There is so much to see and do, from unique museums to quaint streets and stunning parks.

However, it is important to note, that our time in Zagreb is short. So, I recommend looking up things you would like to do while you are there.

There is something for everyone from history buffs to foodies and art enthusiasts.

Zagreb also has a bursting nightlife scene with multiple places to dance the night away.

Things to do in Zagreb

• Visit the historic Zagreb Cathedral on Kaptol, the most monumental sacral building in Gothic style southeast of the Alps.
• Explore the Museum of Broken Relationships, a quirky and unique attraction that offers a cathartic journey through the mementoes of failed relationships.
• Stroll through the vibrant Dolac Market, known as the ‘Belly of Zagreb’, where you can buy local produce and traditional Croatian specialities.
• Take a walk in Zrinjevac Park, a green oasis in the heart of Zagreb, adorned with fountains, busts of notable people, and a music pavilion.
• Enjoy a panoramic view of the city from the Lotrščak Tower, and make sure you are there at noon to witness the daily cannon firing.

Where to stay in Zagreb

I stayed in the Swanky Mint Hostel and it is the perfect spot for those who want to experience Zagreb by both, day and by night. It is very much a party hostel. It is easy to meet people in the Kitchen or by the rooftop pool (yes, they have a pool). The dorms tend to be a little cramped so I would only stay for a day or two, however, all the other hostel facilities are great.   Book your stay here .

Stop 3: Lake Bled, Slovenia

Lake Bled is one of my FAVOURITE places in all of Europe. The dreamlike town is nestled in the beauty of the Julian Alps.

It is known for its stunning Castle perched on a cliff and the charming island with a church that sits in the middle of the lake.

There is so much to see and do in Bled from a simple stroll around the lake, experiencing the thrill of water sports, or simply soaking in the tranquil surroundings.

It’s a slice of paradise that promises a memorable experience to every visitor, making Bled a must-visit destination in Slovenia.

Things to do in Lake Bled

• A trip to Bled is not complete without visiting the beautiful castle that overlooks the lake.
• Rent a Plenta Boat and head towards the island in the middle of the lake. These boats are so much harder to row than you may think.
• Try Bled Cream Cake . This delicious local dessert is a must-try. It’s the perfect sweet treat after a day of sightseeing.
• The Vintgar Gorge is a must when visiting Bled. It is possible to get a bus here but honestly, I recommend walking. The views along the way are equally as stunning as the gorge .
• There are plenty of day tours of Triglav National Park . And I suggest you do at least one of them. This is such an underrated part of Europe.

Where to stay in Bled

To be honest I had an awful experience while staying in Castle Hostel in Bled. While I was there I got talking to other backpackers and everyone seemed to have issues with their hostels. If you have the budget I’d recommend checking out some more expensive options in the area.

• Hotel Triglav : Located right by the lake, Hotel Triglav offers stunning views and comfortable rooms. It’s also home to a renowned restaurant where you can sample local cuisine.
• Glamping Ribno : For a unique experience, try Glamping Ribno. Here you can stay in a luxurious tent surrounded by nature, a short distance from Bled.
• Apartments Fine Stay Bled : If you prefer self-catering, these apartments offer comfort and convenience. They come with fully equipped kitchens and are close to local amenities.

Stop 4: Ljubljana, Slovenia

Ljubljana is a city that very much surprised me. I didn’t know what to expect. It is home to charming streets, enthusiastic locals and plenty of food options.

Affectionately known as the “city of dragons,” Ljubljana is a place where rich history and tradition meet youthful energy and modern living.

The city’s iconic Dragon Bridge serves as a constant reminder of its medieval history, while the bustling open-air market and numerous art galleries give it a contemporary feel.

I know this is a destination that will steal your heart, from the cobblestone streets of the Old Town to the city’s numerous parks and green spaces. It’s a must-stop on any Europe trip.

Things to do in Ljubljana

• Explore Ljubljana Castle, an ancient fortress with a museum and observation tower offering panoramic views of the city.
• Stroll through Tivoli Park, the largest park in Ljubljana, known for its grand trees, flower beds, and beautiful sculptures.
• Visit the Dragon Bridge, an iconic symbol of Ljubljana, adorned with four dragon statues at its corners.
• Discover the Central Market, an open-air market where you can sample local Slovenian produce and traditional dishes.
• Hop on a boat tour along the Ljubljanica River for a different perspective of the city’s beautiful architecture.

Where to stay in Ljubljana

I really enjoyed my stay in Hostel Vrba , I met some of the most amazing people there, some of which I continued to travel with once I had reached bled. The hostel has a well-equipped kitchen, clean bathrooms and nicely sized dorms. The beds are comfortable and there are lockers inside the rooms with a provided lock which is always nice.

Alex the host is super friendly, she even waited for me as my train was majorly delayed and I arrived 1 hour after the last check in time. The hostel itself is located a little outside the main city, but Ljubanna is quite small and walkable so it didn’t make much of a difference.

There is shops and a bakery nearby for some cheap eats. Overall, I would highly recommend a stay in Hostel Vrba when visiting Ljubanna.

Budapest is by far one of Europe’s most picturesque cities. Walking around makes you feel as if you stepped straight out of a fairytale book.

Buda, the old city, is filled with historical sites like the Buda Castle and Fisherman’s Bastion, offering breathtaking views of the city.

• Explore Buda Castle: This historic castle and palace complex of the Hungarian kings offers panoramic views of Budapest.
• Visit the Fisherman’s Bastion: An architectural masterpiece that provides one of the best views of the city.
• Relax in Széchenyi Thermal Bath: Experience the city’s bath culture in this largest public thermal bath of Budapest.
• Stroll along the Danube Promenade: This scenic walkway stretches between the Elizabeth Bridge and the Chain Bridge in Pest, offering stunning views of Buda across the river.
• Visit the Hungarian Parliament Building: Marvel at the architectural beauty of this Gothic Revival-style building, which is one of the largest parliament buildings in the world.

Wombats is a fantastic hostel in Budapest. It is easy to make friends, it is centrally located and in the heart of all the nightlife. It has a shared kitchen, bar and large social area on site. And the hostel is clean, well looked after and the beds are comfortable too. If I plan a trip to Budapest again I wouldn’t hesitate a stay in Wombats.  Book your trip here.

DISCLAIMER: I also stayed in Flow Spaces while in Budapest on a separate occasion and honestly I had a really bad experience. I do not recommend staying here. You can read about my experience in my Best Hostels in Europe blog post.

Stop 6: Krakow Poland

Krakow, Poland, is an extremely underrated city in Europe, it blends historical significance with youthful energy.

As one of the oldest cities in Poland, Krakow is rich in history and cultural traditions. The city’s old town, a UNESCO World Heritage site, has an elegant look to it, almost just how you would imagine a fairytale to look.

But, Krakow is steeped in a tragic past, with Auschwitz-Birkenau located just a short distance away, it is a reminder of the horrors of the Holocaust.

Despite its historical significance, Krakow is growing as a youthful city, with nearly a quarter of its population comprising students.

Things to do in Krakow

• Walk to the Wawel Castle for stunning views of the city and river.
• Krakow’s Main Market Square is the largest medieval town square in Europe, filled with historic landmarks and bustling cafes.
• Kazimierz District: Explore the vibrant Kazimierz District, once a Jewish quarter, now a hub of contemporary culture filled with galleries and music venues.
• Take a day trip to Auschwitz-Birkenau to witness a moving testament to the Holocaust.
• Admire 360 views of the city from St. Mary’s Basilica .
• Take a day tour to the famous Wieliczka Salt Mine one of the oldest mines still in operation.

Where to stay in Krakow

• Greg&Tom Party Hostel : This is a perfect spot for backpackers looking for an affordable place to stay. The hostel offers dormitory-style rooms and is located near the Main Market Square.
• Queen Boutique Hotel: Located near the Kazimierz District, this hotel offers comfortable rooms and a restaurant serving Polish and international cuisine.

2 Weeks Europe Trip Itinerary: Tips & Advice

Plan your transport.

This may seem like an obvious one but know how you are going to get from A to B in advance. When I started my trip I was very lacked about pre-booking transport/accommodation. I wanted freedom but I quickly got caught out and was left with a booked out mode of transport.

Pre-Plan Your Route

Hopefully, this guide has given you a better idea of where you want to visit while in Europe. If there are places not mentioned here on your bucket list then I recommend double checking if it is a feasible route.

Take advantage of FREE walking Tours

Most cities and large towns have a free walking tour. These are great ways of getting a feel for a city when you first arrive. At the end of the tour you will typically tip the guide €5/10 euro as a way of saying thank you. This is a much more affordable way of seeing a destination.

Look for discounts

I was surprised to see how many attractions offered discounts, some being age-related, time-related or status-related. For example, it was common to see discounts for teachers, students or rail pass holders.

Travel in the off-season

Visiting Europe in the shoulder months is far better than in summer. The temperatures are much more enjoyable, the crowds are far less and things tend to be cheaper. May-June or September-October is a great time for a European adventure.

Be budget-conscious

Don’t presume you will naturally stay within your budget. Spending can get out of hand pretty quickly when you are not paying attention. I used my Revolut  card to stay on top of what I was spending while in Europe. And it was a lifesaver.

Travel Light

You are going to be moving from place to place. So, only pack what you need to avoid sore arms and legs.

Use Local SIM cards

All EU countries allow free roaming throughout Europe (most countries). So, don’t fall for the ‘tourist SIM prices’. You should be able to pick up a sim-only plan in a local network store for about €30 with decent services.

Avoid Tourist Traps

Do some research ahead of visiting some major attractions. Some are simply not worth the time and price.

Be prepared for unexpected expenses

No matter how carefully you plan your trip, there will always be unexpected expenses that can pop up. Be prepared for these by setting aside some extra money in your budget for contingencies, and be flexible enough to adjust your plans if necessary.

Watch out for ATM Fees

Not all ATM’s charge the same withdrawal fees. I have seen some charge as much as €7 to take money out. I recommend only using machines attached to banks. They are normally the cheapest.

Research local events and festivals

You never know what is going on locally while visiting a town or city. You may be pleasantly surprised to find a free concert or event in a local park.

Prepare for tiredness

Tiredness hits you like a wave when travelling Europe. You have no clue when it will happen but I promise it will arrive at least once while on your trip.

2 Week Trip to Europe Itinerary: FAQ

Is europe safe to visit.

Yes, Europe is generally safe to visit. Like any travel destination, it’s important to stay aware of your surroundings and take basic security precautions. You should keep your belongings secure, be mindful of pickpockets in crowded places, and avoid walking alone at night in unfamiliar areas. Be sure to check out travel advisories for specific countries before you go. Travel insurance is also a good idea. This helps you take care of any unexpected issues like illness, injury, or theft. Happy travelling!

How expensive is Europe?

This really depends on where you intend to visit. If you spend most of your time in Eastern Europe you will spend considerably less money than you would in Northern Europe. The same goes for spending time in small villages/towns versus major cities and hubs.

My advice is to set a realistic budget and stick too it. One day you may spend a large chunk of money and then spend the next relaxing by the beach.

How much does 2 weeks in Europe cost?

This all comes down to your personal spending habits. And determined how much it costs to travel Europe for each individual person can be difficult. Below is a ballpark for 3 different types of travellers.

For those looking to explore Europe on a budget expect to pay anywhere from €710-€1270 for two weeks.

For travellers on more of a mid range budget you should budget for €2530-3530 for the two weeks.

And luxury travellers the range is quite big, expect to pay anywhere from €5400 to €16000 for two weeks of travel.

Is two weeks enough time to spend in Europe?

Two weeks can be enough to enjoy a taste of Europe, but you won’t be able to explore everything. The best approach is to focus on a few key destinations that you’re most interested in.

Plan your itinerary in a way that allows you to spend a few days in each place so you can soak up the local culture, visit main attractions, and also have some downtime.

Remember, the goal of travel is not just to see as many places as possible, but to enjoy and experience each place you visit.

How many European Countries can I visit in 2 weeks?

I would suggest visiting 4 or less countries over a 2 week period. Remember that you actually want to experience each place. The idea is not to see somewhere and then leave again a few hours later.

Is €10,000 enough for 2 weeks in Europe?

Yes, €10,000 is more than enough money for two weeks in Europe. Is it possible to spend €10,000 in this time frame. Yes, of course. But that all comes down to how well you budget. I would predict that the average person would spend between €2000-4000 on a two-week trip in Europe.

When is the Best time to spend two weeks in Europe?

The best time to spend two weeks in Europe largely depends on your personal preferences and the countries you plan to visit.

However, many agree that spring (May to June) and fall (September to October) are generally the best times.

During these periods, you can enjoy mild weather and fewer crowds. In spring, you’ll witness Europe in bloom, while autumn offers a palette of fall colours.

Summer (July and August) tends to be quite crowded, especially in popular tourist destinations, but it’s also when most festivals and events take place.

Winter (November to March) is less crowded, except during the Christmas market season, and offers the opportunity for winter sports in countries like Switzerland, France, and Austria. Remember, each season has its unique charm in Europe!

What’s the best way of getting around Europe?

Trains are a fantastic way to travel around Europe. They are fast, efficient, and often scenic, offering a comfortable journey and easy access to city centres.

Europe’s extensive rail network connects all major cities, making it convenient for inter-country travel. Plus, with a variety of rail passes available, it can also be an economical choice for those planning to visit multiple destinations.

Remember that train schedules and ticket prices can vary, so it’s a good idea to plan your journey and book tickets in advance if you don’t with a pass.

What currency do they use in Europe?

The currency used in Europe varies. The Euro is the most common currency, used by 19 of the 27 European Union member countries. These include popular destinations like France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and Greece.

However, some countries, including the UK and Switzerland, have retained their own currencies – the British Pound and the Swiss Franc, respectively.

Eastern European countries, such as Hungary and Czech Republic, also have their own currencies – the Hungarian Forint and the Czech Koruna.

It’s always a good idea to check the currency of the country you’re visiting before you go, and remember, credit cards are widely accepted across Europe.

Do most people speak English in Europe?

Yes, English is widely spoken across Europe, especially in major cities and tourist areas. However, the level of English proficiency can vary.

In countries like the Netherlands, Sweden, and Denmark, a large majority of people speak English very well.

In others, such as France, Italy, and Spain, you may encounter more people who do not speak English, especially in rural areas.

It’s always polite for you to learn a few basic phrases in the local language of the country you’re visiting.

Do I need a visa to travel Europe?

Whether you need a visa to travel in Europe depends on your nationality and the countries you plan to visit. For example, citizens of the United States, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand can visit the Schengen Area (which includes most European countries) without a visa for up to 90 days within a 180-day period.

But, if you’re from a country outside of this list, you may need to apply for a Schengen visa. Always check with the embassy or consulate of the country you’re visiting to get the most accurate and up-to-date information.

Planning a trip to Europe? Here’s some post to help with your planning!

• Fairytale Places in Europe
• 2 Week Europe Itinerary
• 3 Week Europe Itinerary
• How much my 4 Month Europe Trip Cost
• Best Hostels in Europe (My Personal Reviews)
• How big Texas is compared to Europe (I’m Shocked)

Similar Posts

3 Week Interrail Route: Explore Europe by Train in 2024!

Ahhhh Europe! I do love the diversity. Sipping cocktails by the Seine River in Paris or Trekking up the Julian Alps in Slovenia. No matter where you go there is always a new and exciting adventure just waiting to happen. I’ll never forget the day my ‘European Dreams’ became a reality. Travelling through Europe by…

How big is Ireland? Size Comparison to the US & European Countries

How big is Ireland? An answer that shocks many, most people are surprised to find that Ireland is actually a rather small country. We Irish are known all across the world for our lively personalities, traditional music and sad history, but the size of our country is often overlooked. I can only presume this is…

Is Lisbon Expensive? (A 2024 Cost Breakdown)

So, you’re planning a trip to the stunning capital of Portugal, but you have one question before you commit and book your flight. ‘Is Lisbon Expensive to Visit?’. Well, in this post we are going to break it down. Let’s take a look at just how much a trip to Lisbon costs, from accommodation and…

What language do they speak in Budapest? (A 2024 Travel Guide)

If you are planning a trip to Hungary’s Capital you may find yourself asking, ‘What language do they speak in Budapest?’ It can be daunting visiting a destination for the first time, unsure if you will be able to speak to locals, order food or navigate your way around.  Well, in today’s post, we are…

Is Portugal in Europe? The EU? Or the Schengen Area?

Travel makes us curious, it makes us want to learn more about places that have different foods, landmarks, and cultures from our own. Perhaps our interest was sparked by a TV show or an online video. Either way, knowing where each destination you plan to visit is located is an extremely important task. Portugal is a country that…

LOOKING FOR THE BEST FOOD TOURS IN MUNICH? – I’ve Got You Covered

LOOKING FOR THE BEST FOOD TOURS IN MUNICH? Well, then you have come to the right place. Munich is an incredible city, full of wonderful things to do. One of my personal favourites is trying all the delicious Bavarian Cuisine. Now, you can, of course, sample all the tasty bites Munich has to offer alone…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Skip to main content
• Skip to secondary menu
• Skip to footer

ZigZagonEarth

Plan unforgettable road trips!

2 weeks in Europe Itinerary by Train – 4 detailed options (+ Tips)

Last updated on March 2, 2023 by Claire Robinson - this article contains affiliate links. If you purchase through them, I get a small commission ( more )

Planning a trip to Europe? Want to get a great snapshot in a limited time? In this article I share my top tips to plan your 2 weeks in Europe as well as 4 detailed Europe itineraries by train : Latin, Eastern, Western and Central. Discover some of the most beautiful treasures of the continent.

// In this article, no ads, no sponsored posts. Just some affiliate links. If you purchase through them, I get a commission at no extra cost to you ( Disclosure ).

Things to consider when planning 2 weeks in Europe

Want to discover as much as possible of Europe during your 2 week trip? Here are a few points to consider when planning your itinerary:

• SIZE OF EUROPE - the European continent is as big as the USA 
• VARIETY OF CULTURES - In theory, if you were flying every evening or morning you could change countries everyday and still have a full day to explore. But Europe is full of different fascinating cultures. There is much to see everywhere. So I recommend selecting a portion of Europe and visit only a few countries, to better appreciate each place.
• SIMPLE TRAVEL - Traveling between large cities is relatively easy in Europe, but once you decide to reach smaller cities, it means more connections and modes of transportation. Considering you "only" have 2 weeks, I recommend sticking to major cities

Best way to travel Europe in 2 weeks - Europe by train

• BY TRAIN   - easy access from cities, direct trains connect most major cities, plus you can see the landscapes changing, spot small villages and appreciate more of each country. CHOICE I RECOMMEND Book you train tickets with the SNCF Connect platform!
• BY CAR - If you want to cover several different countries, I don't recommend renting a car, because distances are significant and parking in major cities is a pain. Rent a car only if you want to do regions that are close to each other i.e. North of France, South of Belgium and Luxembourg My favorite platform for renting cars around the world is Discovercars .
• BY PLANE - between the time to get out of the city to the airport, being early and waiting for flight, the time to get luggage, time to get inside the next city... it may seems faster, but it is often not Plus train you can see landscapes changing, spot small villages
• BY COACH  - For those with smaller budget, this is a good alternative to train. But you need to plan more time for transportation

2 weeks in Europe itinerary - My 4 proposals

Based on all that, I have created 4 possible 2 week Europe itineraries by Train for you to consider depending on your interests. Below is a map that shows you which parts of Europe are covered with those 4 suggestions:

OPTION 1 - LATIN EUROPE

• Barcelona (Spain) + Paris (France) + Venice (Italy) + Rome (Italy + Vatican)
• Go directly to itinerary

OPTION 2 - EASTERN EUROPE

• European Elegance
• Prague (Czech Republic) + Vienna (Austria) + Bratislava (Slovakia) + Budapest (Hungary)

OPTION 3 - WESTERN EUROPE

• London (UK) + Paris (France) + Brussels (Belgium) + Amsterdam (The Netherlands) + Berlin (Germany)

OPTION 4 - CENTRAL WEST EUROPE

• Especially good at Christmas, away from the capital cities
• Luxembourg + Strasbourg (France) + Munich (Germany) + Salzburg (Austria)

Don't make the same mistake I did!

During one of my last trips, I used an open hotel wifi and got my credit card details stolen. So, my travels started with a phone call telling me I could not use my card anymore! What a mess...

Learn from my mistake, make a small investment for worry-free surfing. Get a VPN tool to turn on once you are outside your home!

LATIN EUROPE

LATIN EUROPE trip Itinerary 2 weeks

Trip overview.

Day 1 to 3 - BARCELONA (Spain)

Highlights / Classics

• Visit the magnificent Sagrada Familia - it is massive with a unique style. Considered the absolute must-see in Barcelona
• Admire the architectural work of Gaudi with his emphasis on natural curves and patterns, creating the catalan modernism movement
• Enjoy the light and music show at the Magic Fountain
• Go to the top of the Tibidabo Mountain to admire Barcelona from above
• Visit the Joan Miro Foundation to discover some of the artist's most iconic work

Where to Stay

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Barcelona on your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary:

• Best areas to stay in Barcelona - Old town (El Born), Barceloneta Las Ramblas and Placa Catalunya
• LUXURY - El palace Hotel in the old town, modern decor in old charm with a fantastic location - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Duquesa Suites Barcelona, great light and views, fantastic terrace  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Room Mate Pau has amazing design, friendly staff and a great location - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Hostel one Ramblas: clean, good atmosphere, free diner and a roof top terrace  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Barcelona

Food Suggestions

• Try as many tapas as possible. I love this way of eating, to be able to enjoy so many flavors!!!
• Tortilla, the traditional Spanish Omelette
• Paella - a good fresh paella cooked in a giant dish Miam!!!
• And for desert, the Catalan Creme with its cinnamon custard

Barcelona Like a local

• Enjoy a Sunday picnic at Parc de la Ciutadella to enjoy a little bit of greenery, especially on hot summer days
• Watch sunset at Bunkers del Carmel
• Chill at the Mar Bella Beach
• Go for a run at Parc Natural de Collserola
• Explore the specialty shops in the Gracia district 

Useful words in Catalan

• Good morning : Bon Dia
• Hello - Hola
• Thank you - Merci (similar to French with with emphasis on e)
• Please - Por Favor
• Currency - Euros
• Plug - 2 rounds
• Emergency - 112

Activity ideas

Check out some of the best rated activities :

Day 4 - TRAIN Barcelona to Paris

• Path - Barcelona Sants to Paris Gare de Lyon station
• Time on train - 6h30
• Type of train - Choose the "directs" with High speed trains
• Suggested time - Morning departure for arrival mid afternoon or beginning of afternoon departure for arrival in the evening
• Check availability and Book you train tickets with the SNCF Connect platform! Book your seat and Purchase Train Ticket

Day 5 to 8 - PARIS (France)

• Admire the iconic Eiffel tower and its impressive structure
• Visit the Notre Dame Cathedral and travel back in time
• Visit the underground world at the Catacombs
• Admire the stained glass windows at Sainte-Chapelle
• Get up to the Sacré-Coeur to look over Paris
• Watch a show at one of the cabarets
• Enjoy an evening cruise on the River Seine to see the lights of Paris
• Feel royal at the Versailles Castle
• You can check out my article about spending 3 days in Paris

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Paris on your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary:

• Best areas to stay in Paris - The Marais, near the Pantheon, the 6th arrondissement, Ile Saint Louis... Check out my complete article on where to to stay in Paris
• LEGENDARY - Le Meurice is a palace in the 1st with great views of Paris (some rooms see the Eiffel Tower), a perfect location and a renowned restaurant  - Check out photos and latest prices
• LUXURY - Le Narcisse Blanc & Spa in the 7th, classic Parisian chic and great facilities - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel La Lanterne in the 5th - love the style and the swimming pool area! - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Hotel du Vieux Saule is in the heart of the Marais, yet has quiet rooms - Clean and practical for a good price - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Generator Paris in the 10th, close to Metro station Colonel Fabien (Line 2) - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Paris

Since I am French, I could list pages and pages of great food to try. So delicious! But I have to limit myself here...

• For breakfast croissant and pain au chocolat or some fresh baguette from the bakery
• Cheese, cheese and cheese 🙂 we even have restaurants that only serve cheese dishes. LOL
• Find a great bakery to try delicious cakes. The good ones melt and crisp in your mouth and are very light
• And while you are there, taste the Macarons. They exist with many flavors and will make you gasp.
• Enjoy the wine too

Experience Paris like a local

• Relax along Canal Saint-Martin, especially in the evening in Summer
• Sit at a terrace, drink coffee and do people watching
• Enjoy a weekend picnic in Parc des Buttes Chaumont (with baguettes and wine!)
• Just go for a walk, take side streets and see where they lead you

Useful words in French

• Good morning : Bonjour
• Hello - Salut
• Thank you - Merci 
• Please - S'il vous plait

Check out the best tours and activities in Paris 

Overnight Day 8 to Day 9 - Travel to Venice 

• Path - Paris Gare de Lyon to Venecia Santa Luzia
• Time on train - 14 hours 25 minutes
• Type of train - Thello Night Train to get a train without connection
• Suggested time - 7:10pm departure
• Check availability and Book you train tickets with the SNCF Connect platform! Book your seat and Purchase train ticket

Day 9 and 10 - VENICE (Italy)

• Marvel at Saint Mark's Basilica
• Enjoy a Gondola ride on the canals
• Get up the Campanile di San Marco
• For more ideas about things to do in Venice, check out this guide by Suitcase and Wanderlust

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Venice on your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary:

• LUXURY - Hotel Londra Palace: fantastic location and some great views - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel l'Orologio because it is modern, instead of going with heavy traditional decors, to avoid overload during your visit   - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Alla Vite Dorata: welcoming, good location but calm, small option at great price  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Located within a historic monastery, We_Crociferi has a great ambience, romantic and modern   - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Venice
• Baicoli, historical biscuits that could last long for sailors on ships
• Sarde in saor - a sweet and sour dish with fried sardine fillets
• Fritole during the carnival period, a sweet fried pastry
• The many delicious risottos with seafood

Useful words in Italian

• Good morning - BuonGiorno
• Hello - Ciao
• Thank you - Grazie
• Please - Per favore

Check out the best tours and activities in Venice 

Day 11 Venice + Travel to Rome 

• Path - Venezia S Lucia to Roma Termini (the most central of the 2 stations)
• Time on train - 3h45
• Type of train - Regional Train
• Suggested time - Morning or afternoon depending on if you want to see more of Venice or Rome
• Check availability and Book you train tickets with the SNCF Connect platform! Purchase Train Ticket and Book your seat

Day 12 to 14 - ROME (Italy)

• Imagine ancient games at the Colosseum
• Imagine how life was as you explore the Roman forum
• Make a wish at the Trevi Fountain
• Admire the many historical buildings, especially the pantheon
• Visit another country: the Vatican

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Rome on your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary:

• Best areas to stay in Rome - around the Pantheon, Around Trevi in the northern part of the historic center or in the South near the Colosseum
• LUXURY - Hassler Roma where some of the rooms have exceptional views  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - The Inn at the Roman Forum: small hotel, great rooms, charm, luxury and history  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Hotel Condotti with great location, nice staff and good soundproofing  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Generator Rome with well designed clean rooms  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Rome
• The essentials - Pizza, Pasta and ice cream
• Suppli - fried rice ball

Experience Rome like a local

• Relax in the park of Villa Borghese
• Speak with your hands
• Watch sunset from the Giancolo
• Take a cooking class

Check out the best tours and activities in Rome 

Is the railpass worth it?

This itinerary enters inside a Eurail Select Pass 3 countries (5 days of travel within 2 months) - see the railpass options and click on "Pass" tab

According to my calculations, the total of separate tickets is cheaper than the pass for adults. However if you are traveling with families, it could be interesting. And if you plan on taking side trips from the cities, it could be as well.

I don't drink coffee

But I like other drinks and foods! Do you enjoy the free content you find on my blog? All my tips and practical information, without intrusive advertising...

EASTERN  EUROPE

EASTERN EUROPE Itinerary in 2 weeks

Day 1 to 3 - PRAGUE (Czek Republic)

• Watch time pass at the astronomical tower
• Visit the castle
• Feel dizzy looking at the dancing house
• Wander in the old town
• Admire the lights at night

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Prague on your Europe 2 week trip:

• ROYAL - The Grand Mark Prague inside a palace  - Check out photos and latest prices
• LUXURY - Augustine With spacious rooms, interior garden and beautiful architecture - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE traditional - Hotel Pod Vezi close to the Charles Bridge with large elegant rooms  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE modern - MeetMe23 and its fun unique decor!  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Josephine Old Town Hotel: fantastic location and spacious rooms for the price - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Post Hostel Prague with great organization and ambience  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Prague
• For those not afraid of raw meat, the Beef steak tartare
• Kulajda, the traditional soup
• Wiener sausages
• Dishes with lots of sauce

Useful words in Czech

• Good morning -  Dobré ráno
• Hello - Ahoj
• Thank you -  Děkuji
• Please -  Prosím
• Currency - Czek Koruna

Check out the best tours and activities in Prague 

Day 4 morning - TRAIN Prague to Vienna

• Path - Praha Hlavni NADR to Wien HBF
• Time on train - 4h
• Type of train - Railjet
• Suggested time - Morning ride to start visiting Vienna in the afternoon

Day 4 afternoon to 7 - VIENNA (Austria)

• Feel royal while visiting the Hofburg or the Schönbrunn Palace or the Belvedere Palace
• Visit the historical center of Vienna around St Stephen's Cathedral
• Admire the equestrian arts at the Spanish riding school
• Feel small in front of Vienna's city hall

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Vienna on your Europe trip:

• Best areas to stay in Vienna - old town (Innere Stadt), on the island Leopoldstadt and Landstrasse
• LUXURY - Hotel Sans Souci Wien is a palace with beautiful decor mix of old and new  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel Am Parkring because I love open views  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Motel one Wien-Staatsoper with great location, decor and breakfast  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Vienna Hostel Ruthersteiner with great quality accommodation for a good price  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodations within the best customer-rated accommodations in Vienna
• Wiener schnitzel (thin breaded pan fried veal cutlet)
• Sweet apfelstrudel
• Classic Wiener Sausage
• The shredded pancake called Kaiserschmarrn
• Sachertorte (rich chocolate sponge cake)

Useful words in German (Autrian)

• Good morning - Guten Morgen or Guten Tag
• Hello - Hallo
• Thank you - Danke
• Please - Bitte
• Currency - Euro

Check out the best tours and activities in Vienna

Day 8 - TRAIN Vienna to Bratislava

• Path - Wien HBF to Brastislava Hl. St.
• Time on train - 1h
• Suggested time - Depending if you want more time to spend in one of the cities

Day 8 afternoon to 10 - BRATISLAVA (Slovakia)

• Wander in the old town around Michael's gate - pay attention to the colors and details in the facades
• Visit the Bratislava Castle and the Grassalkovich Palace
• Hunt the Bronze statues throughout the city

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Vienna on your 2-week trip around Europe:

• LUXURY - Arcadia hotel with great traditional decor and a fantastic spa - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - LOFT Hotel Bratislava with beautiful common areas and spacious rooms  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Aplend City hotel Perugia: comfortable, good location, delicious breakfast  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Wild Elephants Hostel is perfectly located  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Bratislava
• Halusky the traditional Slovakian meal (potato dumplings in creamy sauce)
• The Pressburg cuisine : spicy Hungarian stew

Useful words in Slovak

• Thank you -  Ďakujem
• Please -  prosím

Check out the best tours and activities in Bratislava 

Day 11 - TRAIN Bratislava to Budapest

• Path - Bratislava HL S. to Budapest Nyuga PU
• Time on train - 2h26
• Type of train - Cross-border regional train - Eurocity

Day 12 to 14 - BUDAPEST (Hungary)

• Stroll along the Danube and admire the buildings
• Explore Castle Hill and visit the Buda Castle
• Marvel at the architectural details of the Parliament buildings
• Climb to the dome of St Stephen's Basilica
• Visit the Fisherman's Bastion and its amazing architecture
• Marvel at Matthias Church of our Lady and learn about its long history
• Learn more about the war and go underground in the Hospital bunker

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Budapest on your 2 week trip around Europe:

• LUXURY - Boscolo Budapest: amazing common areas and pools, spacious rooms, beautiful architecture  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel Moments Budapest with intriguing interior design - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - BP design Hotel and Apartman with a perfect location in the old town - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Flow hostel, with bright decor and space  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Budapest
• Goulash (Fulyas), the traditional dish in Hungaria
• Stuffed paprikas
• Many soups such as the Jokai Bean Soup (vinegar, sour cream, pork, carrots, beans...) or Lesco (red peppers, tomatoes, onions, lard, paprika)

Useful words in Hungarian

• Good morning -  Jó reggelt
• Hello -  Helló
• Thank you -  Köszönöm
• Please - Kérem
• Currency - Hungarian Forint

Check out the best tours and activities in Budapest 

This itinerary enters inside a Eurail Select Pass 4 countries (you can reduce its price by choosing the right option for how many days of travel within how many months) - see the railpass options and click on "Pass" tab

According to my calculations, the total of separate tickets is cheaper than the pass for adults. However if you are traveling with families, it could be interesting. And price may change if some of you travel on weekends.

WESTERN EUROPE

WESTERN EUROPE Trip Itinerary 2 weeks

Day 1 to 4 - LONDON (United Kingdom)

• Watch the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace
• Admire the crown jewels at the Tower of London
• Visit the many free museums
• Marvel at Big Ben and the parliament
• Feel royal at Westminster Abbey Have a stroll in Hyde Park
• Get a bird eye view of London from the London Eye

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in London on your 2 week trip in Western Europe:

• Best areas to stay in London - The West end with Soho, Covent Garden, Leicester square, Oxford street... or Kensington on the Piccadilly line
• LUXURY - Rosewood London with elegant design and grandiose architecture - Check out photos and latest prices
• LUXURY Boutique - The Mandrake Hotel has lots of personnality - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Apex Temple Court Hotel wiht amazing views from some of the rooms - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE Funky - Mondrian London by the Tamise river has a unique design. Have a look!  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - CitizenM London Bankside with beautiful design   - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Astor Hyde park Hostel in a beautiful Victorian building - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodations within the best customer-rated accommodations in London
• Fish and chips late at night
• A good traditional roast
• Pie and mashed potatoes with gravy
• And, of course, the full English breakfast
• Afternoon tea

Useful words in London

I think you can manage with English LOL

• Currency - British pound
• Plug - 3 rectangles (type G)

Check out the best tours and activities in London 

Day 4 - TRAIN London to Paris

• Path - London St-Pancras to Paris Nord
• Time on train - 2h25
• Type of train - Eurostar under the sea
• Suggested time - Your choice, depending if you want an extra half day in Paris or in London

Day 5 to 7 - Paris (France)

• Enjoy and evening cruise on the Seine River to see the lights of Paris
• Or Find your ideal accommodations within the best customer-rated accommodations in Paris
• Find a great bakery to try delicious cake. The good ones melt and crisp in your mouth and are very light

Visit Paris like a local on your 2 week in Europe itinerary

• Just go for a walk, take side streets and see where it leads you

Day 8 Morning - TRAIN Paris to Brussels

• Path - Paris Nord to Bruxelles Midi
• Time on train - 1h22
• Type of train - Thalys high speed train
• Suggested time - Morning to have the afternoon in Brussels
• Check availability and Book you train tickets with the SNCF Connect platform!

Day 8 afternoon and 9 - BRUSSELS (Belgium)

• Stand in the middle of the Grand Place (Grote Markt)
• Laugh at how small the Mannekin Pis is
• Feel small in front of the Cathedral
• Admire the buildings around the Place Royale (Koningsplein)

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Brussels on your 2 week trip in Western Europe:

• LUXURY - Rocco Forte Hotel Amigo with comfortable rooms and welcoming staff  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Aloft Brussels Schuman EU hotel for its funky style  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Hotel Made in Louise with clean bright decor and not far from all attractions  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - 2GO4 Quality Hostel Brussels grand place has a fantastic location - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Brussels
• A delicious freshly cooked waffel
• Mussels and french fries
• Meatballs, often a mixture of 2 meats
• Flemish stew (Carbonnade à la flamande)
• Grey shrimps, traditionally fished along the coast

Useful words

Belgium has 3 official languages. As you don't know which one the person in front of you speaks, better to use English...

Check out the best tours and activities in Brussels 

Day 10 Morning - TRAIN Brussels to Amsterdam

• Path - Bruxelles Midi to Amsterdam Zuid WT
• Time on train - 1h50
• Type of train - Take the Thalys to have a no change train

Day 10 afternoon and 11 - AMSTERDAM (The Netherlands)

• Stroll the city center and appreciate the its unique style
• Get flooded by art at the Rijksmuseum and the Van Gogh Museum
• Travel back in history at the Anne Frank Museum
• Visit the Royal palace

• LUXURY - Waldorf Astoria: a breath of fresh air  - Check out photos and latest prices
• EXTRAVAGANT LUXURY - Hotel Twenty Seven: for a stay you will never forget - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel IX Nine Streets: what I imagine when I think of Amsterdam - Check out photos and latest prices
• DIFFERENT - HotelBoat Fiep, sleep on a boat!  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Generator Amsterdam right by a huge park  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodations within the best customer-rated accommodations in Amsterdam
• Bitterballe, deep fried meatballs
• Stroopwafel: 2 small thin waffles stuck together with syrup
• Dutch fries with crazy condiments mixture
• Oliebollen, deep fried sweet dumplings
• The traditional ginger Cake: Ontbijtkoek

Useful words in Dutch

• Good morning -  Goedemorgen
• Thank you - Dank je
• Please -  alsjeblieft

Check out the best tours and activities in Amsterdam 

Day 12 - TRAIN Amsterdam to Berlin

• Path - Amsterdam Centraal to Berlin HBF
• Time on train - 6h22 direct or 6h07 with one connection
• Type of train - Intercity / Regional trains

Day 12 to 14 - BERLIN (Germany)

• Feel peace in front of the Brandenburg Gate
• Climb in circles to the top of the Parliament dome (book in advance)
• Remember history at the Berlin wall
• Forget the city when wandering through the Tiergarten
• Visit the many museums

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Berlin on your 2 week trip in Western Europe:

• Best areas to stay in Berlin - Spandauer Vorstadt in the downtown area or Prenzlauer berg for a less touristy option
• LUXURY - Rocco Forte Hotel de Rome: what a pool!!!  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - 25hours Hotel Bikini Berlin: fun and with a fantastic view over the trees of the zoos  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Hotel Q! Berlin elegant modern decor et près des transports  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - The Circus Hostels in the city center  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Berlin
• Pretzels - I love them! 
• Kartoffelpuffer - grated potatoes, flour, eggs and onions
• Currywurst - pork sausage with curry powder
• Apfelstrudel for dessert
• Berliner Pfannkuche (similar to a doughnut)

Useful words in German

Check out the best tours and activities in Berlin 

Is a pass worth it?

You would need the Eurail Global Pass to cover 5 countries (you can reduce price by choosing the right option for how many days of travel within how many months) - see the railpass options and click on "Pass" tab

According to my calculations, there is a chance that the pass can be cheaper than the individual tickets depending on the days of your travels. To be calculated.

CENTRAL WEST  EUROPE

CENTRAL WEST EUROPE Itinerary 2 weeks

Day 1 to 3 - LUXEMBOURG

• Stroll through the old town and admire the views from Chemin de la Corniche
• Visit the underground tunnels (under the Bock Castle)
• Explore the Palace of the Grand Duke

• LUXURY - Le Place d'Armes: perfect location, charming decor, space  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Grand Hotel Cravat, lots of space for price  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Youth Hostel Luxembourg city only 10 min from one of the main squares  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Luxembourg
• Bouneschlupp - thick soup with green beans, potatoes and bacon
• Friture de la Moselle - fried freshwater fish from La Moselle region
• Gromperekichelcher - mixture of grated potatoes, chopped onions, parsley, egg, flour
• Stews during game season 

Useful words in Luxembourgish

• Good morning -  Gudde Moien
• Thank you - Merci
• Please -  Wann ech glift

Check out the best tours and activities in Luxembourg 

Day 4 morning - TRAIN Luxembourg to Strasbourg

• Path - Luxembourg LUX to Strasbourg via Metz or Lorraine TGV stations
• Time on train - 4h (one connection)
• Type of train - Regional Trains
• Suggested time - morning

Day 4 afternoon to 6 - STRASBOURG (France)

• Take the time to admire the facade of the cathedral before entering
• Stroll through la Petite France, the old neighborhood and its typical houses
• Enjoy a boat ride through this area for different perspectives

• LUXURY - Hotel Régent Petite France in the heart of the old town  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel Graffalgar with unique decors made by artists in each room. I visited several of them and they are fun! - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Le Kleber Hotel, very central  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Strasbourg
• Pretzels - I love them!  Twisted bread with salt
• Flammenkuche (tarte flambée) - thin base with cream, onions and various toppings
• Sausages and Sauerkraut (pickled cabbage)
• Riesling wine (white)
• Good morning - Bonjour

Check out the best tours and activities in Strasbourg 

Day 7 - TRAIN Strasbourg to Munich

• Path - Strasbourg to Muenchen Pasing (via Stuttgart or Mannheim)
• Time on train - 3h30 to 5hours (1 connection)
• Type of train - High speed trains (TGV - ICE)

Day 8 to 10 - MUNICH (Germany)

• Explore the museums and buildings of the Residenz
• Enjoy the modern and historical vibe of Munich at Marienplatz
• Be surprised by the architecture of the Cathedral Frauenkirche
• Breathe in the English Garden (and maybe spot some people surfing on a small river)
• Feel Royal at the Nymphenberg Palace
• Take an excursion to the famous Neuschwanstein Palace

• LUXURY - Rocco Forte The Charles: stunning decor and a great pool  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel Schlicker for the history - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Hotel Bayer's with good location and spacious rooms for price - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - CVJM Jugendhotel Munchen  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Munich
• Sausages, Schnitzel and Pretzels
• Sauerkraut (pickled cabbage)
• Apfelstrudel

Check out the best tours and activities in Munich 

Day 11 morning - TRAIN Munich to Salzburg

• Path - Muenchen HBF to Salzburg HBF
• Time on train - 2h
• Suggested time - Morning 

Day 11 afternoon to 14 - SALZBURG (Austria)

• Admire the architectural masterpieces from a river cruise
• Visit the Fortress
• Stroll the narrow streets of the old town
• Have fun at the toy museum

• LUXURY - Hotel Sacher Salzburg, royal feel and royal views  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel Schloss Mönchstein, luxury as well as amazing views!!! - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Star Inn Hotel Premium Gablerbrau: great location and fantastic rooms for price - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Yoho International Youth Hostel: clean, comfortable and not too far from the attractions  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodations within the best customer-rated accommodations in Salzburg
• The essential - Wiener-Schnitzel
• Tafelspitz - boiled beef
• Strudel for dessert as well, or Sachertorte (rich chocolate sponge cake)
• Mozart balls - pistachio marzipan, nougat and chocolate

Check out the best tours and activities in Salzburg 

Is a rail pass worth it?

This itinerary enters inside a Eurail Select Pass 4 countries (you can reduce price by choosing the right option  for how many days of travel within how many months) - see the railpass options and click on "Pass" tab

According to my calculations, the total of separate tickets is cheaper than the pass for adults. However if you are traveling with families, it could be interesting. And separate ticket prices may change if some of your travels are on weekends.

2 weeks in Europe by car alternative - intro

You can also visit Europe by car. However remember that distance are quite important for example:

• Paris to Zurich = 7h
• Paris to Munich = 8h30
• Paris ot Barcelona = 10h
• Paris to Milan = 9h
• Paris to Luxembourg = 4h
• Paris to Brussels = 4h

When renting a car, always check the condition and if crossing a border is allowed! See my favorite platform  Discovercars .

And check out all my tips:

• Best car rental companies: how to choose
• What to check when renting a car
• Renting a car in Spain
• Renting a car in Portugal , and especially in Faro
• Renting a car in Slovenia
• Renting a car in Scotland
• Renting a car in Mallorca
• Renting a car in Madeira
• Renting a car in Crete
• Renting a car in Iceland
• Renting a car in Santorini
• Renting a car in France

TIPS for your City Tour of Europe in 14 days

Tip 1. choose central hotels.

If hesitating between hotels with only a 5 or 10 dollars difference, choose one that is centrally located (even if more expensive) in order to save time and transportation costs.

Internet while in Europe

TIP 2. Don't book round trip flight

We often think that round trip flights are the cheaper option, but sometimes multi-city tickets are not much more expensive and you will save a day of travel between your end point and your original point as well as travel cost.

TIP 3. Travel with a universal adapter

Sadly, countries are not able to agree on one electrical standard. Most of the countries listed here  use the 2 round plug, but the UK for example uses a different one. Better to travel with a universal adapter 

TIP 4. Be ready for all kinds of weather

This is Europe... You can have all four seasons even in Summer. So make sure you travel with layers of clothes to be able to vary from stinking hot to rainy to windy and to cold.

TIP 5. Travel with insurance

Be reasonable and travel worry-free. Purchase a travel insurance. I personally use World Nomads.  Get a quote online here .

TIP 6. Wear sensible shoes

In all these old town centers there are a lot of cobbled streets. So wear sensible shoes to avoid twisting your ankles.

TIP 7. Don't bring a huge luggage

Be reasonable when packing. There will be a lot of walking with luggage inside train stations and between train stations and hotels so pack light and reduce the size of your backpack or suitcase. 

TIP 8. Use my Checklists

I will not re-list here all the things to think about - Check out my Travel preparation and packing Checklists

Typical Scams in Europe

Don't worry, there are not scammers at every corner, but it is better to be aware of what they typically do to avoid them altogether. I once fell for one when I was younger and traveling in Asia, even though it was a very common one, but I was not aware and very trusting back then 🙂

So here are the typical scams you could encounter on your 2 week trip around Europe:

SCAM 1 - The Bracelet

They make a special bracelet just for you and aggressively (and very fast) attach one to your wristt. Once it is attached on your wrist, you don't have the scissors to cut it and they want you to pay. This is very frequent at the bottom of Butte Montmartre in Paris for example (before climbing to the Sacré-Coeur. So cross your arms and keep walking

SCAM 2 - The Found ring

Someone picks up a ring in front of you and asks if you dropped it. You say no. They look at it and pretend it is pure gold and offer to sell it to you.

SCAM 3 - The petition

One of the women distracts you with explaining the cause behind the petition, while the others try opening your bag

There are a few more listed on Rick Steves 's website here , but as a general rule you can still trust people 🙂

Inspired? Share it on your favorite platform!

test link test

Reader Interactions

July 3, 2018 at 8:09 PM

please email me the total cost of this particular tour

May 30, 2019 at 8:51 PM

She’s not a travel agent. You’ll have to do the math yourself.

February 13, 2019 at 11:44 PM

What’s the total cost. For. The Latin. Europe. Trip?

February 14, 2019 at 12:05 AM

Hi Sorry I am not a travel agent so I don’t have package prices. And your total cost will depend on the period you travel around, the level of accommodations you will choose, the activities you will book… this is why I don’t mention prices. There are many ways to travel. I wish you wonderful travels!

February 18, 2019 at 3:13 AM

Hello Claire,

If we went on the 2 week Western European vacation this summer, do you have like an approximate of what you think it might cost? I’m thinking like $10k? Am I crazy😜

February 18, 2019 at 8:31 AM

Hi Erin That is totally impossible to say. Between staying in a Hostel dorm or at a luxury 5 star hotels, eating out or not, going on tours, visiting paying attractions or not. The price can vary to extremes… You have to see what you have in mind (looking at hotel and tour prices) and do the rough calculation.

March 18, 2019 at 6:13 PM

it was mentioned that : “choose the more central one (even if more expensive) in order to save time and transportation costs.” what will be the transportation from ..more central hotel to train station ? and how far is it from central one to the station ?

March 18, 2019 at 6:38 PM

What I mean is to choose a more centrally located hotel in each city, because even if you pay more you will save time and money in term of transportation to all the main points of interest.

March 18, 2019 at 6:41 PM

April 7, 2019 at 11:12 AM

Hi there, if I travel Western Europe based on your suggested itineraries, do you think how many days Europe rail pass should I take? Please advise & many thanks!

April 9, 2019 at 2:55 PM

Dear Jayson, As I have written, I believe separate tickets might be cheaper than a pass. As passes only include 4 countries, you need to do different tests based on your dates to see what is the most interesting. I wish you wonderful travels!

April 12, 2019 at 6:34 PM

Good day Thank you very much for such detailed info. With regards to the train for the Latin Europe tour, is it the Eurorail? If yes, are there short trips to tourist destinations in each country with the Eurorail as well? We are a family of 5, so I’m trying to calculate if it’s a good option to purchase the full 1 month family ticket or to purchase individual tickets for the long trips between countries and then utilize Uber to the tourist sites. What’s your suggestion please?

April 13, 2019 at 5:30 PM

Yes the passes are the Eurail passes. They have changed the system. Now it is one country or all of them. You can go to side cities. The price depends on the number of days you take trains. If you only travel 2 weeks as per the itinerary, I don’t recommend trying to get out of those cities. There is already a lot to see. I am confused by your suggestion of Train vs Uber. Uber rides to other towns would cost you a lot of money. They can only replace suburban trains not intercity trips. And I don’t think the Eurail cover suburban trains (such as the RER in Paris). The best is to define exactly were you want to go and identify the days you would take the train and test the price given online by the Eurail system. I wish you wonderful travels!

May 13, 2019 at 1:30 PM

Good day Your guide is a great help. Thank you very much for all the information supplied. If I’m planning to travel from Rome to Sorrento to Florence to Venice to Switzerland to Paris, is the Eurorail the best option or are there better fast trains, especially in Italy? I’m doing my tour privately. Thank you

May 13, 2019 at 3:30 PM

Hi I do believe that you can book high speed trains with some of the Eurail passes. But I am sorry I can’t tell you which is the best option. It depends on who travels (age, discount…), when (prices of trains change depending on the months and the days of travel…), on which trains… You have to play with the booking tools to be able to compare. Have a great trip!

August 5, 2019 at 7:36 AM

Mad respect for your travel itinerary. So well organized and correct with all that I’ve been reading so I trust your judgement. Hubby and I are first time travelers & have never been to Europe. We are going for 2 weeks and leave in a few days and still haven’t figured out the exact itinerary! Here’s what we were thinking: We land in Amsterdam first. swing over to Belgium, over to Nuremberg Germany to Prague, then over to Salzburg Austria to Venice to Florence to Rome to Strasbourgh France to Paris then back to Amsterdam. I told my husband tonight I think we may be trying to bite off more than we can chew. Could you actually hit all of these places, enjoy them for a day or two by train? Thoughts?

August 5, 2019 at 8:46 PM

Hi Lisa, That does seem like a lot, especially with Amsterdam and Rome being at 2 opposite ends. You are listing 10 towns for 2 weeks! You should plan at least 2 or 3 days per town, to really be able to get the vibe of them + traveling times. I wish you wonderful travels. Claire

September 30, 2019 at 6:03 PM

Amazing post! We are interested in Western Europe and wondering if you think Milan or other cities in Northern Italy would be manageable too? Where do you think you would sneak it in?

September 30, 2019 at 11:04 PM

Thanks Lauren, I am sorry but within the 2 week-timeframe, 5 cities is already a lot. And Italy is not close by. I would not try to fit it in. I wish you wonderful travels! Claire

November 11, 2019 at 7:43 AM

Re: Eastern and Central West

We are already staying in Prague for 10 days. We would like to visit the surrounding Countries after Prague for 9-10 days. We have been tossing around taking one day trips from Prague. or attempting it on our own via air or train. We realize air can waste a lot of time.

Thankfully we found your train suggestions.

The Eastern is the 1st choice, since we will be in Prague already. Then some of the Central West areas are the Next most appealing. Such as Strasbourg, France and Salzburg, Austria.

We would be most thankful if you can provide further direction on what would be most realistic.

Sincerely Sonia

November 11, 2019 at 7:20 PM

Hi Sonia I am sorry but I don’t have the time to create personalized itineraries. I recommend not shortening the days in each city. It will create frustration and be very tiring. Better to do less cities but well, rather than jump from one to the other every day. I wish you wonderful travels! Claire

January 13, 2020 at 2:58 PM

Came across your website whilst researching train travel to Europe. I am planning to visit Amsterdam (3 days), Belgium (3 days), Switzerland (2 days), Munich (2 days), Salzburg (2days), Vienna (2 days), Prague (3 days) and finally Berlin (3 days). Is the order of travel suitable. Is this itinerary a bit rushed? We are a couple in our 60s.

Secondly, do i need a eurail pass. How does it work? Can I use this pass on local trains.

I am open to suggestions..

Many thanks for your help. Terry Moodley

January 13, 2020 at 6:08 PM

Hi Terry Big trip! A few pieces of advice: 1. That will all depend on the days you are traveling – the more complicated part of the trip are Belgium to the east and Vienna to go back North. So check those first to make sure you find travel plans that are not too complicated (all the others trips you have listed have shorter and frequent lines so you will always be able to make it fit your itinerary). 2. I would skip Switzerland. With only 2 days and the long trip to get there, you won’t have time to explore the best of Switzerland. It will give you one day to travel between Brussels and Munich and one day between Vienna and Prague 3. You can use local trains with the pass. I am not an expert but every time I did calculation for itineraries, I have found it was cheaper to buy train tickets directly than to take the pass. It depends on who is traveling and when… you have to calculate to see what is more interesting – I recommend you read their descriptions https://www.eurail.com/en/get-inspired/everything-you-need-know-about-eurail I wish you a wonderful trip! Claire

Par Claire Robinson Region Lovers SARL 76600 Le Havre FRANCE VAT FR21845103191

Follow ZigZag on Facebook

Follow ZigZag on Pinterest

Website in French: ZigZagvoyages.fr

Website in German: ZigZagreisen.de

Website in Spanish: ZigZagviajes.com

And discover the French regions:

Normandielovers.fr LoireLovers.fr CorsicaLovers.fr Provencelovers.fr

Privacy / Terms of Use / Disclosure Policies / Refund policy

Become an affiliate for the ZigZag road trip guides

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. ZigZagOnEarth.com is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon.com, Amazon.uk and Amazon.ca

The Ultimate 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Posted on Last updated: January 29, 2024

Categories Europe , Guides , Travel Guides

You’re about to go on your dream journey, and you’re looking for the perfect 2-week Europe itinerary? Well, there’s no one-size-fits-all here. There are more than 40 countries in Europe, and while they do share some similarities, they are profoundly different. 

While there isn’t a 2-week Europe itinerary that would fit every traveler’s demands, enjoying two weeks in Europe is easy. To help you get the best adventure tailored to your needs, I’ll give you ten itinerary ideas, share some tips about planning the perfect trip, and answer your questions. In the end, you’d be perfectly capable of preparing the journey of your life.

Two-Week Europe Itinerary Suggestions

I’m born and raised in Europe. It’s the continent I’ve explored the most, and I’m familiar with the countries here. I’ve either traveled myself or carefully researched all of the suggested routes. That being said, the itineraries are still just suggestions. When we’re talking about your perfect 2-week Europe itinerary, nothing is set in stone. 

If you are going to design your own journey from scratch, my two vital tips are 1) don’t include more than three cities, and 2) Try to make sure the flight back home is from the last town you visit.

The Iconic 2-Week European Itinerary – London, Paris, Rome

If you want to get the best out of Europe, see the iconic landmarks and post the most envy-inducing photos on Instagram, there’s no better route than this.

All three Paris, London, and Rome feature distinctive cultures topped with a global icon landmark. My suggestion is to spend four days in London and Rome and five days in Paris. Add the extra remaining day to your first destination (jet lag recovery day).

London  – In four days, you should be able to check most of the city’s landmarks. The must-sees are Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, the London Eye, Tower Bridge, The Buckingham Palace, and the British Museum. If you keep a quick tempo, you can also check the Westminster Abbey, The Tower of London, The Shard, St. Paul’s Cathedral, The South Kensington Museums, Trafalgar Square, and Piccadilly Circus.

Before you visit London, make sure you check my London guide . I can guarantee it will come in handy.

Paris  – Paris is the city with the most iconic landmarks in the world. There’s hardly a person on Earth who hasn’t heard of the Eiffel Tower, The Louvre, Arc de Triomphe or the Notre Dame Cathedral. And those are just the heavyweights. Paris is home to so many cultural treasures that you can spend your entire 2 weeks in Europe there and still have something to see. I won’t even mention the time you’ll spend licking your plate in some cute french restaurant.

A lot of people feel disappointed by Paris after their visit. That’s because they go there unprepared. Everything you want to see in Paris needs to be booked beforehand; otherwise, you are guaranteed to spend most of your vacation waiting on a line.

If you decide to have Paris in your 2-week Europe itinerary, make sure to check my  detailed Paris travel guide . You can find all the information you need to pick the best landmarks and skip all the lines.

Rome  – And eventually all roads lead to Rome . The Eternal City is an integral part of the iconic European route. With its small winding alleys, lick-your-fingers restaurants, and romantical atmosphere, Rome is not just a city, Rome is a poem. With four days, you should be able to explore the Colosseum, The Roman Forum, St.Peters Basilica, the Sistine Chapel, the Vatican City Museums, The Pantheon, Piazza Navona and gain a few kgs along the way.

Rome is my favorite city in the whole world. I have a  detailed guide  that will save you plenty of time and money and show you how to explore some of the most iconic places in the world hassle-free. Make sure to check it out!

Imperial Heritage – Prague, Vienna, Budapest

Prague – Vienna – Budapest is one of the most iconic European itineraries. Conveniently located just a few hundred km of each other, all three cities were prime centers of the glorious Austro-Hungarian empire.

Exploring Central Europe gives a bit different feeling than exploring the western part of the continent. It feels way more fairytale-like. For this itinerary, I recommend spending four days in Budapest, five in Vienna (if you are into museums otherwise four) and the rest in Prague.

The easiest way to move around the cities is via train/bus. To see all the info you need to do the central Europe route (including prices, schedules, and hotel recommendations), you can check out my  in-depth Prague-Vienna-Budapest travel guide.

Prague  – The most significant landmarks include Charles Bridge, The Old Town, Prague’s Astronomical Clock, the Castle Complex, and of course, the Czech beer. To see the best way to organize your days in Prague and various tips and tricks, check out my  ultimate Prague guide .

Vienna  – When in Vienna, you should definitely check Belvedere Palace, Schönbrunn Palace, Hofburg Palace, The Museum of Fine Art, and of course, the classical Vienna Coffee with Sacher cake. Exploring that many palaces and museums is a bit tricky, so you can use my very  detailed Vienna city guide   to help you.

Budapest  – The capital of Hungary is one of those cities that has a little bit of everything. The main attractions are the Parliament Building, Fisherman’s Bastion, Buda Castle, Szechenyi Chain Bridge, the ruin bars, and the food scene. Navigating Budapest is quite easy, but if you want to prepare your journey in detail, I recommend checking my  Budapest travel guide .

Munich (optional) – If you have enough time, Bavaria’s capital will be a perfect destination for this itinerary. With plenty of middle-age history, a fabulous palace (Nymphenburg Palace), and close to the most beautiful castle in Europe (the world?) – Neuschwanstein Castle, Munich is as cool as it gets. Make sure to check out my  detailed Munich itinerary guide .

Iberian Adventure – Porto, Lisbon, Madrid, Barcelona

First, of the couple 2-week European itineraries that feature more than three destinations, this route won’t take you all around the continent but will guarantee a great time. Exploring the top cities in Portugal and Spain is a bucket list adventure that will introduce you to four very distinctive cultures.

Transportation between Porto – Lisbon, and Madrid – Barcelona is best done by train. It’s cheap, fast and comfortable. The distance between Lisbon and Madrid is a bit bigger so you can catch an inexpensive Ryanair flight or get the overnight bus that will save you time and money,

Porto  – The biggest city in Northern Portugal is one of the most underrated places in Europe. With three days to spend, you can explore all the Harry Potter landmarks, the picturesque churches, enjoy more than one sunset at Gaia and go for on a wine tasting tour…or two…or three!

To get all the details about Porto and plan the perfect itinerary, check out my  ultimate Porto travel guide .

Lisbon  – The capital of Portugal is one of the most colorful cities on the continent. With three (or four) days there you can get lost the picturesque Alfama district, greet the sunrise at Portas do Sol, explore the ruins of medieval Lisbon in Carmo Convent, take a walk inside the UNESCO recognized Jeronimos Monastery and finish the day by eating a dozen  Pastel de Natas  while enjoying the sunset at the Belem Tower. Depending on your tempo, you can also go to nearby  Sintra  and explore the most colorful castle in the world!

I have a  handy Lisbon guide  that can show you how to do all that in three days. Make sure to check it out!

Madrid  – The capital of Spain is home to three of the very best art museums in the world – Prado, Reina Sofia and the Thyssen Bornemisza Museum alongside the glorious Spanish Royal Palace, the ancient Egyptian Debod Temple and the oldest restaurant in the world. Three days should be enough to explore the essential landmarks and visit a couple of Tapas Bars.

I have a  detailed guide about Madrid  that can give you all the info you need to have the time of life. If you choose this European itinerary, make sure to check it out!

Barcelona  – Last on the list, we have the colorful capital of Catalonia. Marked by the architectural genius of Gaudi, Barcelona features some of the biggest  landmarks in Spain . Make sure to check Sagrada Familia, Casa Batllo, take a walk around La Rambla, explore the creepy Gothic Quarter, and take a top Instagram photo from the roof of the Barcelona Cathedral.

My  Barcelona travel guide  will explain all the landmarks in Barcelona and give you detailed info and tips that will make your travel as effortless as possible. Don’t miss it out!

Seville (optional) – If you’ve already seen Madrid or Barcelona, Seville is the perfect replacement. The compact Andalucian capital is an amazing, underrated gem that guarantees a good time. Here’s a detailed Seville travel guide .

Ciao, Bella – Rome, Florence, Venice

What about spending your entire 2 weeks in Europe in a single country? Sounds underwhelming, right? If that country is Italy , it’s not. Having countless things to see and do and featuring some of the most legendary and unique cities on Earth, spending 14 days on the Italian boot is a bulletproof recipe for a good time. The easiest way to get around the country is via train, but make sure also to check the bus prices.

Rome  – The capital of Italy and one of the greatest cities on Earth offers a one-of-a-kind introduction to Italian culture. Five days would let you enjoy the Colosseum, the Roman Forum, the Trevi Fountain, the Aventine Keyhole, and all the marvels of the Vatican City, including St. Peter’s Basilica, the Sistine Chapel, and the Vatican Museums.

If you have Rome in your 2-week European Itinerary, don’t miss my  detailed travel guide  that will save you plenty of hassle.

Florence  – The capital city of Tuscany and the birthplace of the Renaissance offers one of the most unique and vibrant city adventures in Europe. Four days in this  bucket-list destination  can offer a walk back in time around the city’s historic center, a top art museum – the Uffizi Gallery, and lazy sunset watching at the incredible viewpoint at Piazzale Michelangelo.

  To get all the details and plan the perfect Florence trip, I wrote the perfect Florence itinerary guide for you.

Venice  – The Floating City of Masks is another world-class destination in Italy. Having more water canals than streets, Venice is the most unique city in the world. With five days there, you can catch a ride on a gondola, watch the sun setting behind the San Marco Cathedral, enjoy the interior of the beautiful Doge Palace, and (if visited at the right time of the year) participate in the colorful Venice Carnival.

You can enjoy the Floating City without any guides, but my  detailed Venice itinerary guide  will surely make the planning easier.

Naples (optional) – If you have the time and want to see a slightly different Italy, you may consider adding Naples to the list. The chaotic coastal city is a shock to all tour senses but offers this authentic vibe that few places today can offer. It’s also the birthplace of pizza and next to the most awesome UNESCO World Heritage site in the country – Pompei and the infamous Vesuvius volcano .

If Naples is something that sounds interesting to you, check my detailed guide for more pictures and travel details.

Sleep is Overrated aka The Party Route – Amsterdam, Berlin, Budapest

If your idea of a perfect 2 weeks in Europe is party, party, party, Amsterdam, Berlin, Budapest is your route. Suppose you are ready for a more exotic adventure. In that case, you may go to Eastern Europe and enjoy countless amounts of alcohol and carefree attitude for a fraction of your western Europe budget. If this is your first time on the continent, however, I suggest playing it safe and sticking to the more popular places in the west. 

The distance between Amsterdam and Berlin is around 600km, making it suitable for a train/bus ride. Berlin to Budapest, however, is close to 900, so you may want to check the Wizzair flights (who usually give the best rates to Budapest). Distribute your days depending on your budget (Amsterdam – most expensive, Budapest – cheapest) and the parties you wish to attend

Amsterdam  – The most open-minded city in Europe, Amsterdam is where everything seems to be allowed. With its famous ‘coffee’ shops and of course the Red Light District, it’s not a surprise that every weekend the tiny alleys of the Duch capital are full of tourists. The best clubs you want to check in Amsterdam are  Radion ,  Claire ,  Shelter ,  De School , and  OT301 .

If you want to explore some of Amsterdam’s culture and history, you can check out the Van Gogh Museum, Rijksmuseum, and the Anne Frank House.

Berlin  – With the fall of the Berlin Wall, the cultural upheaval spread all around the once-divided city. Today the German capital has one of the most prominent nightlife scenes on the continent. Some of the top clubs in Berlin are  Berghain ,  SchwuZ ,  Anomalie Art Club , and  KitKat .

During the day, you can check the Brandenburg Gate, the Reichstag Building, and the Berlin Wall Memorial. Make sure you see everything there is to see with my Berlin Itinerary Guide

Budapest  – Budapest will give you a vibrant blend of Eastern and Western Europe. With one-of-a-kind ruin bars, countless craft beers, and one of the richest fast-food scenes I’ve ever seen, the Hungarian capital is the perfect party spot. Some of the most popular ruin bars are  Szimpla Kert ,  Instant & Fogas Ház ,  Mazel Tov , and  UdvarRom .

During the day you can check out the Parliament Building, the Buda Castle and the Fisherman’s Bastion. Check out my  Budapest travel guide .

Beach Galore – Amalfi coast, Croatia, Greece

If your 2 weeks in Europe are during the summer and you want to have the beach vacation of your life, this is the route for you. You won’t only enjoy some of the best seashores in the world, but you’ll also discover three very different and colorful cultures.

The best way to travel between the destinations on this route is via plane. Spend four days in Italy and Croatia, and all the rest in Greece. That way, you can explore more than one island there.

The Amalfi Coast  – Italy’s premium vacation spot, the Amalfi coast, is home to some of the best beaches on the continent. The most highly rated are Marina Grande of Positano, Marina Grande of Amalfi, Vietri Sul Mare, and the beach of Erchie. An incredible nature combined with the warm Italian culture and premium hospitality makes this destination a prime spot for all beach lovers around Europe.

Croatia  – You may not be aware, but Croatia’s western coast is home to some of the best beaches in the world. That’s right, the world! An extra perk is that they are so underrated that you won’t be surrounded by countless tourists crowds. If you make an effort to find some hidden ones, you may have the tiny idyllic sand shores just for yourself.

The most highly rated beaches in the country are Sakarun Beach (on Dugi Otok Island), Nugal Beach (Makarska), Zlatni Rat Beach (Brac Island) and St. Ivan – Watermelon Beach (Lubenice – Cres Island).

Greece  – The most beachy nation in Europe, Greece, is famous for its beautiful islands, white shores, and azure waters. Picking the right island for you may require a little bit of extra research, but whichever you decide in the end, I’m sure you won’t be disappointed. There simply isn’t a lousy island in Greece! The most popular options are Santorini, Mykonos, Crete, Halkidiki, Corfu, Milos, Rhodes, and Zakynthos.

The Magic of The North – Iceland, Norway

This 2-week European itinerary won’t be centered around landmarks. The Northern route is focused around the one-of-a-kind nature in Iceland and Norway. It’s the only route that features just two destinations, and that’s because of the abundance of natural treasures in those countries.

The easiest way to get in or out of Iceland is via plane, so this is my recommended way of transportation here.

Iceland  – The island that comes straight out of a fairytale. The nature of Iceland is so utterly different from anything else on Earth that it is hard to explain with words. Steaming volcanos, black beaches, and ice caves are the regular there. 

Rent a car and embark on a journey of a lifetime alongside the Golden, Diamond, or Arctic circles. The natural gems you’ll see along the way are guaranteed to exceed your wildest expectations.

Norway  – One of the world’s wealthiest countries can offer stunning natural sights blended with cute little towns. Take some of the most scenic train rides in the world, explore the UNESCO recognized Geirangerfjord region or the Tromso Fjords, look for the midnight sun in the Arctic circle, take a polar bear photo at the Svalbard Islands or have someone take your photo at Trolltunga. The amount of bucket list adventures to have in Norway is ridiculously high.

Caviar and Champagne – The Luxury 2-Week European Itinerary – French Riviera, Monaco, Milan

If you are looking for the most glamorous way to spend 2 weeks in Europe, this is the route for you. All destinations on the itinerary are favorite vacation spots for celebrities, athletes, and all kinds of millionaires.

I won’t suggest transportation methods here. If you can afford a vacation like that, you probably already have a private driver to get you to Monaco and a charter flight to Milan.

The French Riviera  – The Mediterranean coast of southeastern France is the premium vacation spot in the country and houses high-end resort towns such as Nice, Saint Tropez, and Cannes. If possible, try to align your trip with the Cannes Festival (usually in May). No place in the world hosts most celebrities than Cannes in May.

Monaco  – A synonym of wealth and luxury, Monaco is the ultimate playground for rich people. The small principality headed by the Prince of Monaco is known as the Las Vegas of Europe. The best places to check in Monaco are the Monte Carlo Casino, Jardin Exotique, and (if you visit in the right time of the year) the Monaco F1 Grant Prix.

Milan  – The wealthiest city in the country, Milan, is  home to half of Italy’s multi-millionaires , 20  Micheline Restaurants ,  countless high-end fashion boutiques, and   the first and only Mandarin Oriental hotel in Italy. Milan is undoubtedly one of the most luxurious cities you can visit in Europe.

Shop Till You Drop – London, Paris, Barcelona, Milan

I have to admit, I’m not that big of an expert when it comes to shopping. Especially high-end shopping. I understand, however, that plenty of you envision the perfect 2 weeks in Europe spend around the high-end fashion boutiques, so I did my best to research this specific route. 

London  – One of the very best shopping destinations in the world, London has everything you can ever want. The top locations include Oxford Street, Regent Street, St. James’s, Bond Street, and Mayfair. Also, every Autumn, London is the stage for London’s Fashion Week – a prime event in the fashion world. Check the  awesome London guide .

Paris  – Home to Louis Vuitton, Hermès, Chanel, and Dior, Paris is the most fashionable city in the world. Even a guy like me, who knows nothing about fashion, is aware of that. The top shopping places in the capital of France are Champs-Elysées, Avenue Montaigne, The Marais, Boulevard Haussmann, and the Tuileries District. Paris Fashion Week is usually after the London one. See the  detailed Paris travel guide .

Barcelona  – Who needs Gaudi when you have Gucci, right? With millions of tourists visiting every year to hit the stores, Barcelona is one of the fashion heavyweights in Europe. The top shopping places in the city include the Passeig de Gracia and Portal del Angel streets ,  La Roca Village, Pinza’t store, and Las Arenas Shopping Centre. And here’s the  Barcelona travel guide .

Milan  – already mentioned that in the luxury itinerary, but here we go again – Milan is the wealthiest city in Italy and home to half of the country’s multi-millionaires. With its countless world-renounced brands, the Italian fashion scene hardly needs an introduction too. the best shopping spots in Milan are Via Monte Napoleone, Via Della Spiga, Corso Buenos Aires, and Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II

Art is The Center of The Earth – Paris, Madrid, Venice/Vienna

There’s no better continent for art lovers than Europe. The  Old Continent  is home to the majority of the biggest art museums in the world, and exploring them is on every art-enthusiast bucket list. Truth be told, it was hard for me to pick just three destinations for this itinerary. I had to leave out some incredible places such as Russia’s St. Petersburgh and London, but I genuinely believe this is the best art itinerary to have in Europe.

Since the distances between cities are pretty big, I suggest you travel between cities via Europe’s budget airlines (Ryanair and Wizzair).

Paris  – There’s no city on Earth with as many world-class art museums as Paris. The Louvre, Musee d’Orsay, Musee d’Orangerie, Le Centre Pompidou, the Rodin Museum are just the tip of the iceberg. Paris is the artsiest city in the world, and there’s not a single doubt about that.

If you’re about to hit the Paris museums, check out my  detailed travel guide  where you’ll find useful information such as ticket prices, working hours, and tips about skipping the lines.

Madrid  – The Spanish capital may not feature as many art museums as Paris, but the ones they have are definitely not of lesser quality. Priding itself as the home of the  Golden Triangle of Art , Madrid will take you on a scenic journey around the most-prominent Spanish masters. Between Prado, Reina Sofia, and   the   Thyssen-Bornemisza Museum, you will witness the biggest masterpieces of art titans such as Velazquez, Goya, Miro, Picasso, and Dali. Check out my  detailed Madrid travel guide  to see how to explore all art museums for free!

Venice/Vienna

The last destination of this itinerary depends on the timing of your trip. Vienna offers incredible art museums such as the Belvedere Palace, the Kunsthistorisches Museum, Albertina, the Secession Building, and the Leopold Museum. See the detailed Vienna travel guide .

Venice, on the other hand, has The Peggy Guggenheim Collection, La Bottega del Mascareri, and Gallerie dell’Accademia. What tips the scales towards Venice is  Biennale . The biennial modern art exhibition is an event like no other, and if your time in Europe corresponds with the festival, Venice should definitely be on your itinerary. Here’s the  awesome Venice itinerary guide .

How to Plan your 2 Weeks in Europe

This part mainly targets visitors from other continents since such a big trip requires more detailed preparation. Europe is incredible, but to get the best of your journey, you need to do your homework.

Pick the correct cities

If you don’t like any of the suggested itineraries and plan one of your own, make sure to pick the correct cities. What do correct cities mean? It’s the cities that are most likely to suit your way of travel and fulfill your needs.

Also, if this is your first trip to the  Old Continent,  I suggest sticking to the big and popular places. Most of the time, they offer the best landmarks in the country, and while they may feel a little bit too touristy, locals there are used to tourists, lowering chances of something going wrong.

Going off the beaten path is fun, but if you do it on your first European voyage, you risk missing the top landmarks (touristy or not, they are worth it), and encountering cultural differences that would be harder to handle.

Pick places close to each other

Europe is quite small. Getting from one side to the other would require no more than a 4-hour flight. Why choose cities that are close, then? Because 4 hours on the plane are combined with 2 hours at the airport, an hour or two getting from the airport to the new city, checking out of a hotel, checking in a hotel…you see where I’m going with this. With only 2 weeks in Europe, you want to maximize your time exploring the cities and minimize the traveling hours. 

Smaller distances can also be taken via train, bus or car. That way, you are saving not only money but also time.

Buy all the tickets online

This is probably my most important tip – prepare the tickets for all landmarks you wish to visit in advance. You know the stories about people going to Rome or Pairs and hating the city? The big reason for their bad experience is the time wasted on lines. The more popular the city – the bigger the lines. The record-holder of this is Paris where to climb the Eiffel Tower, you need to wait on not one but two 1hr+ lines. If you want to check out the Catacombs too, you better have four hours to spare! Let me tell you something; if I have just a few days in Paris and I spend half of the time looking at someone’s back, I would hate the city too.

Thankfully it’s the 21st century, and everything can be found online. Most of the time, online tickets are the same price, and they include a skip-the-line option. The place where I shop for all my tickets and most of my tours is  GetYourGuide . They have almost everything, and sometimes their prices are even lower than the official ones.

Europe’s roads are great to drive on. They are well-maintained and offer some world-class views.  Renting a car  would give you tons of flexibility to check not only the main cities but also the area around them. You can also use your car to drive from one country to another, but since this option limits your choices, making it more expensive, I suggest getting a new vehicle for every country you visit.

The best tool for finding good rent-a-car deals in Europe is  Discover Cars . I’ve used them in tons of places, and sometimes the prices they can find are out of this world (35 EUR total for 7 days in Portugal, for example).

Research the culture and the everyday-differences

You need to do this after you have picked your cities. Why? Because like I said, there are more than 40 countries in Europe and they are profoundly different. You want to be prepared for cultural things like the tapa bars in Spain, French refusing to speak in English, or Greeks smashing their dishes on the ground. 

You also have to be prepared for the everyday-differences. What are those? Well, things like the fact that more people in Europe drive on manual transmission so the rent-a-car company may not have any automatic vehicles. The different power outlets (US ≠ EU ≠ UK), the side of the road they are driving, etc

Get up early

This is something I’m sure most of you won’t do. Those of you who make the effort though, would enjoy some of the most magical moments of their life. At least once, try and get up around sunrise. All top European cities are swarming with tourist crowds during the day, something that really hides their magnificence. I know you’re on vacation, and you don’t want to get up early, but trust me, seeing Rome at sunrise is one of the most enchanting travel experiences ever.

Have comfortable shoes

Going to Europe and not packing comfortable shoes is suicide. All the cities here are best explored on foot. Even if they are pretty large and you’re forced to use public transport (great option) or a taxi, you’ll still end most of the days with plenty of walked kilometers. Ladies, I know you want to look good on your photos, but walking with high-heels, 10km+, on cobbled stones is really not worth it.

Mind the jet lag

If this is your first journey to another continent, you may underestimate this problem. To enjoy your 2 weeks in Europe to the max, though, you need to have the jetlag in mind, especially if you are coming from the west. Make sure to plan a relaxed itinerary for the first couple of days, so that your body can get used to the new ‘weird’ hours.

Two Week-Europe Itinerary FAQ

Planning 2 weeks in Europe is no joke, and you probably have plenty of questions. I’ll list the most popular here; if there anything else you wish to ask, I’d love to help you.

When to visit Europe?

Just like the perfect 2-week Europe itinerary, there is no one-size-fits-all answer here. The weather differs from country to country, and the best time to visit a nation depends on your budget and travel intentions.

Big cities are usually great in the shoulder seasons (March to June – September to November). You risk some rain showers, but temperatures are mild, and crowds are not in their peak. April is a bit of an exception due to the catholic countries gathering huge Easter crowds.

If you’re after a beach or a Ski vacation, obviously, Summer and Winter are your seasons.

Summer is the most popular travel season all around the  Old Continent.  Prices are high, tourists are everywhere, and some countries like Spain, Portugal, and Greece get hot as hell. Winter, on the other hand, sees the lowest prices and fewer tourists (unless around Christmas). Many cities are horrible to explore during winter, though, so unless you’re on a tight budget, I don’t recommend it.

Here’s a great wheater site  I usually use to plan my travels.

How to get around in Europe?

As I mentioned above,  renting a car  would be the easiest way to travel around Europe. If you’re not a driver, there are plenty of ways that suit every budget. For bigger distances, you can use low-cost airlines such as  Ryanair  and  Wizzair . If the distances are smaller, you are better via train or a bus. Tickets can be found in  GetYourGuide  or  Omio .

Buses especially can sometimes offer incredible deals. Once I traveled from Brussels to Pairs for just 7 EUR.

When we’re talking about getting around inside the cities, my recommendation is to go on foot. All European cities are extremely walkable, and there is no better way to feel the spirit of a place than walking around its winding alleys. If the city is too big ( like Paris or London), you can use the well-developed public transport. The metro system is usually the most convenient one.

Is Europe safe?

This depends on the country, but generally, the cities in Europe are as safe as it gets. While violent crimes won’t be an issue, you do have to be vigilant for petty crime. Pickpocketing around the major touristic sites is very common.

No matter how safe Europe is, I strongly suggest getting travel insurance. If anything, the latest global events taught us that something horrible can always happen. Being insured is the smart decision that can help you ease your worries and let you enjoy your adventure to the max. I currently use  HeyMondo  for my travels because they have proven themselves to me more than once over the years. The link above will give you a 5% discount, but If you have another favorite provider, that’s ok. Just make sure you have one because you never know what may happen.

Do I need a visa to visit Europe?

To visit most of the countries in Europe, you need a Schengen visa. The Schengen visa allows travel around the EU passport-free zone that covers most of the European countries. Some countries outside the EU also recognize the Schengen visa, while others inside the EU are not part of the Schengen zone. Thankfully  the official Schengen website  gives detailed information that will help you determine if you need a visa, how to get it, and how much it costs.

Is Europe expensive?

Europe could be incredibly expensive or absurdly cheap; it depends on the way you travel and the countries you visit. While France and the UK are among the most expensive nations in the world, countries in eastern Europe are often cheaper than places in Asia or South America.  Check the average budget needed  for every country on your 2-week Europe itinerary and make an adequate budget.

What currency do they use in Europe?

It’s the Euro, right? Yes…and no. Countries in the EU use the Euro, however, not all of them. Also, some countries that aren’t in the EU are allowed to use the Euro. And there are countries like Hungary where you can use both Euros and the local currency. Once you have your 2-week Europe itinerary set,  check here  and see what currency do you need.

Is English wide-spread in Europe?

If you stick to the big cities and the famous landmarks, you won’t have much trouble communicating. The only big European city I’ve been to where they didn’t speak English was Paris. And it’s not like they don’t know the language, they understand everything you tell them in English but prefer to answer in French for some reason.

That’s all from me, I hope you plan the perfect 2-week Europe itinerary . ———————————— If you haven’t planned your trip there yet, find out how I plan my trips! ———————————— I have 480 bucket list ideas for Europe. See my impossible bucket list of 1700+ adventures!

Have you been to Europe?

Some of the above are affiliate links and I will earn a percentage of the sale if you purchase through them at no extra cost to you. This helps keep my site running – so thanks in advance for your support!

Pin It on Pinterest

Travel A-Broads

Just a couple of broads traveling around the world!

How to Plan an Epic 2-Week Summer Europe Itinerary

Planning a trip to Europe this summer? We’ve got you covered with our epic 2-week summer Europe itinerary! My boyfriend, Tim, and I visited Amsterdam , Barcelona , Rome , Vatican City , Florence , Pisa and Cinque Terre last June and had an amazing time (and great weather!).

Although there are a ton of options when visiting Europe, we felt that this 2-week summer Europe itinerary was perfect for us, and I hope you’ll find it useful too.

Of course, you can always use this itinerary as a starting point and replace some of these destinations to better suit your schedule and interests. I previously traveled to other summer European destinations like England, France , Ireland , Iceland , Scotland and Belgium and think all of these are great options for this time of year.

So, without further adieu, let’s dive into our epic 2-week summer Europe itinerary!

* P.S. this post contains some affiliate links. At no additional cost to you, we may earn a small commission when you make a purchase.

Planning Your 2-Week Summer Europe Itinerary

Where should you start and end your 2-week summer Europe itinerary?

Tim and I live in Houston and typically use George Bush Intercontinental Airport (IAH) for our international flights. Since we’ve encountered travel delays, missed connections, etc. in the past, we try to choose direct flights whenever possible, and there are direct flights from IAH to Amsterdam Airport Schiphol (AMS), making it a great choice for port of entry into Europe.

We chose an overnight flight from IAH, which arrived at AMS the next morning, giving us most of the day to explore. We always like to optimize our time in each destination and make the most of our vacation days, so we chose to leave on a Friday night to avoid needing to take off from work that day.

A Broad Recommendation: Prepare for long wait times going through customs at AMS. The airport is quite popular and very busy. We waited for more than an hour before getting through.

If you’re flying from somewhere else in the United States or another part of the world, you may consider direct flights offered from your city instead.

We flew back to IAH on a connecting flight through Montréal-Pierre Elliott Trudeau International Airport (YUL) from Milan Malpensa Airport (MXP). This was a much less pleasant experience, given that we had some flight issues and delays, but it was the cheapest and most convenient option out of Italy, where we ended our trip.

Our 2-Week Summer Europe Itinerary

Here’s the itinerary we researched and followed during our 2 weeks in Europe last June.

• Day 1: Overnight flight from Houston to Amsterdam
• Day 2: Amsterdam
• Day 3: Amsterdam
• Day 4: Amsterdam & evening flight to Barcelona
• Day 5: Barcelona
• Day 6: Barcelona
• Day 7: Barcelona
• Day 8: Morning flight to Rome
• Day 9: Vatican City
• Day 10: Rome
• Day 11: Morning train to Florence
• Day 12: Florence
• Day 13: Morning train to Pisa & afternoon train to Cinque Terre
• Day 14: Cinque Terre
• Day 15: Cinque Terre & afternoon train to Milan
• Day 16: Morning flight from Milan to Houston

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Home to notable residents such as painters Rembrandt and Vincent van Gogh, philosophers John Locke and René Descartes, and Holocaust victim Anne Frank, Amsterdam is the capital and most populous city of the Netherlands and one of the best-preserved cities in all of Europe. And, it’s a great place to start your 2-week summer Europe itinerary!

Amsterdam is often referred to as the “Venice of the North” because of its division into around 90 islands and its large network of canals, which are designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Amsterdam is also one of the most multicultural cities in the world and has a long history of openness, liberalism and tolerance. It’s well known for its nightlife and is home to several world-famous nightclubs. 

We recommend spending between 2-3 days here on your summer Europe itinerary. Here’s how we spent our 3 days in Amsterdam in June :

Day 1 in Amsterdam:

• 9:20 am: Arrive in Amsterdam
• 9:45 am: Transfer to Amsterdam Central Station & store luggage
• 1:30 pm: Lunch at Loetje
• 2:00 pm: #1 Best Rated Walking Tour in Amsterdam (book your time slot in advance)
• 5:00 pm: Amsterdam Tulip Museum
• 6:00 pm: Anne Frank House (book your time slot as soon as tickets go on sale 6 weeks in advance)
• 7:15 pm: Homomonument
• 7:45 pm: Pick up luggage & check in to hotel
• 10:00 pm: Snack & beers at  Café Gruter

Day 2 in Amsterdam:

• 9:00 am:  Rijksmuseum (book your time slot in advance)
• 12:30 pm: Lunch at  Greenwoods
• 1:45 pm: Bloemenmarkt
• 3:30 pm: Begijnhof Chapel
• 4:45 pm: Drinks at Mata Hari
• 5:15 pm: Our Lord in the Attic Museum
• 6:45 pm: A’DAM LOOKOUT  Tower 
• 8:00 pm: Dinner at  Wok To Go
• 9:00 pm: LOVERS Canal Cruise

* Note: You could consider booking the Amsterdam Classic Boat Cruise with Live Guide, Drinks and Cheese in lieu of the LOVERS Canal Cruise. Unfortunately, this cruise was no longer available for our travel dates, but hopefully you’ll have better luck! However, the LOVERS Canal Cruise is also included in I Amsterdam City Card , which made it a good option for us.

Day 3 in Amsterdam:

• 9:00 am: Van Gogh Museum (book your time slot in advance)
• 11:00 am: Check out from hotel
• 11:30 am: Store luggage at Amsterdam Central Station
• 12:30 pm: Lunch at Piqniq
• 2:00 pm: De Nieuwe Kerk
• 2:45 pm:  Oude Kerk
• 3:15 pm: Pick up luggage, head to airport & fly to Barcelona

Where to stay: De Bedstee Capsules Hotel

If you have more time in Amsterdam, you could consider the following:

• Take the short train ride to Haarlem
• Rent a bike and explore Her Amsterdamse Bos
• Visit the  Catboat , a refuge for stray and abandoned cats
• Spend a day in Zaanse Schans , an open-air museum that shows what life was like in the Netherlands in the 18th and 19th centuries

Barcelona, Spain

Located on the northeastern coast of Spain, Barcelona is the capital and largest city of the autonomous community of Catalonia. It’s an important cultural hub, a popular tourist destination and just a short flight from Amsterdam. 

Barcelona is home to famous architects like Antoni Gaudí and Lluís Domènech i Montaner, whose works have been designated UNESCO World Heritage Sites. The city is also known for hosting the 1992 Summer Olympics, in addition to many other international sporting events, tournaments and exhibitions.

We recommend spending at least 3 days in Barcelona to see some of the highlights. From famous historical sights and architectural marvels to beautiful beaches and fun neighborhoods, our Barcelona summer itinerary has it all!

Day 1 in Barcelona:

• 10:00 am: Free Tour of the Old Town of Barcelona (book your time slot in advance)
• 12:30 pm: Lunch at Cuines Santa Caterina
• 2:45 pm: Cathedral of the Holy Cross and Saint Eulalia
• 4:30 pm: Santa Maria del Mar Cathedral
• 5:30 pm: Montjuïc Area & Montjuïc Castle
• 10:30 pm: Dinner at Restaurante La Catalana

Day 2 in Barcelona:

• 10:00 am: Breakfast at  Liadisimo Cafeteteria
• 1:20 pm: Casa Vicens (book your time slot in advance)
• 3:15 pm:  Recinte Modernista de Sant Pau
• 6:00 pm: Appertivo at  Creps Barcelona
• 7:00 pm: Stop at Casa Batlló (book your time slot in advance)
• 8:30 pm: Dinner & drinks at Chiringuito Chambao

Day 3 in Barcelona:

• 9:30 am:  Park Güell (book your time slot in advance & try to book the earliest time slot of the day)
• 11:30 pm: Lunch at Bar Dakmar in Gràcia
• 4:00 pm: Sagrada Família (book your time slot in advance)
• 6:30 pm: Picasso Museum (book your time slot in advance; the museum is free on Thursdays after 5 pm & the first Sunday of each month!)
• 7:30 pm: Dinner Cal Pep (get in line 30 minutes before they open)

Where to stay: Hotel Flor Parks

If you have more time in Barcelona, consider checking out the following:

• La Boqueria : a huge public market that dates back to 1217
• Barcelona History Museum : 40,000 square feet of Roman ruins and archaeological remains from Barcelona’s former medieval city situated under the Plaça del Rei
• Casa Mila : Gaudí’s last private home design and a UNESCO World Heritage Site
• Palau Güell : another one of Gaudí’s masterpieces and another UNESCO World Heritage Site
• Parc de la Ciutadella: a public park with gravel paths, tropical vegetation and interesting sculptures
• Tibidabo: the tallest hill in the Serra de Collserola mountain range which offers epic views and fun activities like the  Tibidabo Panoramic Area , the  Temple of the Sacred Heart of Jesus ,  Tibidabo Barcelona  (one of the oldest amusement parks in the world),  Collserola Park , and the  Torre de Collserola

You may also consider taking a day trip to Girona, another Spanish city known for its medieval architecture and Roman remains, or Montserrat, a gorgeous mountain range that’s home to some of Spain’s most important religious sites.

Rome, Italy & Vatican City

Just a 2-hour flight from Barcelona, in the central-western portion of the Italian Peninsula, Rome is a city that really needs no introduction. It’s the most-visited city in Italy and one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world!

Rome’s history spans 28 centuries, and its stunning architecture, vibrant culture and mouth watering cuisine captivates the hearts of millions of travelers each year.

Located within the city of Rome, Vatican City is the smallest country in the world and the spiritual and administrative headquarters of the Roman Catholic Church.

Steeped in centuries of history and mystery, this sacred enclave holds a treasure trove of art, culture and spirituality and also welcomes millions of visitors each year. Vatican City can easily be added to any Rome or summer Europe itinerary.

Here are some of the most popular things to do in Rome for 3 days and how we recommend exploring the smallest country in the world while you’re there:

Day 1 in Rome:

• 6:10 am: Fly to Rome
• 8:00 am: Arrive in Rome & store luggage at the hotel
• 10:45 am: Colosseum: Underground and Ancient Rome Tour
• 2:30 pm: Lunch at La Prezzemolina
• 5:00 pm: Trevi Fountain
• 5:30 pm: The Pantheon
• 6:00 pm: Dinner & drinks at  Oro Bistrot

Day 2 in Rome:

• 7:30 am: Rome: Sistine Chapel and Vatican Museums Highlights Tour
• 12:00 pm:  Castel Sant’Angelo
• 3:00 pm: Lunch at  Il Pastificio
• 3:30 pm: Gelato at  Caffè Minerva
• 5:45 pm: The Spanish Steps
• 6:00 pm: Aperitivo & dinner at Cielo Terrace

Day 3 in Rome: 

• 9:00 am: Guided Roman Catacombs Tour with Transfers
• 11:00 am: Breakfast at Caffè San Clemente
• 4:45 pm: Victor Emmanuel II Monument
• 6:00 pm: Tiber Island & Trastevere

*BONUS: Head to Gianicolo for Sunset if the weather is nice. It was pouring down rain during our visit, so we didn’t get a good sunset, but we hope you do!

Where to stay: Hotel Nardizzi Americana

If you have more time in Rome, you may want to add the following to your itinerary:

• Capitoline Hill : one of the seven hills on which ancient Rome was built
• Borghese Gallery : home to one of the best collections of Renaissance and Baroque art in the world
• Villa Borghese Gardens : a sprawling park that offers a peaceful retreat from the bustling city and spectacular views of Rome
• Baths of Caracalla : one of the biggest and most impressive ancient thermal complexes, which was built between AD 212 and 216
• Basilica di Santa Maria Maggiore: one of Rome’s four major basilicas
• St. John in the Lateran: Rome’s oldest Basilica
• Pyramid of Caius Cestius : a tomb that was built in the Egyptian style and covered in marble around 12 BC
• Knights of Malta Keyhole : a unique and interesting viewpoint for St Peter’s Basilica from the top of Aventine Hill
• Bocca della Verità (Mouth of Truth) : a legendary marble mask that’s claimed to bite the hand of those who have lied

*Note: I had a medical issue during our time in Rome that prevented us from doing as much as we would’ve liked. If you notice some breaks in the itinerary, that’s because we went back to the hotel to rest in between activities.

Florence, Italy

Nestled in the heart of Tuscany in Central Italy, Florence is just around a 1.5-hour train ride from Rome. It’s known as the birthplace of the Renaissance and was once ranked by Forbes as ‘the most beautiful city in the world’.

Whether you want to immerse yourself in the history of the Duomo, marvel at Michelangelo’s David or indulge in the city’s delicious cuisine, Florence has it all.

We recommend spending 2 days in Florence and to avoid visiting on a Monday, since lots of activities are closed on Mondays. Here’s our 2-day guide that highlights the best things to do in Florence :

Day 1 in Florence:

• 6:40 am: Train from Rome to Florence & store luggage
• 8:30 am: The Duomo Complex (schedule your dome climb well in advance)
• 3:00 pm: Lunch at any restaurant near the Duomo
• 4:00 pm: Florence: Eco-Friendly Golf Cart City Tour
• 6:00 pm: Dinner at Finisterrae

*BONUS: If you have time, search for one of Florence’s infamous wine windows, which date back to the 1500s when nobles were allowed to sell wine without paying taxes or owning a store.

Day 2 in Florence:

• 9:15 am: Accademia Gallery (book time slot well in advance)
• 10:30 am: Uffizi Gallery (book time slot well in advance)
• 12:45 pm: Ponte Vecchio
• 1:15 pm: Lunch at Ristorante Santa Felicita Pontevecchio
• 2:15 pm: Pitti Palace & Boboli Gardens
• 6:00 pm: Aperitivo at Divina Terrazza at the Grand Hotel Cavour (make reservations in advance)
• 8:00 pm: Dinner at Cucineria La Mottonaia

Where to stay: Dafne’s House

If you have more than 2 days in Florence, you may want to check out:

• Biblioteca delle Oblate : a public library and café with awesome views of the Duomo
• Officina Profumo Farmaceutica di Santa Maria Novella : the world’s oldest pharmacy
• Brancacci Chapel : the first great work of art of the 1400s which is often referred to as the ‘Sistine Chapel of the Early Renaissance’
• The Bargello : a former barracks and prison that now houses a national art museum
• Basilica di San Lorenzo : one of the oldest and largest churches in Florence
• Cappelle Medicee : built for the Medici family in the 16th and 17th centuries, these form part of a monumental complex connected with the Basilica of San Lorenzo
• Fontana del Porcellino: a bronze fountain of a boar that’s rumored to provide good luck if you put a coin into the boar’s jaws and promises a return visit to Florence if you rub the boar’s snout

Pisa, Italy

Only a 50-minute to an hour-and-10-minute train ride from Florence, Pisa is definitely worth a quick visit, even if only to see the iconic Leaning Tower.

Though there are other things to do in Pisa, the main attraction is the Piazza del Duomo , which includes the infamous Leaning Tower of Pisa, as well as the Pisa Cathedral, Pisa Baptistery, Camposanto, Opera del Duomo Museum, and Sinopie Museum. We spent our half- day trip from Florence to Pisa exploring this incredible complex. Here’s what we did:

• 7:00 am: Train from Florence to Pisa & store luggage
• 9:00 am: Leaning Tower of Pisa & Piazza del Duomo
• 12:45 pm: Lunch at Bistrot dell’Opera
• 1:00 pm: Train to Cinque Terre & check in to Airbnb

Pisa offers much more than just the Leaning Tower and the Piazza del Duomo. If you have more time, you may want to check out some of Pisa’s historic churches, medieval palaces, and beautiful bridges. The city is also home to the University of Pisa, which dates back to the 12th century, the Scuola Normale Superiore di Pisa, which was founded by Napoleon in 1810, and its offshoot, the Sant’Anna School of Advanced Studies.

Cinque Terre, Italy

An hour-and-a-half train ride north of Pisa is Cinque Terre, a group of centuries-old seaside villages, perched on the dramatic coastline of the Italian Riviera. This is where we ended our 2-week summer Europe itinerary.

The Cinque Terre towns are Riomaggiore, Manarola, Corniglia, Vernazza and Monterosso al Mare. Each boasts colorful houses, steep, terraced vineyards, harbors filled with fishing boats, and trattorias serving delicious seafood specialties.

The Cinque Terre towns, in addition to the coastline and surrounding hillsides, are all part of the Cinque Terre National Park, which was deemed a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1997. And, it’s possible to visit the Cinque Terre towns in 2 days (or 1 full day and 2 half days like we did!).

Day 1 in Cinque Terre:

• 2:30 pm: Arrive in Riomaggiore & check in to Airbnb
• 5:00 pm: Explore Riomaggiore (Church of San Giovanni Battista, Riomaggiore Castle, Riomaggiore Harbor, etc.)
• 6:30 pm: Dinner at Bar Centrale
• 8:30 pm: Catch a sunset at Riomaggiore Harbor

Day 2 in Cinque Terre:

• 10:30 am: Hike from Riomaggiore to Manarola (Via Beccara)
• 11:30 am: Explore Manarola (Church of San Lorenzo, Torre Campanaria, Punta Bonfiglio viewpoint, etc.)
• 12:30 pm: Lunch at Il Porticciolo Manarola
• 2:00 pm: Train to Corniglia & scale the Scalinata Lardarina
• 3:00 pm: Explore Corniglia (Chiesa di San Pietro in Corniglia, Oratorio dei Disciplinati di Santa Caterina, etc.)
• 4:00 pm: Wine tasting at  Terra Rossa Winebar
• 5:30 pm: Hike from Corniglia to Vernazza
• 7:00 pm: Explore Vernazza & climb Doria Castle
• 7:30 pm: Dinner & sunset at  Ristorante Belforte
• 9:15 pm: Train back to Riomaggiore

Day 3 in Cinque Terre:

• 9:30 am: Check out from Airbnb & store luggage
• 10:00 am: Train to Monterosso al Mare
• 10:30 am: Explore Monterosso al Mare (Paese Vecchio, Fegina Beach, il Gigante, Chiesa di San Giovanni Battista, etc.)
• 12:00 pm: Train back to Riomaggiore
• 12:45 pm: Try Fritto misto from Il Pescato Cucinato
• 2:30 pm: Train to Milan

Where to stay: The Rooftop House

*Note: we didn’t do any exploring in Milan, as we got there late in the day and had an early flight the next morning. However, we stayed at the Albert Hotel and ate dinner in the Milano Centrale Railway Station, which has an awesome food court.

Well, there you have it! We hope you found our 2-week summer Europe itinerary helpful and are blown away by all of the history, culture and exciting activities that these cities have to offer.

2-Week Summer Europe Itinerary Add-Ons

But wait, there’s more! If you have more time, you might want to add on one or more of these destinations to your 2-week summer Europe itinerary.

Paris, France

Paris is another city that really needs no introduction. We spent just a day on our last visit to Versailles and Paris, France , but I’ve also done a longer visit in the past. No matter how long you decide to stay, Paris is a great addition to your 2-week summer Europe itinerary.

Normandy, France

Located in Northern France just west of Paris, Normandy is known for its charming coastal towns, lovely countryside, and yummy cheeses and ciders, and is another great addition to your 2-week summer Europe itinerary. We recommend that you spend 2 days in Normandy, France to get a feel for what this beautiful and historic region has to offer.

Dublin, Ireland

A tour of Ireland is another great choice when adding to your 2-week summer Europe itinerary. A few years back, I spent 4 days exploring Ireland by train and bus , using Dublin as our home base and taking several day trips to the Ring of Kerry, Northern Ireland and the Cliffs of Moher.

Edinburgh, Scotland

Last summer, a couple friends and I spent 5 days in Scotland, using Edinburgh as a home base. We explored some of the best places to visit in and around Edinburgh , like Edinburgh Castle, St Giles’ Cathedral, Holyroodhouse, Arthur’s Seat, Glencoe, Loch Ness, the Scottish Highlands, St Andrews, and more. Whether you have a day or two or up to 5 days like we did, Edinburgh is another great destination to add to your 2-week summer Europe itinerary.

Let me know what other destinations you would add to this list in the comments below!

XOXO Sara at Travel A-Broads

P.S. Don’t forget to pin this post, so you can refer back later!

Sign me up for updates!

I’ve been to most of the cities on your itinerary, but did it over three different trips. I loved each place we visited. The only one that I have not done yet Cinque Terre. One day!

We loved them all as well and will hopefully be back to some of them someday! I hope you can visit Cinque Terre someday too; that was probably our favorite!

WOW is this impressive! so helpful with the pacing and locations lined up nicely..must have taken you a long time to put together.. saving this for the future.

It did take quite a while to plan this one, haha, but I hope you and others will find it useful on your future travels!

Looks like an action packed 2 weeks to some of my favorite destinations.

Indeed! We had a blast 😊.

Great 2-week itinerary for Europe. You pack in a lot so you get to see so much during 2 weeks in Europe. Saving for the future.

I hope you’ll find it useful for future planning! This itinerary was great for us, and we felt that we got to see a good amount of each city. Be prepared for a lot of walking though, haha.

Very useful to see how you planned out your itinerary! I’m visiting many of these places in Italy and I’m so glad I found this article and your blog to help me figure out where to go and in what order!

I’m so happy to hear this! Please feel free to email me directly at [email protected] if you have any questions. I’m more than happy to help!

• Meet the Team
• Work With Us
• Itineraries
• Italy Travel Guide
• Hawaii Travel Guide
• Travel Tips

How to Plan a Trip to Europe (2-Week Europe Itinerary)

If you’ve been wanting to visit Europe for a while, you’re probably super excited to begin planning your trip and building your Europe itinerary. In this post, we’re going to show you how to plan a trip to Europe that you’ll never forget!

We know from experience that planning a trip to Europe can be quite overwhelming because there are so many places to go and things to see. You want to make sure you add everything possible to your Europe itinerary. Believe me, we understand how important travel planning is!

We’ve been traveling around Europe for more than 10 years. We now spend at least 2 weekends per month traveling in Europe. That’s why we’ve prepared this Europe trip planner for you.

If you have at least 10 days to spend in Europe, this itinerary will cover all the top spots you must see. Do keep in mind that traveling in Europe can be expensive. You also have to be very wise in your planning to make everything fit together perfectly.

You can fly between cities cheaply if you plan it right. Or you can plan to travel with the Eurail Pass, though this option will take longer.

Let’s get your dream European vacation started. Here’s how to plan a trip to Europe, and see as much as humanly possible in 10-14 days.

Quick. Check these necessities off your prep list!

• Travel insurance : Travelex has reliable coverage at a reasonable price. You can search for the insurance you need on their website, and filing a claim is easy.
• The right luggage can make or break your trip. These hard-sided suitcases come in all different sizes, with spinner wheels and TSA-approved lock.
• Renting a car? Discover Cars helps you search and compare offers from all the top companies. Don’t forget to check if you need an International Drivers License.

Table of Contents

Where to Go in Europe

Europe is full of history, bustling cities, incredible sights, unique places to stay , and – my favorite – amazing food! There are a good number of tourist destinations that just about anyone planning a trip to Europe would want to include in the itinerary.

But, obviously, with just 10-14 days in Europe, there’s no way you can cover them all. We’ve chosen the top destinations that we feel you can fit comfortably into 10+ days.

Planning for Europe? Here’s more…

• How to Plan a 2-Week Trip to Europe

Ultimate Summer Europe Packing Guide

• 11 Charming Small Towns & Cities in Europe

Here are the top destinations we recommend visiting in 10+ days in Western Europe: London (I’m still considering this Europe even if it’s no longer in the EU), Paris , Venice , Rome , Berlin , and Amsterdam .

We love all of these cities for different reasons as you’ll see below, but if you can’t fit them all in, you might need to decide between them. For instance, if you’re wondering if should I visit Paris or Rome , consider aspects like cost, activities, and your own personal interest in those activities.

If you have additional time, you could add Munich , Barcelona , Dublin , and/or Edinburgh . We also suggest checking out some of the more charming and small towns in Europe . Or maybe you’re into history – there are so many great medieval towns to visit .

You might want to take a look at this post with 50 of the best street food destinations in Europe before you decide where to go. There are quite a few that would persuade me.

How to Spend 2 Weeks in Western Europe

There are really two perfectly acceptable ways to take a vacation in Europe. Either way can be quite rewarding, but it depends greatly on your travel style how much time you want to put into planning, and what trips you are looking to book for.

Option 1: Book a pre-planned guided tour

A guided tour is the easiest option, by far. While Europe is very easy to get around for travelers, it can be difficult to figure out how to get from place to place, and very tedious trying to decide what to do in each location.

A pre-planned tour won’t give you the same freedom to do what you want, but it is completely planned out for you and you will always have a guide along to help you with anything you need.

Option 2: Plan your own trip

Planning your own self-guided tour of Europe gives you ultimate freedom to choose what you want to do and when. You can go to the places you want, without a group to tag along with.

The drawbacks are that you have to plan it all out yourself, which can be daunting.  Check out these additional Europe travel tips to help with your planning.

We will give you the options for both below, including a pre-planned tour we highly recommend and a 14-day self-guided itinerary to follow.

Guided Tour of Europe

If you want to try a guided tour, I recommend a Classic Europe 14-day tour.

This tour is run by Expat Explore Travel and includes everything except International airfare, extra excursions that aren’t in the tour itinerary, and personal incidentals.

» See more information about the Classic Europe tour .

The 14-day itinerary includes:

• Start in Amsterdam
• Drive through Brussels for a quick stop en route to Paris
• Visit Burgundy and the breath-taking Swiss Alps
• In Italy , see Pisa, Tuscany, Florence, Rome, and Venice
• Travel into Munich and Bavaria in Germany , then to Nuremberg and Berlin
• Head back to Amsterdam

There are other Europe tour options with varying destinations. Check out the website to see all options with this tour operator .

Self-Guided Tour of Europe – Plan Your Own Travel Itinerary

With a good plan of action, your 2-week Europe trip will run smoothly and provide you with a comprehensive overview including some of the main countries in Western Europe.

If this schedule seems too ambitious for just a 10 day Europe trip, you can always extend your stay in the cities that interest you most and decide not to visit others.

There’s no right or wrong way to do it. It’s entirely up to you.

Day 1-2: London

Arrive in London . Take the Heathrow Express from the airport to your hotel.

You’ll want to stay in West London for easy access to all the top sights. London is very walkable. To get around to all the sights in a day or two, you’ll want to get your walking shoes on.

You can take a hop-on-hop-off bus tour if you’re not up for the walking. For foodies, we highly recommend spending some time doing any of these fun foodie activities in London .

The city is one of the best for restaurants in the world. If you want to take a day trip from London, we suggest Stonehenge , Bath , or Windsor . They’re all very close by and offer a fantastic experience.

In London, be sure to see these sights:

(You can purchase tickets in advance for these activities. These links are affiliate links to activities we’ve done and recommend.)

• Tower of London (with the Crown Jewels)
• Tower Bridge Experience
• Shakespeare Globe
• Churchill War Rooms
• Westminster Abbey & Big Ben
• View from the Shard
• Kensington Palace
• Kew Gardens

How to Spend One Day in London

Things to Do in Windsor: A Perfect Day Trip From London

21 Fun Foodie Things to Do in London

Where to Stay in London: We recommend the Trafalgar St James by Hilton . It’s in a historic building in a really prime location. The hotel and rooms are designed in art deco and the rooms are really spacious and bright. ⇒  Read reviews on Trip Advisor .

Day 3-5: Paris

Travel to Paris on the Eurostar train . The journey takes just 2 hours from St. Pancras Train Station.

Don’t forget to take a picnic lunch and a bottle of wine with you to enjoy on the train. There are so many things to do in Paris . In only two days, you can cover a lot of ground. You can do a few of these great foodie activities , see the top sights on a walking tour, or join this fun gourmet bus tour for a multi-course meal on a double decker tour bus.

You’ll want to either plan on walking a lot, or acquaint yourself with the Paris Metro map and take short trips in between sights. You can also take the Paris hop of hop off bus to get between sights.

Check out our 3-day Paris itinerary that will help you plan what to see.

In Paris, be sure to see these sights:

• Eiffel Tower
• Notre Dame (closed for renovations)
• Seine River Cruise
• Luxembourg Gardens
• Arch d’Triomphe
• The Avenue des Champs-Élysées
• Louvre Museum
• Sacre Coeur & Montmartre

How to Spend One Day in Paris

3-Day Paris Itinerary for First Timers

9 Fun Foodie Things to Do in Paris

Where to Stay in Paris: The best location to stay in Paris is 6th Arrondissement. It is the Latin Quarter. The heart of Paris. And it’s the best location for tourist who are planning to see everything. Here are 8 top hotels with an Eiffel Tower view . We recommend the boutique 4-star  Hotel Parc Saint Severin . The rooms are larger than most in Paris and they’re nicely refurbished. Plus it’s a really great location. The metro is really close.  ⇒ Read reviews on Trip Advisor.

Day 5-7: Venice

Venice is just one of those places you have to visit at least once in your life. It’s an incredibly enchanting city, with so much character that you feel a little like you’re floating around in a Disney movie.

The views across the Grand Canal are so beautiful, and the narrow alleys can lead you to get lost in a city of charm. Everywhere you turn is another incredible view, and a gondola floating by in the distance. It’s one of a kind.

With so many great things to do in Venice, you really need to set up a good itinerary before you leave, to make sure you fit everything in. 

Check out our shortcut guide to all the best parts of Venice, which will help you plan. Definitely make time for a Venice food tour .

The food in Venice is great, if you know where to look. And you can check out our YouTube video for the top 10 things to do in Venice , if you need more ideas.

You can pre-book some of the activities. I would definitely pre-book the activities below, so you don’t miss out.

• Venice Gondola Ride and Serenade
• Eat Like a Local: 3-hour Venice Small-Group Food Tasting Walking Tour
• Legendary Venice St. Mark’s Basilica and Doge’s Palace

Essential Travel Guide to Venice, Italy [Infographic]

Top Foods to Try on a Venice Food Tour

Guide to the Best Wine Regions in Italy

Where to Stay in Venice:

Ai Patrizi di Venezia   If you’re staying for 3+ nights, I highly recommend this apartment. It’s in the perfect location, is incredibly comfortable and clean, and has a kitchenette. We sometimes prefer an apartment to a hotel so we’re not being bothered by housekeeping. This place is a gem. | Read Reviews or Book a Stay Hotel Londra Palace   If you’d rather stay in a hotel because you like the extra amenities, then Hotel Londra Palace is a great choice. It’s in a very good location, only 5 min walk from St. Mark’s Square, with free wifi and a restaurant. Some rooms have a balcony and an incredible view. | Read Reviews or Book a Stay

Day 8-10: Rome

Rome is a city that will capture your heart the moment you arrive. It’s amazing to see so much history packed into one place, and so much of it is scattered right in the middle of a modern city. There’s really no where else like it. Plus the food. You have to go on a food tour and witness it first hand.

If you’re planning a trip, we’ve got you covered with our shortcut travel guide to Rome : an informative and helpful infographic that will give you a quick peek at all the top things you should plan to do in Rome. Here’s our 3-day itinerary to help plan it all out.

Top things to put on your itinerary:

• The Colosseum : This monumental amphitheater is one of the most recognized symbols of Rome, offering a peek into the world of ancient Roman gladiators. Try to book a guided tour to get the full historical context.
• Roman Forum & Palatine Hill : Located near the Colosseum, the Roman Forum was the political, commercial, and judicial center of ancient Rome. The Palatine Hill, according to Roman mythology, is where the city was founded by Romulus.
• Pantheon : This best-preserved monument from the Roman Empire is a marvel of architectural design, with its impressive dome and the oculus at its center.
• Vatican City : Here, you can visit St. Peter’s Basilica, the Vatican Museums, and the Sistine Chapel, with Michelangelo’s renowned frescoes. Be sure to dress modestly as a sign of respect.
• Trevi Fountain : Throw a coin into this iconic fountain to ensure your return to Rome. It’s beautiful during the day, but consider a visit at night when it’s lit up.
• Piazza Navona : This square is home to Bernini’s famous Fontana dei Quattro Fiumi (Fountain of the Four Rivers), as well as various artists, musicians, and street performers.
• Spanish Steps : Climbing these steps from Piazza di Spagna to Piazza Trinità dei Monti offers a wonderful view. The nearby shopping district is a must for fashion enthusiasts.

PRO TIP: Skip the line tickets are necessary in Rome, especially during high season. You won’t waste time waiting in huge lines.

• Eating Europe’s Twilight Trastevere Tour  (We loved this tour! Read about it here .)
• Faster Than Skip-the-Line: Vatican, Sistine Chapel and St. Peter’s Basilica Tour (definitely worth it)
• Colosseum and Ancient Rome Small-Group Tour

What To Do in Rome in 3 Days

Essential Travel Guide to Rome, Italy [+Infographic]

Eat Like a Local on a Rome Food Tour

Where to Stay in Rome

The best location in Rome depends on what you want to accomplish during your stay, but it’s always best to be centrally located so you can walk to all of the main attractions. 

Two great choices in the affordable luxury range are  The Inn at the Spanish Steps  (with a gorgeous roof-top pool) and  Il Palazzetto . We also really enjoyed staying at  Nerva Boutique Hotel  in the popular Rione i Monti area.

Day 10-12: Berlin

Berlin is a very modern city with a good art scene, many museums, great food options, and cultural/historical things to see and do. It’s a sprawling city so you’ll want to be ready for public transportation. 

There are a few Berlin attractions and sights you don’t want to miss like these we’ve listed here:

• Brandenburg Gate : This iconic symbol of Berlin was once a symbol of division during the Cold War, but now stands for German unity and is a must-see.
• Berlin Wall Memorial and Checkpoint Charlie : No visit to Berlin is complete without learning about its Cold War history. The Memorial provides an insightful look into the era of the city’s division.
• Reichstag Building : The seat of the German Parliament, the building’s glass dome offers a panoramic view of the city. It’s a good idea to register in advance for a visit.
• Museum Island : Home to five world-class museums, including the Pergamon Museum and the Neues Museum. The latter houses the bust of Nefertiti, an ancient Egyptian queen.
• Alexanderplatz and TV Tower : A large public square and transport hub in the central Mitte district, featuring the iconic TV Tower (Fernsehturm) which provides excellent views over the city.
• Holocaust Memorial (Memorial to the Murdered Jews of Europe) : A poignant, powerful monument to one of history’s darkest times.

The best way to see all of these sights is on this Discover Berlin half-day walking tour . The tour is really inexpensive and is the best way to learn the historical and cultural past of Germany, while see the top sights.

Foodies will also want to check out Markethalle Neun , an indoor market with international food vendors, especially on Street Food Thursdays! Also plan for a beer tour and a Berlin food tour in order to taste the best parts of the city!

Essential Travel Guide to Berlin, Germany [Updated 2024]

Berlin is a city that holds a certain mystery, due to its interesting history that forever changed the world. ...

Where to Stay in Berlin

One of my favorite hotels is the  Hotel am Steinplatz, Autograph Collection . It’s located right in the center of the city, conveniently located for transportation, so you can easily get around to the top sights. There’s a bar, restaurant, and really comfortable rooms. ⇒ Read reviews on  Trip Advisor .

Day 12-14: Amsterdam

As a tourist, you’ll likely find Amsterdam to be a very welcoming and fun place to explore. The canals and old cobblestone streets make it the quintessential European city, and it’s just so easy to get around. Read our full guide to 3-days in Amsterdam for the full rundown.

The many activities in Amsterdam include history, art and food. I think a good plan to tackle the city includes a bit of walking tour, interspersed with stops to try the local food and drinks.

Be sure to try bitterballen, poffertjes, and frites (which you can get with dozens of different sauces), along with all the cheese. There are dozens of different canal cruises you can take that are often paired with cheese, beer, wine or even pizza.

For drinks, we recommend stopping at some of the beer bars , like Proeflokaal Arendsnest and Beer Temple, as well as the top cocktail bars like Tales & Spirits and Flying Dutchman. And don’t forget to sample the genever at Proeflokaal ‘t Kelkje, one of the best places in Amsterdam to taste genever!

Here are a few links to our favorite tours and activities in Amsterdam so you can purchase your tickets in advance:

• Amsterdam Canal Cruise in Classic River Boat
• Skip-the-line Rijksmuseum & Van Gogh Museum Guided Combo Tour – Private Tour

Eat like a local in Amsterdam with Eating Europe Food Tours – there are 5 tours available:

• Jordaan Food Tour
• Jordaan Food & Canals Tour
• Amsterdam at Twilight Food Tour
• Food Tour in Haarlem
• A Taste of Life in Haarlem

Essential Travel Guide to Amsterdam [Updated for 2024]

Where to Find the Best Beer in Amsterdam

Where to stay in Amsterdam

We like staying near Dam Square in central Amsterdam. It’s fun and lively, close to or within easy walking distance of many of the top attractions, and easily accessible for public transportation. 

Radisson Blu – This is a nicely-decorated 4-star hotel located directly on a canal near Rembrandt Square. Great place to stay.  Read Reviews on Trip Advisor

Tips for Planning a Trip to Europe

Best time to go to europe.

When you decide to go to Europe should be based on what type of experience you want to have. A lot of people make it a priority to go to Europe in the summer because that’s when they take vacation, or when the kids are out of school. 

However, everyone else is doing the same thing. That means July-August is high season and there are a lot of visitors. Attractions are packed, lines are long, prices are high, and it can be really hot outside.

The best weather in Europe can be found from late March to early June and from late September to early December. This is considered the shoulder season in Europe and there will be less people and lower prices.

We prefer to travel during these times because it’s just so much easier. And the nicer weather makes all the difference.

We especially caution against traveling in Italy in August. It is one of the hottest months and the weather can be a real hindrance to your happiness.

Getting to Europe

Many top airlines from around the world have direct flights into London. It’s probably one of the easiest cities to get into.

Check Skyscanner for great deals on airfare. We prefer to fly into London for the ease of it all, but you can skip London and fly directly into Paris, if you wish.

Also keep in mind that airfare is lower on the shoulder and off season than it is during the summer. (See this article for more on how to find great airfare ).

We also recommend flying into one city and out of another, so you don’t waste some of your holiday time flying back to the starting point. Using the multi-city option on Skyscanner , you should be able to find this option without the fares getting to high.

Getting Around Europe

When planning your Europe itinerary, keep in mind the distance between each destination. Europe seems small, but it takes a while to get between destinations. In most cases, you’ll need at least a half day to get between locations, more if taking the train.

Once you arrive in Europe, you can either fly or take the train between cities. We prefer to take early morning or late night flights, to avoid burning active hours in our destination.

Flying is relatively cheap on budget airlines like Ryanair and EasyJet . We fly with them all the time.

There are fees for any extras you add, and checking luggage can be expensive, so do be mindful of that.

See here for an idea of what it costs and the flight times for each of the legs in our itinerary:

• London to Paris: $50
• Paris to Venice: $85
• Venice to Rome: $70
• Rome to Berlin: $95
• Berlin to Amsterdam: $70

Via Train – Eurail Pass

Another way to travel around Europe in by train. You can purchase individual train tickets for each journey you wish to take. That will help you mix and match, if you want to fly between some cities and take the train between others.

However, a more economical way to go by train is with a Eurail Pass. The price of the Eurail Pass varies depending on your needs. They range from $250 to over $1000. For the itinerary we laid out in this post, you would need a 5 days within 1 month pass, which costs $326 (updated 2019).

This allows you to travel on any 5 days over a period of a month. There’s also a 7 days in one month pass for $388, if you think you’d like to tack on another destination. These passes entitle you to travel on specific trains only.

You can’t just show up and get on any train, but you don’t need reservations except for the high-speed and overnight trains (which also require an extra fee). They’re only for non-European travelers. And they can only be used for the class of service booked.

Travel Documents – Schengen Area

Always verify the entry requirements and travel documents needed for each specific country you are trip planning for as requirements can vary. You can check with the embassies or consulates of the countries you’ll be visiting or use official government travel websites for the most accurate and current information.

Ensure that your passport is valid for at least six months beyond your planned return date. Some countries may have different requirements, so it’s always a good idea to check the specific entry requirements for the countries you plan to visit.

Depending on your nationality and the specific European countries you plan to visit, you may or may not need a visa. Citizens of the United States can generally enter the Schengen Area (a group of 26 European countries that have abolished passport control at their mutual borders) for short stays of up to 90 days within a 180-day period without a visa. However, if you plan to stay longer or visit countries outside the Schengen Area, you may need additional visas.

Tipping in Europe

Yes, you do need to tip in Europe. However, it’s not at the custom level of the U.S. There are some key differences.

First of all, 10% is the norm for tipping in a nice restaurant. You can give more if you had a stellar experience, but that’s more like 12%. Not 20%. In a cafe or deli, just round up your bill to the nearest dollar. If it was €3.80, leave the .20 cents as a tip.

In pubs in London and bars in Europe, tipping isn’t expected on small amounts.

Whatever you do, always check the bill for a service charge. There are MANY places throughout Europe now that charge a set service fee and include it in the bill. This is often 10 or 12%. If this fee has been added to your bill, there is no need to tip.

Eating in Europe

Since you’ll be visiting many different countries while in Europe, the food will be very diverse. You will have the best overall experience if you’re willing to try all the foods you come across and have an open mind that you mind really like something you’ve never tried before.

• In London, you should have a Sunday roast , Fish and Chips , a Steak & Ale pie . See our foodie guide to London for more.
• In Paris, are you daring enough to try frog’s legs or escargot ? Definitely make room for crepes and a Croque Monsieur . See our foodie guide to Paris for more.
• In Italy, you’ll find an unimaginable array of pasta dishes , pizza, dried meats, and cheeses. Berlin has a very international food scene. It’s not just Schnitzel and sausage anymore.
• And in Amsterdam, you must try the frites , the bitterballen and the  Poffertjes (pancakes).

In every city, there is now a food tour taking place. We always recommend going on a food tour first thing when you arrive because it gives you a very good overview of the foods you should look out for and where to find them.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is $5000 enough for a trip to europe.

With careful planning and budgeting, $5000 can allow you to have an enjoyable and fulfilling trip to Europe. However, the amount of money you need for a trip to Europe can vary widely depending on several factors, including the duration of your trip, the countries you plan to visit, your travel style, and the activities you want to experience.

How early should I plan my Europe trip?

Starting to plan your Europe trip 6 months in advance is a good timeframe, especially if your trip involves multiple destinations, is during the peak season, or requires visas. This allows you to also get your accommodation booked in advance. However, if your trip is relatively simple and during the off-peak season, you might be able to start planning 3 months before your travel dates.

What’s the best time to visit Italy?

Italy is a year-round destination, but many people prefer the spring (April to June) and fall (September to October) when the weather is pleasant, and tourist crowds in Italy are generally smaller at this time of year.

YOU MIGHT ALSO LIKE

21 Most Charming Small Towns & Cities in Europe

8 Unique Places to Stay in Europe & UK

21 Best Places to Spend Christmas in Europe

Now you know how to plan a trip to Europe, and we’ve given you a 2-week itinerary to follow. What are you waiting for? Whether you take a guided tour or do this Europe 2-week itinerary on your own, I am certain you will find it to be the most exciting and rewarding trip you’ll ever take.

Europe is fascinating and full of surprises. Let us know how your trip to Europe turns out!

Be Prepared For Travel Planning is the most important part of any successful trip. Do it the easy way:

🧳 Travel Packing List | ✔️ Why You Need Travel Insurance | ✈️ What to Do Before You Leave Home

• Find and book the best hotel (our favorite booking site is Expedia)
• Research flight options (our favorite tool is Skyscanner )
• Book a tour (we always use Viator to find the best tours)
• Rent a car through Discover Cars (they search the best deals for you!)

21 of the Best Cities to Visit in Europe

18 Best Wine Regions in Europe for Wine Lovers

Like this post? Why not save it to your Pinterest board ?

Laura Lynch, creator and writer of Savored Journeys, is an avid world traveler, certified wine expert, and international food specialist. She has written about travel and food for over 20 years and has visited over 75 countries. Her work has been published in numerous guidebooks, websites, and magazines.

15 thoughts on “ How to Plan a Trip to Europe (2-Week Europe Itinerary) ”

A great two-week itinerary for those looking to see the capital cities of Europe Laura – and totally agree with the London food choices! We are heading to the UK early next month and the Sunday roast and fish and chips ( with curry sauce) are high on our agenda;) Also an afternoon tea with clotted cream! 🙂 Thanks for sharing this thorough article. Shelley x

I always love a good cream tea!

I am planning on visiting Europe – more like a backpacking trip. And believe, I probably have read all the possible articles about “How to Self Organize Europe Trip” and this is the first article which covered everything I needed to know in a simple and minimal way. I couldn’t thank you enough, Laura. Really helpful!!!!!

Glad you found it useful, Sneha. Enjoy your trip.

This is awesome, thank you ❤️

Thank you for ALL of this great information. I’m in the beginning stages of planning a vacation for my family of 6. We will fly out of JFK – probably late June 2023 and we would like to visit: London, Paris, Venice, (Rome maybe) and Barcelona. Does the order of countries make sense? And know we would do train from Paris to Venice – but what would you suggest for the rest of the trip as far as traveling between countries? Thank you!

Hi Jill. That trip route sounds good. You can actually do all trains, if you don’t mind overnight travel, to save time. I would likely take the Eurostar from London to Paris, fly to Venice, train to Rome, and flight to Barcelona. You can easily get low-cost airline flights between all of those places.

Hi Laura, do you know whether the flight from Paris to Venice would be very busy? We definitely want to hit up London, Amsterdam, Paris and Italy (Venice/Florence/Rome) but felt that 14 days was ambitious for us. We also were hoping to avoid flights as much as possible due to the mass flying and worry it might take forever at the airport during August/September.

Hi Linda. The flight from Paris to Venice is likely always full, but it’s not a bad experience. We fly these routes all the time. You could also take the train! If you want to take a slower journey and actually cover it well, I would recommend 3 weeks for that trip. It is quite ambitious to do it in 2 weeks, but most people don’t have that much vacation time.

Hi and thank you so much for sharing all of this information! I am planning a summer trip for next year and am just researching to get a jump start on things and saving up!

I have a question…is there a way to add in the Almafi coast in this itinerary easily? What would you suggest as far as when you would add that? Before or after Venice…etc. and how many days would you recommend there? I was planning to do a boat day there.

Hi Cassandra. We were just in the Amalfi coast! You’ll love it. If you have time, I would suggest doing this itinerary the opposite way – starting in London and ending in Naples. Then you can visit the Amalfi coast and travel home from Naples.

Thanks so much for the in-depth wonderful article you turned out here .God Bless You

Hi there! This is really helpful!! I’m just confused, and trying to follow the map you post at the top. Just underneath your header “Self-Guided Tour of Europe – Plan Your Own Travel Itinerary”, there’s a map with a travel route posted. But that map does not match up with the route that is detailed below. The map appears to start in London and go to Paris, and them double-back to Amsterdam. But in the written itinerary, you talk about going from Paris to Venice, but this is not shown as the route on the map, and there’s no mention of how to get from Paris to Venice. Just trying to figure out if I follow what’s posted on the map, or what is outline in the written itinerary?? THANK YOU!!!

Hi Sherry. It looks like Amsterdam just got inserted in the wrong place on the map. I’ve updated it to be last instead of 3rd. Although if you wanted to fly into London and out of Rome, you could still put Amsterdam 3rd in the itinerary.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Travel Resources

• Middle East
• North America
• Travel Resources
• Work with me

2 Week Itinerary Europe - 4 Fab Itineraries For Europe in Two Weeks (2024)

There’s so much to do in europe you could drive through 3/4 countries in a day or could spend 10 days driving through a single one while you can’t do it all these four 2 week itinerary europe should help you see the best of europe 2 weeks .

Europe sits on every person’s wish list! It is full of fascinating cultures and centuries of history!

Lucerne in Switzerland , Mykonos in Greece , Paphos in Cyprus and Venice in Italy are some of the most fascinating places in Europe, however it can get quite tricky to tackle these places in Europe in two weeks.

2 weeks in Europe is not enough to experience this vast continent.

There’s so much happening in each town, experiences that need to spend more than a day sometimes and travel does take up quite a chunk of the itinerary too!

There are 44 countries in Europe, full of fascinating cultures and experiences.

Ideally, through a Europe two weeks itinerary, you should be able to cover three or four countries at least. If you have even lesser days, this 10 day Europe itinerary should also help (there’s 8 options!)

So read on to see how to best experience this continent and get the most out of your 2 week Europe trip!

Recommended tours in Europe 

• Old Town and Gothic Quarter Walking Tour in Barcelona
• Pompeii, Herculaneum, & Vesuvius Full-Day Tour from Naples 
• River Seine Cruise in Paris

Here’s four – 2 week itinerary Europe for an amazing getaway!

General info – europe in two weeks.

This post has four itineraries for a 2 weeks Europe trip

Here’s some information about these itineraries which can help you plan your 2 weeks Europe trip :

A Europe trip itinerary 2 weeks should ideally be only for four to five cities maximum. This is because despite many countries being pretty close to each other, you have to take into account the time you’d need for travelling and getting to the airport/train station and from the airport/train station to the city.

These itineraries for a Europe trip in 2 weeks suggest at least two days in a city and one day for travelling between two cities.

Plan your 2 weeks Europe trip itinerary in advance especially if you are visiting in summer. June-August is the peak season for tourism in Europe.

For those who want to do a Europe trip in 2 weeks, I’d suggest you stick to the main, well connected cities. If you have only two weeks in Europe, avoid travelling to faraway places.

2 Week Itinerary Europe

Day 1, 2 –   Lisbon

See the Carmo Convent ruins and Santa Justa Lift. Head to Alfama – the oldest neighborhood of Lisbon. Visit the São Jorge Castle and Lisbon Cathedral.

Enjoy the view of the city from the Miradouro das Portas do Sol, a scenic viewpoint in Alfama. Watch a Fado show and enjoy some Portuguese food.

Start Day 2 with a trip to the colorful Pena Palace in Sintra. Sintra is a 40-minute train ride from Lisbon. In the second half, spend time at the Lisbon Oceanarium, the largest indoor aquarium in Europe.

Day 3 – Lisbon to Barcelona

Fly to Barcelona (nearly 2 hours by flight)

Day 4,5 – Barcelona

Start your day by seeing the Sagrada Familia Cathedral and Arc de Triomf. Next, see the Casa Batlló and Casa Milà.

In the afternoon, you can either see the Palau Nacional de Montjuïc, visit Camp Nou (home stadium of FC Barcelona) or spend time at Tibidabo, home to Spain’s oldest amusement park. Spend your evening at Park Guell. Return to Plaza Catalunya (near La Ramblas) for the Fountain show at 9.30 pm.

For day 2, I suggest these: a Gothic Quarter walking tour ; seeing the Cathedral of Barcelona, La Ramblas, La Boqueria market, Monument of Christopher Columbus, Maritime Museum and sailing in a sunset cruise at Port Vell.

Day 6 – Barcelona to Monaco

Fly to Monaco. Train and bus journeys would be tiring: 9 hours and 12 hours at least.

Day 7, 8 – Monaco

On your first day in Monaco, see the Prince’s Palace, Oceanographic Museum of Monaco and the St. Nicholas Cathedral. Walk along the Monte Carlo Harbour or take a boat trip.

End your day by visiting one of the casinos that the city is known for. If you are planning a trip in late May or June, you can watch the Monaco Grand Prix in the city.

For the second day, I would suggest taking a day trip to Nice. It’s just a 25-minute train journey to Nice from Monaco.

Day 9 – Monaco to Naples

Fly to Naples

Day 10, 11 – Naples

Spend Day 1 in Naples seeing the Naples Royal Palace, Naples Cathedral, Underground Naples, Cappella Sansevero and Castel dell Ovo. In the evening, walk along the city’s coast. Try some Neopolitan pizza in one of the city’s eateries.

Spend the next day taking a day trip to Mount Vesuvius, Pompeii and Herculaneum .

If you’re planning to spend time in Italy in summer this post should help!

Itinerary 1

Europe two weeks itinerary for portugal, spain, france, italy, cities: lisbon – barcelona – monaco – naples – amalfi coast.

Day 12 – Naples to Amalfi Coast

You can drive from Naples to Amalfi Coast, take a bus (3-hour ride) or take a ferry.

Day 13,14 – Amalfi Coast

For your first day, take a day trip to the island of Capri, pass through Sorrento and definitely see the Blue Grotto. This sea cave is illuminated in blue due to the sunlight passing through an underwater cavity and shining through the seawater.

Spend your second day in Amalfi town. See the Duomo di Amalfi and the Museo della Carta. Spend time by the beach or drive along the coastal road. You can also visit the Positano, just a few minutes away from the town of Amalfi.

Itinerary 2

Europe two weeks itinerary for turkey and greece, cities: istanbul – santorini – naxos – mykonos – athens, day 1, 2 – istanbul.

For Day 1, I suggest visiting the Sultan Ahmed Mosque, Hippodrome of Constantinople, Basilica Cistern, Hagia Sophia and Topkapi Palace. End your day by taking a sunset cruise on the Bosphorus Strait.

On day 2, see the Grand Bazaar, Suleymaniya Mosque, Spice Bazaar, Galata Tower, Taksim Square and Dolmabahce Palace.

If you have some time left, you can either do a short food tour or visit one of the many museums in the city.

Day 3 – Istanbul to Santorini

Fly to Santorini (about 4 hours)

Day 4,5 – Santorini

Here is a 2 days in Santorini itinerary

Day 6 – Santorini to Naxos

Ferries take between one to two hours to get from Santorini to Naxos.

Day 7, 8 – Naxos

The main village on the island is called Naxos town or the Chora.

The best things to do on the island are dining and shopping in the Naxos town, spending time at the gorgeous golden beaches, seeing the ruins of Apollo Temple and Temple of Demeter, hiking on one of the mountain trails and seeing the traditional Chalki village.

Plaka Beach , Agios Georgios Beach, Agios Prokopios Beach, Agia Anna Beach and Aliko Beach are some of the best beaches on the island.

Day 9 – Naxos to Mykonos

Take the ferry from Naxos to Mykonos (45 mins – 1.5 hours: depends on the ferry you take)

Day 10, 11 – Mykonos

The main town here is Mykonos town. Mykonos town is where you’ll find the best nightlife and dining options and the Old Port.

The best things to do in Mykonos are –

Enjoying nightlife in the Mykonos town, shopping and dining in the area

Visiting the Ano Mera village

Seeing the ruins of Delos island

Seeing the Kato Mili windmills

Watching the sunset from Little Venice or Armenistis Lighthouse

And of course, spending time at some of Greece’s most beautiful beaches!

Ornos and Platis Gialos beaches are great for families. Paradise, Super Paradise, and Paraga are the best beaches if you want to party.

Here’s a Greece 7 days itinerary if you’re trying to figure how many days to spend in Greece!

If you’re planning to spend April in Greece refer to this post !

Day 12 – Mykonos to Athens

Fly to Athens (the fastest way) or take a ferry (time depends on the ferry you’ll take).

Day 13,14 – Athens

Visit the Acropolis, Acropolis Museum and Parthenon during your time in Athens. There are other sites of Greek history to see, such as the Philopappos Hill, Temple of Hephaestus and Temple of Olympian Zeus.

See the changing of the guard in front of the changing of the guard in front of the Greek Parliament and spend time at the National Archaeological Museum. Try Greek food from street outlets in Monastiraki and Plaka

This is a great 2 week itinerary Europe for the summer season. Naxos and Mykonos have some of the best beaches in Greece .

If you don’t have enough time for a Europe trip 2 weeks, this itinerary can be done in 10 days too – skip one of the islands and spend only a day in Athens and Santorini.

This post has information on how you can see Athens in a day and this on spending a day in Santorini (and how many days in Santorini you actually need!).

Itinerary 3

Europe two weeks itinerary for united kingdom, netherlands, france, cities: dublin – edinburgh – london – amsterdam – paris.

These well connected capital cities in Western Europe would make for an easy 2 weeks Europe trip.

Day 1,2 – Dublin

Begin day 1 by seeing the Trinity College, Book of Kells and The Long Room. Next, see the street with the Temple Bar. Next, see the Ha’penny bridge and the GPO Museum. See The Brazen Head, Dublin’s oldest pub, Christ Church Cathedral and the Guinness Storehouse.

End your sightseeing early for a pub crawl and enjoy the nightlife in the city.

For Day 2, see the Molly Malone statue, the Dublin Castle, the Chester Beatty Museum and St Patrick’s Cathedral. Visit the Teeling Whisky Distillery for a tour or tasting session and the Irish Whiskey Museum to learn about the history of Irish whiskey.

Day 3 – Dublin to Edinburgh

Fly to Edinburgh. The journey needs a little above an hour.

Day 4,5 – Edinburgh

Start day 1 by seeing the Edinburgh Castle. After that, you can either visit the Camera Obscura or visit the Scotch Whisky Experience.

Post lunch, walk down the Royal Miles to see St Giles’ Cathedral, The Real Mary King’s Close, Cadenhead’s Whisky and the Palace of Holyroodhouse. Go to Arthur’s seat for a great view of the city.

On Day 2, see the National Museum of Scotland, Scottish National Gallery and Royal Yacht Britannia.

In the afternoon, explore the Dean village, a quaint city area. Or for Potterheads, there is the Potter trail, a free tour of Old Town Edinburgh (Pre-book: the afternoon tour starts at 2 pm).

Day 6 – Edinburgh to London

Take the train or fly to London

Day 7,8 – London

On Day 1, see the London Tower, Tower Bridge and eat at the nearby Borough Market, the city’s well-known food market. See the beautiful Kensington Garden and Palace. Pick between the Science Museum and the Natural History Museum.

On day 2, see Hyde Park, the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace, Westminster Abbey, Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. You can see the state apartments inside Buckingham palace during the summer months.

Walk by Trafalgar Square and see the National Gallery. Take a ride on the London eye in the evening to watch the setting sun paint the city with beautiful red hues. Pop into a pub to enjoy London’s pub scene.

Day 9 – London to Amsterdam

Fly to Amsterdam or take the train (involves change at 1 station).

Day 10, 11 – Amsterdam

Visit the Jordaan neighbourhood when in Amsterdam – this neighbourhood is popular for its food and architecture. Explore Des 9 Straatjes or ‘the nine streets’, which is excellent for food, shopping and seeing the canal houses.

You should also see the Anne Frank museum, the house where the Frank family hid for two years during the war, the Rijksmuseum and the Van Gogh Museum. Take a canal cruise during the evening time.

If you’re here in spring (end of March to May), don’t miss out on going to  Keukenhof to see the incredible tulip gardens.

Day 12 – Amsterdam to Paris

Take the high-speed train to Paris or a direct flight.

Day 13,14 – Paris

A trip to Paris would be incomplete without spending time at the iconic Eiffel Tower . This is   one of the most crowded attractions in Paris: buy skip-the-line tickets for the Eiffel Tower, especially if this is a part of your Europe summer itinerary

Other traveler favorites include the Notre Dame Cathedral, the Louvre Museum, and river cruising on the Seine river . You can also visit the  Sainte-Chapelle, a royal chapel with exquisite glass stained windows and Musée d’Orsay, a museum with stunning impressionist art.

If you are looking for something other than museums, consider visiting the Moulin Rouge to experience cabaret and theatre or taking a wine tour or tasting session through a local operator.

Itinerary 4

Europe two weeks itinerary for art lovers – germany, czechia, austria, italy, cities: berlin – prague – vienna – florence – rome, day 1, day 2 – berlin.

Spend at least half of your day at the Museumsinsel or Museum Island, a group of five museums in the heart of Berlin. Antiques, paintings, sculptures and artefacts galore: you’d easily need a few hours to admire and wander around this UNESCO World Heritage site.

For contemporary art, there are so many spaces that you possibly cannot cover all of these in two days. Contemporary Fine Arts, EIGEN + ART and Koneg Gallery are a few of the well-known ones.

See the East Side Gallery memorial, a large open-air museum with painted graffiti and the largest preserved section of the Berlin Wall.

Day 3 – Berlin to Prague

Currently, there are no direct flights from Berlin to Prague. You can take the bus, train, share a ride, or drive to Prague, which will need 4 to 4.5 hours.

Day 4, 5 – Prague

In Prague visit the National Museum, DOX Centre for Contemporary Art, Museum of Decorative Arts, Museum Kampa and Meet Factory. Like Berlin, there are so many galleries and spaces here, that in 2 days you will not be able to see all of them.

Day 6 – Prague to Vienna

Prague to Vienna by train needs 4 hours vs 4.5 hours through a car or rideshare. Or you can fly to Vienna in 2.5 hours.

Day 7, 8 – Vienna

There are so many museums in this city that you’ll be spoilt for choice. You’ll have to pick a few depending on your interests.

Start with the Museums Quartier, an area with 60 cultural institutions. The Natural History Museum, Kunsthalle Wien, Leopold Museum, ZOOM Kindermuseum and the MUMOK (Museum of Modern Art) are popular attractions here. You can also see the Hofberg, another speciality museum nearby.

See the Belvedere Palace and relax in its beautiful Baroque park. The Belvedere Palace also has a stunning art collection made up of paintings from famous Austrian and other European artists.

Day 9 – Vienna to Florence

The best way is to take a flight to Florence (3-4 hours). Taking a bus is cheaper, but it’ll need at least 12-13 hours or more.

Day 10, 11 – Florence

On Day 1 visit the Uffizi , Galleria dell’Accademia , Musée Marino Marini (for contemporary art) and Pitti Palace Galleries. The Pitti Palace Galleries include the Royal Apartments, Palatine Gallery, Museum of Costume, Modern Art Gallery and Grand Dukes Treasury.

Keep some time aside to visit the Duomo, a landmark of the city, Basilica of Santa Croce and see the city from the Piazzale Michelangelo.

Day 12 – Florence to Rome

Take the scenic train ride from Florence to Rome ( a little more than an hour) or drive to Rome. Most flights are indirect flights and will take longer than a train or road trip.

Day 13,14 – Rome

Vatican museums, striking architecture and contemporary art galleries; there’s art around every corner in Rome.

Here are some of the places you could visit to admire Roman art –

Vatican Museum

National Roman Museum

Galleria Borghese

Musei Capitolini.

Doria Pamphili Gallery

 San Luigi dei Francesi for Carravagio paintings

For day 2, do keep some time aside to see the  mighty Colosseum and the Pantheon.

Europe is full of endless possibilities and no matter which destination you pick you will leave with memories to last a lifetime!

Pick places you’ve had on the bucket list for ages for your first Europe trip, then keep returning to cover itineraries you can do in proximity of each other to get the most done and not spend time on transport!

Even if you pick the same route, there’s always more to discover in Europe!

European Itinerary 2 Weeks – frequently asked questions

How many european countries can you visit in 2 weeks.

You can visit three/four/five countries, if you want to see Europe in 2 weeks. Many European countries are very close to each other or well connected by road, rail and air. Three-four countries is ideal for a Europe in 2 weeks itinerary

What is the best way to see Europe in 2 weeks?

The best way to travel Europe in 2 weeks is to pick two/three/four countries and stick to the main cities in these countries. Stick to the main, well connected cities for a 2 week europe trip itinerary. In this way, you’d have a good number of options to travel between cities quickly and get enough time to see the highlights of the cities on the days you are not travelling.

Is two weeks enough for Europe?

Yes, if you don’t plan to visit too many places and travel frequently.

A Europe 2 weeks itinerary is definitely not long enough for Europe. Through a 2 weeks Europe trip itinerary, you can see one city in three to four countries, or five countries, if the countries are closer to each other. Seeing Europe in two weeks means you’d have to pick only a few cities and their highlights to see.

What is the average cost of a 2 week European vacation?

A low budget 2 week Europe trip would cost 1500-2000$. A mid budget two week Europe trip would cost 2500-3000$. This also depends on the season when you take the 2 week trip to Europe.

2 weeks in Europe would be the most expensive from June to August which is the peak season, so you would be paying higher for flights and accommodation.

Award-winning Analyst, multi-nominated digital content creator and photographer Lavina Dsouza's words capture stories about culture and tradition mainly through its food and people. She has written and contributed to publications such as The Washington Post, Lonely Planet and Matador Network, to name a few. She is the editor of UntraditionalHumans.com, a non-profit created to share inspiring stories from women of colour who break free from traditions and choose happiness.

She's also a speaker passionate about DEI and champions solo travel. She has collaborated with numerous renowned brands such as Intrepid Travel, TripAdvisor, Travel and Leisure and Adobe, to name a few.

She can be found on Twitter and Instagram.

PIN FOR LATER!

What’s a Mediterranean destination you love?

I’d love to hear them in the comments below!

10 Hottest Places in Europe in September – FAB Spots for a trip! (2024)

Where’s Hot in April in Europe? 20 Warm Places to Visit in April (2024)

Is Eindhoven Worth Visiting? Here’s Top Reasons why you Should and Shouldn’t! (2024)

Here’s How Many Days In Vienna is Enough for a FAB Trip! (2024)

Here’s How Many Days In Athens is Enough for a FAB Trip! (2024)

Here’s How Many Days In Rome is Enough for a PERFECT Trip! (2024)

13 FAB Things To Do in Oia, Santorini (2024)

19 Warmest Places in Europe in March (2024)

10 day Europe Itinerary : 8 PERFECT 10 Day Europe Trips for the BEST vacay! (2024)

Is Swiss Travel Pass Worth It? – A Detailed Guide (2024)

Autumn in Switzerland – The BEST Things to do in Switzerland in Fall (2024)

10 Best 2 Days in Switzerland Train Itinerary Ideas (2024)

Some of the links on this post are affiliate links. These do not cost you extra to use, but will help provide Continent Hop with a small commission if/when you purchase through them, to recover some of the costs of running this website and providing free content to help you plan your travel. I appreciate your support!

Add comment Cancel reply

Get our Rail Planner app

Plan your trip, get extra discounts, and show your Pass as you go.

Our favorite spring routes

Celebrate spring with these 7 off-the-beaten-path train routes

All about seat reservations

Everything you need to know about booking your seats

Alternatives to Busy Routes

Travel between popular European cities without seat reservations

Through our Chatbot in the bottom right corner.

Ask the Community

Browse questions from fellow Eurail travellers, or ask your own!

• Plan your trip
• Suggested Itineraries

2 weeks in Europe in winter

• Order overview
• Reservations overview
• My Trips & Travelers
• {{translatedTraveler}} {{#promotional}} {{currencySign}} {{standardPrice}} {{/promotional}} {{quantity}}x {{currencySign}} {{finalPrice}}
• Child {{childPasses}}x FREE
• {{translatedPassType}}
• {{translatedValidityPeriodDescription}}
• {{translatedClass}}
• Remove Pass(es)
• {{variant.localizedTravelPackDescription}} {{quantity}}x Free
• {{variant.localizedPassUpgradeDescription}} {{quantity}}x {{currency}} {{price}}
• Your order will arrive by {{expectedDeliveryDate}} 1 x {{currency}} {{price}}

Your cart is empty

Winter is an amazing time to travel Europe by train. If you have 2 weeks in Europe in winter, here’s how you'll all the winter scenery and festive cheer.

Itinerary highlights 

Click here or on the map to view this route in our Trip Planner. 

London, England

England is full of iconic architecture. Start by paying a visit to the  Big Ben , the Houses of Parliament , and Westminster Abbey .

Get a bird’s eye view of the city from the London Eye ferris wheel.

Looking to splurge on Christmas items? Head to Harrods and take in the incredible themed windows.

Paris, France

Think you've seen impressive decorations in London? Visit the Parisian “ Grands Magasins ”, or department stores, in the lead up to Christmas — they will put you in the perfect holiday spirit.

Snap a picture of the Eiffel Tower and Arc de Triomphe  in their snow-covered glory, or head to the Sacré Coeur Basilica  for panoramic views of the city.

Wander the  Champs-Élysées Christmas Market , open from late November to early January.

Geneva, Switzerland

Feeling adventurous? Sign up for epic winter activities like cross-country skiing, snowboarding or sledding.

If you prefer to take it easy there are several beautiful ice skating rinks located throughout the city. You could also try your hand at gentle snowshoeing.

Time your visit to coincide with Winterfest from late January to early February. It’s the perfect combination of art, entertainment, and winter.

Interlaken, Switzerland

Take a boat cruise on Lake Thun or Lake Brienz — passage is included in your Eurail pass.

Catch the epic train up to the Top of Europe at Jungfraujoch . Eurail Pass holders receive a discount upon showing their Pass.

Catch a private train into the Lauterbrunnen Valley to soak up the views of one of Switzerland’s most picturesque destinations.

Munich, Germany

Warm up in a traditional Bavarian beer hall, and be sure to sample a few German delicacies in the process.

Visit Kripperlmarkt — one of Germany’s most beautiful Christmas markets packed full of local delicacies.

Feeling brave? Suit up and track down the still surfing wave in Englischer Garten . You can rent equipment from several stores in the city.

Cologne, Germany

Cologne is home to some of Germany’s most celebrated Christmas markets. The ‘ Am Dom ’ market has the benefit of being located next to the famous Cologne Cathedral.

Visit the Cologne Cathedral — this remarkable building took 600 years to complete.

Wrap up warm and go for a scenic walk along the Rhine and across the various pedestrian bridges.

Brussels, Belgium

Warm up with a tasting of Belgium’s best chocolates at one of the dozens of famous stores in the capital.

Soak up the festive spirit in the city centre - you’ll find Christmas lights, a variety of activities, a popular Christmas market, and an infectious atmosphere from November to the end of December.

Traveling through Brussels in January? Belgium’s capital comes alive with Jazzuary, a packed schedule of jazz-based gigs throughout the city.

Which Pass Should I Get?

If you have two weeks in Europe in winter and you want to see all of the above, the best pass to get is a Eurail Global Pass. This will allow you access on most trains in Europe, many without advance reservations.

Change of currency

You cannot change the currency once you have a Pass in your cart. Remove the Pass, and then change the currency on the website header.

The Ultimate 2-Week Eastern Europe Itinerary: 6 Great Routes

Last Updated on January 3, 2024

by Maggie Turansky

Disclaimer: This article contains affiliate links. That means if you click a link and make a purchase, we may make a small commission. As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases. For more information, see our privacy policy.

Planning the perfect Eastern Europe itinerary when you only have a finite number of days or weeks to play around with can be a head-spinning and frustrating undertaking. It’s only until you sit down and pull out a map (or, more realistically, open up Google Maps) that you realise how vast this region of the continent is and how much there really is to see.

Do you want to head to the Central European favourites like Budapest or Prague ? Do you venture up north and explore the charms of the Baltic states? Or do you head southeast and devote your time to one country like Romania or Bulgaria?

So if you’re in the process of planning a trip to Eastern Europe and are a bit stuck on what the optimal route is for you, then look no further.

Table of Contents

Which countries are in Eastern Europe?

For those who haven’t travelled extensively around the region, it may not seem like the term “Eastern Europe” is even that loaded, however, you will soon learn that it is not so much a term that defines a region and can be far more political and cultural than meets the eyes.

Many people will jump to thinking that the term “Eastern Europe” refers to the Warsaw Pact countries or the countries that were under Communist rule from WWII up until the early 1990s. This typically includes the countries in former Yugoslavia and anything east of Germany or Austria (excluding Greece and Turkey).

Where things can get complicated is that many residents of certain countries don’t like to be referred to as Eastern European. For instance, the countries of Poland, Czech Republic, Hungary, Slovakia and Slovenia often would prefer to be referred to as Central Europe – and geographically, that is where they are.

And the countries of Croatia, Serbia, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Montenegro, Albania, North Macedonia and Bulgaria are best referred to as the Balkans. And Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania? They’re the Baltics.

So which countries are actually in Eastern Europe? It’s still complicated, however, you’re generally safe to assume that countries like Romania, Ukraine, Moldova, Belarus and Russia are all in Eastern Europe.

I would also go so far as to consider the countries of Georgia, Armenia and even Azerbaijan all the way in the South Caucasus as a part of Eastern Europe. I say this because, although geographically they may rest in what is technically Asia, culturally they are far more European.

So, as you can see, Eastern Europe is generally quite a vague term that encompasses a number of vastly different regions and nations. However, it is also one of our absolute favourite regions to travel in the entire world and visiting anywhere in this vast corner of Europe is sure to spark your wanderlust.

How to get around Eastern Europe

Depending on which area of Eastern Europe you intend to travel to, the best way to get around will vary. However, what’s good is that, especially if you only plan to visit major cities, it’s very easy to get around most areas relying only on the train or bus. Just what form of public transit will depend on where you are.

If you plan to do the classic “Eastern Europe” itinerary (ie Central Europe) and hit top cities like Budapest, Prague, or Krakow, then you can easily get around while relying on the train.

Train connections in Central Europe are frequent, reliable and relatively affordable — especially if booked in advance through platforms like Omio. You can click here to view schedules.

It can be popular to plan to use night trains to save on accommodation or time in transit, but keep in mind that these can book out quite early in high seasons and they can be quite expensive, depending on where you’d like to go.

If you want to save some money, you will find that the bus is a cheaper option and offers just as many routes. Companies like FlixBus offer numerous routes between cities at affordable price and buses are generally fairly comfortable and reliable. There are also overnight bus routes, but this is quite a tiring and uncomfortable way to travel.

If you happen to be travelling in the Balkans or Baltics, you are going to have to forget about any visions you had about taking the train. Rail routes are few and far between and where they may exist, they will be painfully slow, exceptionally outdated, and rather uncomfortable.

The vast majority of the Balkans and Baltics aren’t actually on a rail network, anyhow, so your best bet is going to be taking the bus if you’re relying on public transit.

In the Baltics, there is a wonderful bus company called Lux Express that is arguably going to be the nicest bus that you will ever encounter. They are comfortable, have wifi and entertainment systems and serve most major routes throughout the Baltics and even into Poland and Russia. You can book bus tickets for the Baltics here.

In the Balkans, FlixBus operates in some countries, but there are far more bus companies available and finding out the schedules can be tricky depending on where you are. Your best bet is to check out the bus timetables at the station when you arrive so you have an idea because information on the internet may be incomplete or incorrect.

If you don’t want to rely on public transit, then you can always rent a car when travelling in Eastern Europe. This will allow you to have more flexibility with your itinerary and not be at the mercy of erratic timetables and long bus or train journeys.

However, please make sure to double-check that the rental company will allow you to cross borders and that the car is provided with the adequate insurance in order to do this.

The rental company should handle this and it isn’t the consumer’s responsibility, but do make sure that you are properly equipped before starting your Eastern Europe travel itinerary.

If you want to rent a car while travelling in Eastern Europe, we recommend using RentalCars.com to find the best deals on a car hire.

Finally, it’s worth making sure you have travel insurance for your Eastern Europe trip. If you’re travelling on a budget and are only after travel medical insurance it’s worth checking out  SafetyWing’s nomad insurance.

How long to spend in Eastern Europe

So how many days or weeks should you dedicate to your itinerary through Eastern Europe? With the region encompassing so many countries and sub-regions, it can feel like there is never enough time to see everything and deciding the ideal trip length can seem incredibly overwhelming.

The first thing that you need to understand is that it is impossible to see everything in a limited period of time and if you try to cram in too much, you are going to spend the vast majority of your time in transit between cities and destinations rather than actually enjoying and exploring the destination itself.

We always encourage slow travel and that doesn’t necessarily mean that you need to take numerous weeks off in order to travel to Eastern Europe, it just means that you should absolutely spend a bit longer in each destination that you visit. So, if you only have time for a one-week itinerary, then we would suggest limiting your trip to just two cities.

If you want to see a good portion of the region you’ve decided to visit while still not taking a tonne of time off work or away from home, then we think that planning for two weeks is the ideal amount of time. Within a fortnight, you can get a good taste of whichever region you plan to visit and really experience some diverse and dynamic destinations.

Obviously, if you have longer and are looking to spend 3 weeks in Eastern Europe, then you can very much find a multitude of ways that you could fill your time.

3 weeks really is optimal to begin to dig deeper and get a bit off the beaten path and to see some cities and towns away from the major capitals. This will give you a broader idea of the general culture of whichever country or region you are visiting and help you gain a better understanding of the area.

There are always options if you have longer than 2 or 3 weeks in Eastern Europe as there are a myriad of regions and countries that you could visit.

You also could take the opportunity to base yourself for a longer period of time in a particular city and explore more of the surrounding area via day trips and even venture off the beaten tourist path in the city itself.

The possibilities are endless in Eastern Europe no matter how long you’re able to spend, just make sure that you can do each destination justice by spending enough time there.

For the purposes of this article, all of these itineraries are meant to be for about 2 weeks. If you’re looking for a one-week or 10-day Eastern Europe itinerary, then just take away one or two destinations mentioned as they interest you. Again, it’s best to keep in mind that it is impossible to pack everything in just a short time period.

Second, as mentioned earlier, there are lots of different regions that encompass greater Eastern Europe and we’ve put together itineraries for each of these.

If you want more information once you’ve decided where it is that you want to in Eastern Europe, we have dedicated itineraries for Central Europe , the Balkans , the Baltics , and even the Caucasus if you are feeling intrepid.

Central Europe Routes

Central Europe is what most people are looking for when they think to plan an itinerary for Eastern Europe. Filled with some of the most beautiful cities in all of Europe and packed with interesting culture and fascinating history, this region is sure to delight all those who venture there.

Classic Central Europe Route

This two-week itinerary will take you past some of the most popular and beautiful places to visit in what many believe to be “Eastern Europe”. This route starts in Budapest and ends in Prague, but you can easily reverse it if it makes the most sense to you.

Budapest – The capital of Hungary is an excellent place to start any trip to Eastern Europe. It is something of the gateway to Eastern Europe and a great jumping-off point to visiting Central Europe, the Balkans, or Romania.

Budapest is one of the most beautiful and dynamic cities in all of Europe and you’re sure to fall in love with it instantly with it’s incredibly picturesque skyline set along the mighty Danube River. Plan to spend about 4-5 days in Budapest to really do the city justice before moving onto your next destination.

Vienna – Though not technically Eastern Europe, Vienna is an essential addition to an itinerary of this sort. Austria’s grand capital is a lovely place to explore for about 3-4 days and it is highly recommended that you take a day trip to the nearby capital of Slovakia, Bratislava .

Brno/Olomouc – Spend 2 days exploring one of Czechia’s other cities and while Olomouc is a personal favourite of ours, Brno is a more direct stop and also offers another great perspective of the Czech Republic beyond the capital city.

Prague – No itinerary of this sort would be complete without including the Czech Republic’s inimitable capital of Prague . The city is very popular, however, there are lots of places to visit within it that are off the beaten path. Plan to spend about 3-4 days in the city itself and then give yourself more time to go on a day trip or two.

Have More Time? If you have a bit more time to dedicate to this itinerary, please consider exploring more the Czech Republic . There is so much to see in this incredible country beyond Prague – and very few international visitors tend to dig deeper and explore the country.

If you want to get out in nature and see some of the countryside, then head to the Jeseniky Mountains or Bohemian Switzerland National Park, or if you want to experience some more Czech cities, it can be worth it to head to Brno or even industrial Ostrava . For smaller towns and cities, head to Karlovy Vary , Cesky Krumlov or Pilsen.

Alternative Central European Route

If you’re still after a Central European route but want to visit more countries, consider spending a bit of time in Poland rather than Czechia.

Budapest – Again, start your itinerary in Budapest and plan to spend 4 days exploring this incredibly beautiful city. There is so much to see and do in Budapest that you’re sure not to be bored.

Vienna – From Budapest, head onto Vienna for 3 days and make sure to do a day trip to Bratislava in order to see another amazing Central European city.

Prague – Plan to spend at least 3 nights and two full days exploring Prague, taking in the city’s top sites and learning about its vast and complex history. Also, Prague has some of the best beer in the world at some incredibly affordable prices!

Wroclaw – From Prague, head over to spend a day in the charming city of Wroclaw , Poland. This lesser-visited city is dotted with interesting sites to see and full of endearing quirks — including a myriad of little dwarf statues that can be spotted throughout the city!

Krakow – End your itinerary in Poland’s second-largest city of Krakow . This city is filled with history, both heartbreaking and fascinating, and it is worth taking the time to explore that along with it’s beautiful Old Town.

It is also possible to take a day trip to the Wieliczka Salt Mine or to Auschwitz-Birkenau Concentration Camp Museum. You could even take a day trip to the Tatra Mountains, if that suits your fancy.

Have More Time? If you have more time to devote to this itinerary, consider exploring more of Poland, including heading to the capital of Warsaw or to some smaller cities like Poznan or Gdansk , where you may find fewer crowds than in cities like Krakow and, in the latter city, even enjoy a beautiful Baltic beach. You could also combine this itinerary easily with a route through the Baltic countries if you have around 4-5 weeks to play around with.

Baltics Routes

The Baltics are one of Europe’s most underrated regions but also happen to contain some of the most charming spots in all of Eastern Europe. Filled with fairy-tale-like cities, incredible cuisine and fascinating history, this is how you should spend two weeks in the Baltics.

Classic Baltic Route

If you’re interested in dipping your toe into the Baltic countries and just want to get a feel, then this two-week route through the capitals is a great option for you.

Warsaw – Poland’s capital is one of the easiest places to begin this route. Plan to spend about 2 days exploring this historic city while taking in its refurbished Old Town and visiting some of the great museums.

Vilnius – The capital of Lithuania has been subjected to some great marketing campaigns, however, it still doesn’t get nearly the amount of visitors that it deserves.

Home to one of Europe’s largest old towns, a great cafe culture, and its own “independent republic,” plan to spend about 3 days in Vilnius to get the most out of the city and maybe take a day trip.

Riga – Next, head up to Latvia’s cosmopolitan capital of Riga. There is so much that Riga has to offer, but it is a real joy for architecture geeks — boasting one of the best collections of Art Nouveau architecture in Europe. Riga also has a lovely Old Town, great restaurants, and an incredible Central Market. Plan to spend 2-3 days in Riga to get the most out of the city.

Tallinn – The Estonian capital may well be the most beautiful city in the entirety of Europe (move over Paris or Seville!) however, very few visitors give it the time it deserves.

The medieval old town packs a significant amount of charm, but there is so much more to see in Tallinn that it’s worth spending at least 3 or 4 days to really do Estonia’s capital justice.

Alternative Baltics Route

If you are looking for an itinerary through the Baltics that allows you to really dig deep into the region, then this route commencing in Vilnius and ending in Tallinn is a great option for you.

Vilnius – Start your trip in Lithuania’s capital and plan to spend 2-3 days here exploring the top sites, going for a day trip, and enjoying the laid-back nature before moving on.

Kaunas – Lithuania’s second-largest city can be seen in about one full day, but it is still very much worth exploring. Kaunas boasts a lovely old town, one of Europe’s longest pedestrian streets, fantastic street art, fascinating museums, and an imposing medieval castle making it a can’t-miss stop in Lithuania.

Riga – Now it’s time to visit Latvia’s beautiful capital city. Take the time to enjoy its cosmopolitan energy, enjoy the cuisine, and maybe take a day trip to the seaside town of Jurmala located just outside of the city.

Tartu – Estonia’s second-largest city is far too often ignored by visitors to the Baltic, but it really shouldn’t. There are lots of things to do in Tartu that can easily occupy one or two full days including exploring the old town, visiting museums, enjoying its art scene, and indulging in some of the city’s fantastic restaurants.

Tallinn – End your itinerary in Tallinn, trying to spend at least three days enjoying this incredible city. Tallinn is so cool and dynamic and has so many layers that you are sure to be charmed and itching to explore more.

Have More Time? If you have more time to dedicate to the Baltics, there are so many more places that you could visit. Consider heading to the coast of Lithuania and exploring the city of Klaipeda and the beautiful Curonian Spit . Or, head to the seaside town of Liepaja, Latvia and take in its laid-back charms.

Alternatively, you could head to the Estonian seaside in cities like Parnu or Haapsalu or, even more offbeat, head to some of its countless islands – like peaceful Saaremaa . And though it’s definitely not Eastern Europe, many people like to continue onto Finland and the Nordics from Tallinn.

Southeastern Europe Route

If you would rather head southeast when planning your Eastern Europe travel itinerary, then these are the routes for you. Heading into the Balkans is a great choice if you want to experience a number of different cultures and learn about a different history than you would in other areas of Eastern Europe.

Central Balkans Route

This itinerary begins in Budapest and takes you through some south-central European capitals.

Budapest – There are few cities better to commence an Eastern European route in than Budapest. For this 2-week itinerary, plan to spend 4-5 days in the Hungarian capital.

Belgrade – Belgrade is a gritty, lively, energetic and dynamic city that is just so cool it is sure to take you by surprise. Known for its incredible nightlife, Belgrade is also packed with history, culture and interesting things to do that you could easily occupy yourself for the recommended 3 days in Serbia’s capital .

Zagreb – Croatia’s oft-overlooked capital is normally put on the back burner for those more eager to head to the country’s coast, however, it is worth spending a day or two exploring . There are also numerous great day trip opportunities — please try to get to Plitvice Lakes, it’s breathtakingly beautiful — from Zagreb, as well.

Ljubljana – End this itinerary for Eastern Europe in Slovenia’s capital of Ljubljana. This beautiful city is so incredibly charming that it is a strong contender for the most beautiful city in Eastern Europe (Tallinn has some competition).

Plan to spend 2 or 3 days in Ljubljana , giving yourself longer if you’re interested in going for a day trip to Lake Bled , Lake Bohinj , lovely Maribor or even the seaside village of Piran.

Classic Balkans Route

If you’re after a more classic Balkans route for your trip to Eastern Europe but only have two weeks to do it in, then plan to begin your trip in Belgrade. The central Balkans are fairly off the beaten path compared to the rest of the places on this list, however, they pack so much that it’s worth exploring.

Belgrade – Begin your trip in Belgrade, Serbia taking in all of the eclectic sites the city has to offer, experiencing its inimitable energy and learning about its vast and complex history – there are tons of walking tours here where you can learn all about this city. 3-4 days in Belgrade should be sufficient, but one can always spend more.

Sarajevo – Next, head to Bosnia & Herzegovina’s incredible capital of Sarajevo. One of the most fascinating cities to visit in this part of the world, Sarajevo has an absolutely heartbreak history that is very much worth learning about in a number of the city’s excellent museums.

Take the time to learn about its not-so-modern history, as well, enjoy the historic city centre, and take its east-meets-west vibes at this cultural crossroads. You need about 2-3 days in Sarajevo to really do the city justice.

Mostar – From Sarajevo, head south to the beautiful city of Mostar. Far too often visited only as a day trip, Mostar is best experienced over two days to really learn about this city and its complex history.

Kotor – To round out this two-week itinerary, head to the Montenegrin port city of Kotor. This city is quite popular amongst tourists — especially as a cruise ship port — but it’s definitely worth spending 2-3 full days here to get to know the city and take some day trips to the surrounding area.

Have More Time? If you have more time to spend in the Balkans, your opportunities really are endless — one could easily spend months on end in this region alone and still feel as if they’ve only scratched the surface.

From Kotor, one could easily head into Albania, Kosovo, North Macedonia and onto Greece, if you want to stay further south. Or, you could head west of Kotor to Dubrovnik and explore more of Croatia.

Alternatively, you could continue on east into Bulgaria, which deserves at least a week or two to explore on its own. Planning a Bulgaria itinerary on top of this Eastern European route is a fantastic idea.

If you end up in Bulgaria and have a lot of time to play around with, then it would also make sense to head into Romania.

Again, Romania is a massive country and visitor could easily dedicate two full weeks solely to this country – take time to see sites like Bran Castle, explore the vibrant capital of Bucharest and wander through the towns and cities in Transylvania.

Booking Accommodation in Eastern Europe

Once you’ve figured out your itinerary and where you want to go in Eastern Europe, the next step is booking accommodation. Luckily, there are so many options out there to book the best places to stay that cater to all tastes and budgets.

If you’re planning on backpacking in Eastern Europe, are on a tight budget, or are just looking for some great social opportunities, then hostels are going to be your best bet. We like to search for and book hostels online through Hostelworld , which is excellent to find the best hostels and keep all of your bookings in place.

If you’re looking for a broad array of accommodation options at great prices, then you can’t go wrong with Booking.com . This is our platform of choice when we are booking traditional hotels and B&Bs and even, sometimes, whole apartments!

And finally, if you’re looking for a private apartment rental or would like to save some money while staying in a private room in a local’s home, we recommend booking your stay through Airbnb. There are countless properties available on the platform all over Eastern Europe that will ensure you have a unique and authentic place to rest your head.

There are countless options when planning the ultimate Eastern Europe itinerary and it can seem overwhelming when confronted with all of them to figure out where to go. However, this region has so much to offer that no matter where in it you end up visit, you’re sure to have an incredible time!

Are you visiting Eastern Europe? Have any questions? Let us know in the comments!

Related Posts:

One Day in Brasov Itinerary: A Day Trip from Bucharest

The Perfect 1, 2 or 3 Days in Bucharest Itinerary

The Perfect 5 to 7 Days in Romania Itinerary

About Maggie Turansky

Maggie is a co-founder and writer for The World Was Here First. Originally from the US, she has lived in five different countries and has travelled to dozens more, both solo and with her partner, Michael. She particularly loves exploring Spain and spending time in the Caucasus and the Baltics. Read more about Maggie

Hi, woderful detailing of East Europe tours. Can you please help me to figure out my trip with inclusion of Budapest, Vienna, Prague, Croatia.we wish to travel by rental car. We are planning to visit these places in November 2023 , a trip for 10 days. please suggest. Dr, Neera Mittal

I sincerely hope that in 2022, I shall be able to visit eastern Europe which I have been planning for last three years! Your writings are very informative and absorbing. Please continue your excellent efforts of writing such pieces. Thanks a lot. PS: Add some information also about expenses of different categories, if possible.

Thanks for your comment and I hope that you’re able to go on your trip this year!

Amazing info, thanks. I will put together a trip for a month. I plan to surprise my daughter in Prague where she goes to Uni. Appreciate all your hard work and easy reading style. Stay healthy and happy! <3

Thanks so much for your comment and kind words, Lynn! Hope that you and your daughter have a great trip 🙂

Hello, this was a great explanation of what eastern europe really is, and some excellent itineraries for central europe, baltics, and balkans. But after you defined eastern europe to include Romania, Ukraine, Moldova, Belarus and Russia, you left out an itinerary for that very thing. Do you have such a guide? Thank you.

Hi Kyle, unfortunately, we don’t have a lot of information about those countries (yet!). All of those places are definitely on our list though so hoping to change that in the future

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

• Switzerland
• The Netherlands
• National Parks
• Affording Travel
• Photography
• Responsible Travel
• Worldschool
• Wanderlust Guides
• Travel Planning
• Work with Us

England , Europe , France , Greece , Italy , Travel

Travel for teens: the best 2 week europe trip itinerary.

This Europe trip itinerary for teens is the perfect way to spend 2 weeks in several different countries. If you only have one week in Europe, discover these 20 Europe Trip Itinerary Ideas. 

Travel for teens: the best europe itinerary for 2 weeks.

My friend is taking her teenage daughter on a surprise 2 week Europe trip for her sweet 16 birthday this summer, and I promised to help her plan the itinerary. They are about to take a trip of a lifetime together and they have a big bucket list to get through. It’s an ambitious itinerary, but with just the two of them and the ease of getting around Europe, it’s totally doable and the best way to travel Europe in 2 weeks.

Here are the European countries on their bucket list:

• England: London
• France: Paris & The Loire Valley
• Italy: Lake Como & Rome
• Greece: Kefalonia

Europe is such a great place to travel for teens. There are so many iconic sites, beautiful scenery, culture, and history that it is hard to be bored when you visit. Even in this article about travel for teens, the top five destinations are in Europe! Maybe you could even get them to put their phones down and take in the sites, or at least take a good selfie with them.

I personally love traveling with teens. They have so much energy and excitement about the world and they’re so much less needy than my little kids (who I also love traveling with). It’s just a completely different experience and I love seeing the world through their eyes.

Travel can be so good for teens too. It can really help them come out of their shell and help them to realize that the world is bigger than their friends and family and that there are so many different ways to live. Here are just a few benefits of travel for teens:

Benefits of travel for teens

• Teaches Organization: Traveling takes a lot of organization to be able to create an itinerary and follow through.
• Encourages Budgeting: Travel costs money, and it’s important for teens to learn how to save their money and to learn to spend it on important things, like travel, rather than on things they don’t really need.
• Breaks Stereotypes: It can be so easy for people to believe stereotypes about different countries and cultures. If there’s one thing that travel teaches us, it’s that people are essentially all the same, despite our country of origin.
• Teaches Problem Solving: It doesn’t matter how much planning goes into your travels, something is bound to go wrong. Traveling as a teenager helps them to practice problem-solving in a safe environment with an adult present. On my last trip to Italy with my teenage niece, our taxi driver drove off with my phone and wallet. She was able to remain calm and help problem solve until we came to a resolution.
• Teaches Individualism: Traveling really does help you to discover who you are, and this is true for teens too.

Europe Itinerary 2 Weeks

Europe is also a great trip for teens because you can hit so many different countries and cultures in a short period of time. This is a great list of the best European countries to visit with kids. 

I’ve organized this two-week European itinerary to move smoothly between countries and to have very unique experiences in each destination. It’s a good mix of cultures and active, fun, and educational activities that should keep teenagers engaged and active, ready to make memories with you.

First Stop Day 1-3: London

-getting to london-.

London! Your first stop on your 2 week Europe trip! It’s a great place to start. You can immerse yourself in a new culture without the stress of a language barrier for the first few days.

Fly into London: Getting to Europe is pretty easy. There are so many amazing flight deals year round. Keep an eye on flights until you find the best deals. It can be tricky traveling with teens because of their demanding school and activity schedules. It’s a good idea to find out if they can do any kind of independent study so that you can go to Europe during the offseason, which will be much less crowded, cheaper, and more enjoyable. To find the best flights, check out my guide to finding cheap flights here   where I discuss all the tricks and tools I use to find killer deals, especially to Europe! I’m taking my almost teen 12-year-old to London this spring and I found tickets for $300 Round Trip.

-What to do in London-

Spend time in this incredible city full of history and culture for three days. You could honestly spend weeks, months, and even years in this city and still not see everything. With only three days in London, I recommend using my London Itinerary Guide and selecting your 3 favorite days. I suggest following Day 1: London’s Main Sites, Day 4: Ancient History, and Day 6: Harry Potter (if you’re into that, and why wouldn’t you be?!).

If you’re taking kids on this Europe trip, be sure to read my awesome list of things to do in London with kids . And if you’re looking for an itinerary that’s a little bit different and you’re a Paddington Bear fan, be sure to read Paddington’s Guide to London . ..it’s adorable!

Perfect London Itinerary London with Kids Paddington’s Guide to London Christmas in London

Second Stop Day 4-6: Paris

-how to get from london to paris-.

The best way to get from London to Paris is to take the Eurostar. Taking the Eurostar from London to Paris is the easiest and quickest way to get from city to city. I love that this train, that goes under the English Channel takes you from one city center to another. Flying is fine, but getting between the airports and the cities can be a huge pain. Even if the Eurostar costs a little bit more, be sure to add the cost of trains or taxis from the airport into your flight costs. You can book your Eurostar tickets through ACP Rail International . I use them all the time and they are trustworthy.

-What to do in Paris-

Your next three days will be spent in the city of Light! With so many things to do in Paris, narrowing down where to go and what to do can be challenging. I’ve narrowed down my favorite sites and activities that you can easily see in three days. I recommend, of course, going up the Eiffel Tower, and also seeing it sparkle at night, dining on some delicious French food, visiting all the parks you can, climbing up to Montmartre, visiting Notre Dame, and as many museums as you can fit in.

For a more extensive guide to Paris, follow my Paris Walking Guide . And if you’re visiting Paris with kids, be sure to read my Family Guide to Paris . Be sure to eat all the good food you can by following my Paris Food Guide . This is my favorite hotel in Paris.

If you don’t want to spend all three days in Paris and are feeling like getting away from the big city, rent a car and take one of these amazing day trips from Paris.  

Paris Itinerary Paris with Kids Paris Food Guide Day Trips From Paris

Third Stop Day 7-10: Rome

-how to get from paris to rome-.

My favorite way to get from Paris to Rome is to take the overnight train. It’s about a 14-hour train ride with a quick train change in Milan. If you wanted to spend more time in Milan or even a day in Lake Como (one of my favorite places in the world), you could take the overnight and take the train to Rome the following day.

-What to do in Rome-

Rome is such a beauty! Another city that deserves more than a few days, but you can definitely make your time here count. You can read my guide to One Day in Rome or my Family Guide to Rome . I highly suggest doing a Vespa Tour and a Food Tour in while you’re in Rome. Airbnb and TripAdvisor have some great tours. Be sure to see the Colosseum, Pantheon, and eat all the gelato, pasta, and pizza you can!

Rome in One Day Rome with Kids How to Survive Train Travel in Italy Best Places to Visit in Italy

Fourth Stop Day 11-14: Greece

-how to get from rome to greece-.

Spend the last few days of your Europe trip relaxing on the beach in Greece. My all-time favorite island in Greece is Kefalonia.   It’s got everything to offer for your first taste of Greece. Kefalonia is an easy flight from Rome and an easy flight back to London if you’re flying home through there. Ryanair offers amazing deals within Europe and flies to Kefalonia regularly.

-What to do in Kefalonia-

Kefalonia, Greece has so much to offer including friendly locals, inexpensive lodging, stunning scenery, incredible history, beautiful beaches, fabulous weather, and tasty food. Kefalonia is easily drivable, and I suggest you visit the whole island, taking in all of the sites and trying all the local food you can. There are plenty of great lodging options on the island from resorts to Airbnbs.   Read my Guide to Kefalonia, Greece to learn all about this amazing island.

What to do in Kefalonia, Greece How to Fly for Cheap or Nearly Free

I hope you have an amazing time on this two week itinerary of Europe! If you have any questions, suggestions, or just a story to share, please get in touch on Facebook or Instagram .

Wanderlust Crew

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

How To Write A 2-Week Travel Itinerary

DISCLAIMER: This post might have links to travel services and products that we enjoy. We might make a commission from it at no extra cost to you.

During my full-time travelling, I didn’t really create an itinerary except for my first destination. With that much time flexibility and no “going home” flight ticket, it was much easier to meet other travellers and get their personal tips before booking or planning on anything.

But that changed when I finally decide to buy that going home flight ticket and have a home base. Now that I only travel for 2-3 weeks at a time, I want to make sure that I am making the most out of my holiday.

In this post, I want to show you how to write a 2-week travel itinerary. When I’m creating my travel plan, I make sure that I don’t cramp too many things on my plan, I leave plenty of space for flexibility and possibly mess up along the way.

THINGS TO KNOW AND REMEMBER

Before we hop on the actual writing, there are a few things you should know, research, and remember to avoid having to start all over or making a wrong booking. What I personally find challenging to do is to align the dates.

I’m not good with numbers, I remember when I was young, I had to stop and do the math when someone says 3 days and 2 nights. I know that’s so basic, but I do have to pull up a calendar and manually count.

Two months ago, I was writing my 2-week itinerary for Europe. When I finally finished, I realised I made a mistake and overlapped a few things. I had to start from the top. I hope by giving you some of my tips, you won’t make the same mistakes I did.

When and where do you want to go

This is one of the most important parts of creating your travel itinerary. Not only do you have to decide about the dates but you also have to double-check the season. Remember, spring in Europe does not mean it also springs in Australia.

You don’t want to pack your swimsuit and arrive at the airport just to realise it’s winter season if your destination.

Apart from the season, you also want to check if it’s peak time at your destination. The prices take a hike during the peak season like summer and Christmas almost anywhere in the world and things get booked up fast. During these busy times, you also want to consider how crowded it could be.

I love summer in Europe, but I don’t love the crowd. If I really want to spend this season in this region, I’d head to East Europe or the Nordics since most people (even European ones) go to the South of Europe. We have a list of the best destinations to spend your 2-week holiday .

Are you going alone or with someone

Of course, if you have a travel buddy, you will need their input in writing a 2-week travel itinerary. Unless it’s a young child or your pet. Other than that, make sure that you have discussed the places you are visiting, how many days you plan to stay, etc.

If both of you want to be very involved in creating this travel plan, it’s best if you do it together. In that way, you can finish it much faster in discuss in advance if there are places you rather not see or the places that have to be on the priority list.

Travelling with PWD can also be a challenge but not impossible. From choosing the cities that are PWD-friendly, to renting a car where you can load and unload the wheelchair easily – things like this should be addressed early on.

Booked packages or solo explorer

I personally love both. Normally, I do solo exploration in big cities. I prefer to look up some blogs on cafes to visit, museums to explore, and historical spots that are must-sees. I then add pins to the map on my phone.

But for day trips or something that will require a few hours driving away from the city or places that can only be visited with a tour guide, I definitely opt for a booked tour instead of driving on my own. I rather sleep on the bus or have a knowledgeable local tell me about the place’s history.

Transportation

When I was young, I take buses everywhere. My back and sleep can tolerate it easy, 12-hour bus? No problem! But now that I’m approaching 30, I prefer renting a car or much better, taking a flight or train.

A 12-hour train ride is bearable since I can walk around and some of them even have beds I can book. While domestic flights can be pricey (especially in North America), I’d pay for them. In Europe, both domestic flights and trains are affordable and a no brainer.

Type of accommodation

If you are travelling with someone, sharing a room is more affordable. If you are young, hostels are always an option. But if you are heading to Southeast Asia, $100 can get you a really luxurious resort room with a great ocean or mountain view.

I used to be a fan of Airbnb but their services and fees have drastically gone up and the instructions for cleaning the rooms became too much. We are talking about more than putting the bedsheet in the washer, sweeping the floor, and taking out the trash which is not a problem. I was once asked by the host to scrub the bathroom, kitchen counter, and dust the shelves.

Booking.com now offers apartment options, so I almost don’t use Airbnb anymore and they have free cancellation.

Now that you have decided on the cities you are visiting, you should book your accommodation as soon as you can, especially if you are going during peak season. The great ones get booked up 6-months in advance.

Outdoorsy, museum-geek, or foodie

If you love history, culture, and museums, you should start looking at these places in the cities. Check if you need to get a ticket or book a time slot in advance. For example, Machu Picchu limits the number of people who could enter the citadel per day to avoid damaging the ruins. The tickets are fully-booked 3-months in advance during the peak season.

If you are into outdoor activities, make sure the weather will match your plans and the national park is open. Again, Machu Picchu, it’s closed every February for maintenance, also due to severe weather.

THINGS TO PREPARE

Now that you have the date, and destination, and have visualised the type of trip you are planning, it’s time to prepare the things you need for writing a 2-week travel itinerary. If you are looking for a sample of what to pack, check out our packing list for a 2-week trip .

Book your time

I love being organised, although I’m not the best at it. I always book time on my calendar, be it when to do laundry, a weekly grocery run, and meeting friends, I add it on my phone calendar.

Not only it’s a great way to remind me 15-30 minutes in advance, it’s also helping me set my mind.

Some people can easily whip a travel itinerary in just a few minutes, some people take time. Either way, make sure you allow time to work on this plan to make sure you are not forgetting anything. After all, if you are travelling to another continent (maybe), it’s worth your time planning it properly.

Calendar and a map

Make sure that you have a calendar and a map. Digital maps can easily tell you how far each place is. You can see how long it will take you to travel from one place to another, which result, can help you visualise your day-to-day plan.

Pen and paper or digital writing

Some people are traditional and love their pen and paper. I’m not going to lie, I was that person until I have my tablet which helped me write my itinerary faster (I prefer to only turn on my laptop for work).

There are even apps that can assist you in creating an itinerary on your phone or smart device. You can also print one and write it directly on the paper.

HOW TO WRITE A 2-WEEK TRAVEL ITINERARY

Now that you have everything you need, let’s get on writing your fun and adventurous itinerary that is tailored for you.

Get our travel itinerary template

We have a free printable itinerary template. You can print it as much as you want or if you are tech-savvy, you can edit it with PDF.

Write down the dates and destinations

This step-by-step guide will work regardless of whether you are using our template or not.

On the writing pad, create 3 columns and divide them into 2. On the top, write the departure date, destination/s, and booking information such as flight booking code, flight code, and time of departure/arrival.

In the second part, the first column for the dates, the second for the places you want to see (a.k.a destination), and the third for the accommodations. Remember that this part is your first draft, so it’s okay to make mistakes and scratch things off.

Things you really want to do

In the destination section, write the city first, then write the places you really want to see in this city. Mark the ones that you want to be a priority, which ones are a medium priority and the ones that you don’t mind missing.

This will remove the pressure of cramming your itinerary. In the end, you will be able to see if you have space for the least priority activities and if you need to remove some stuff to make sure you get to see all the places on top priority.

You should also add here the name of the tours and where you can book them (does it need to be booked in advance or can it be done once you arrive at the destination). There will be a lot of information in this section, keep it spacious.

How many days to spend in each place/city

On the date section, write how many days you want to spend in each city. Calculate if you are within your number of days or if you have gone over and need to shave some off. The best way to do this is to find out how long each tour takes.

For example, if you go on a day tour to Kruger National Park, that takes an entire day, from 8.00-17.00. While visiting a vineyard should only take your morning, that means you can either relax in the afternoon or book a different tour or plan a different activity.

Getting from one place to the next

Next, you will have to write how you plan to get to places A to B. You can write this under dates. This could include things like:

• take a 2-hour bus to city B
• take a domestic flight from A to B (flight number: ABC123)
• take the 12.00 train from A to B, arriving at 14.35 (local time)

Here’s a sample:

Accommodations you booked/will book

In the last column, write the hotels you like for each city. Make sure to adjust the dates accordingly so it does not overlap. I often make a mistake like this:

• Day 1-3: Paris
• Day 4: Normandy
• Day 5: Dunkirk

I would book accommodation for days 1-3, then day 4. I usually forget that this means I check out on day 3 and my next booked hotel is for day 4. Completely forgot that I don’t have room to sleep for day 3. I always use booking.com when choosing accommodations, most of the hotels here allow free cancellation.

Double-check

Once it all comes together, in the end, double-check for mistakes or overlapped dates.

Booking time

Once things are done, rewrite your itinerary. It can be confusing if there are a lot of strike-throughs and errors. Once it’s all done, it’s time to book your flight, hotels, and tours.

TIP: Create a label or folder in your email for this trip (i.e summer in Europe 2023). Then every email (from flights, hotels, tours, insurance, etc) should be labelled and placed in this folder. This will make things easier when you need to look for specific booking confirmation.

Make a copy

Create a copy of your 2-week travel itinerary and give it to a trusted person or family member. Make sure it has your flight information and hotel name. In case your family can’t contact you, they can follow your itinerary and know which hotel/airline to contact and where.

SUMMARY OF 2-WEEK TRAVEL ITINERARY

Writing a travel itinerary can be overwhelming and stressful. As long as you make time to do it, the process can be easy to follow and will give you a great visualization of what your trip would look like.

I hope that you found this 2-week travel itinerary helpful. If you have other tips that I forgot to add, leave me a comment below.

SAVE THESE TRAVEL TIPS ON YOUR PINTEREST:

What Summer Travel to Europe Will Look Like This Year

By Arati Menon

All products featured on Condé Nast Traveler are independently selected by our editors. However, when you buy something through our retail links, we may earn an affiliate commission.

With additional reporting by Sarah Allard

When travel journalist Jenn Rice decided to spend July and August in Italy and Croatia last year, she wasn’t expecting to be spending most of her time indoors. “It was very very hot, so I booked museum tickets during peak days or just lounged around in my room with a spritz and a book until the sun set.” In Dubrovnik she tried escaping to the sea for a cool dip, but everyone else had the same idea—resulting in sweaty, overcrowded beaches. “In Rome , gelato melted faster than the speed of light,” she says.

Come summer, major attractions like the Spanish Steps in Rome are thronged by international tourists and vacationing Europeans.

Rome and Dubrovnik weren’t the only European destinations overcome with heat. To travel in Europe in the summer of 2023 was to experience first-hand a single season of contrasting extremes. Temperatures swung from hot and dry to cold and wet, and heatwaves broke out across several of the most heavily touristed destinations, with temperatures reaching upwards of 100°F. In Northern Greece, wildfires broke out —the worst experienced there in 20 years —destroying homes, forests, and vineyards.

Yet in the midst of it all, the continent also saw record-breaking tourist numbers —the highest since pre-pandemic levels—even as hotel prices swelled and airfares hit peaks. From scenic escapes like Bellagio in Como and Taormina in Sicily (where the White Lotus effect was on full display) to bucket-list cities like Paris and Madrid , much of touristed Europe was completely overwhelmed.

“We had people calling us from Athens and Rome asking us to get them out [to somewhere cooler in Europe], because it was too hot and too crowded,” recalls Jan Sortland , founder of Scandinavia specialists Norwegian Adventures.

International tourists weren’t the only ones thronging these spots. According to the European Travel Commission , most Europeans took their vacations before the peak month of August, with Italy and France being their top destinations. This resulted in packed crowds at all the major attractions. For John Canning, an LA-based executive who traveled to Paris in July, the crowds were eye-opening. “We didn’t anticipate that everything we would want to see was sold out. We only got Musée d’Orsay tickets through our concierge at a substantial premium and could not get into the Louvre full stop,” he says.

Rice says the summer taught her to plan her travel differently this year—and beyond: “I’m going to try and do coastal Italy early in May, and if I decide to travel in Europe this summer it will be either Asturias in Northern Spain or the Julian Alps in Slovenia to keep cool."

She’s not alone—according to the travel specialists we spoke with, there’s an increased interest in lesser-known destinations offering a more laid back (and cooler) holiday. “Our guests are asking after places where they can be outdoors, yet have access to wine & foodie experiences and culture. Slovenia is a great example of where you can have all that without being overwhelmed with the heat; the Dolomites in Italy is another,” says Rachael Mendizabal, Europe travel specialist at Scott Dunn . Richard Hyde, COO at Small Luxury Hotels of the World , is seeing similar trends across their European portfolio: “Guests seem to be gravitating towards alternative destinations—Milos instead of Mykonos and Slovenia instead of Spain.”

Norway is a popular destination this summer, offering cooler weather and a myriad ways to be active outside, exploring the islands and fjords.

A big part of that shift will play into Sortland’s area of expertise: Northern Europe. With the Med getting too hot to handle, experts predict that tourism will shift northwards. “We’re seeing a lot of interest in Copenhagen and Stockholm for the cultural experience, and then onward to Norway for the nature. Currently, the fjords are still a favorite but Norway is a large country and there’s so much more to see—the Helgeland coast for example with its beautiful coastline and mountainous islands,” he says. The draw is a more moderate temperature and unique outdoor experiences. “ Iceland is a big favorite right now with the Northern lights being the most active this year from September through March,” says Mendizabal.

Jessica Puckett

Alex Erdekian

In turn, for many, the more standard city breaks will fall later in the year. “Athens and Rome will always be desirable destinations, but we’ve seen an uptick in many people preferring to go there in May and October to swerve crowds,” says Carolyn Addison, head of product at Black Tomato , noting the weather in fall has been stable lately and enticing to travelers not tied to school holidays.

With this increased flexibility, shoulder season will become tricker to define, according to Mendizabal. Thanks to hotels extending their season as demand shifts to almost year-round and the high-season pricing window getting longer, the days of “scooping a deal in September are likely over.” At Jumeirah Palace in Capri , the season now runs from March to the end of December. “Thanks to the good weather, guests are staying longer than in the past,” says Ermanno Zanini, regional vice president at Jumeirah Group, Southern Europe and United Kingdom.

Castello di Vicarello in Tuscany 's Maremma countryside has traditionally stayed open in March and November. “We're pushing the low season as much as possible because we truly believe it is a wonderful time to discover Tuscany. There is so much for guests to enjoy from hiking to mountain biking, truffle hunting, and wine tastings,” says owner Neri Baccheschi Berti.

Crucially, traveling in the shoulder and off seasons isn't just about avoiding the crowds; it’s knowing that seasonal destinations are multi-dimensional, with year-round appeal. “One of my favorite things to do in cooler weather is to hike to the peak of Mount Solaro, with its beautiful views of the town of Capri and the bay of Marina Piccola with the Faraglioni, as well as Anacapri. You also see plenty of wintering birds on the island,” says Zanini.

Zanini adds that they are in talks with the island's municipality to consider what it would take to stay open in February and March, traditionally strictly closed off. “It's not as straightforward as you think. There’s a lot of infrastructure that needs to be geared towards the low season: restaurants need to stay open, as do shops, and guides need to be available; it can’t just be the hotel,” he adds.

However, with staying open longer, there’s a real opportunity to engage local communities year-round, not to mention stabilize the hiring pool—and improve work culture. “We’ve already seen the positive impact of a longer season for our partners on the ground and locals in the hospitality and tourism sector,” says Addison, who adds that shifts in travel seasons are far from a fleeting trend. “This pattern for more year-round travel will continue to pick up pace in 2025—and beyond," she says.

Travel specialists are quick to point out that even with some of this rebalancing, summer this year and next will continue to see high demand for travel to—and within—Europe. According to Hayley Berg, chief economist at Hopper, while airfare remains higher than at this time in 2019, 40% of all searches for international trips this summer are to Europe, in line with last year and slightly higher than in 2019.

“Sure, we think that traveler numbers on the Côte d'Azur will smooth out through the year, but summer will certainly remain the festive season—only it will be longer,” says Lucie Weill, owner of wellness retreat Lily of the Valley near St. Tropez , which sees its faire share of packed streets and crowded beaches come summer. Weill adds that the hotel has seen success in extending its season.

For travel specialist Cari Gray of Gray & Co . late requests and a lack of flexibility could mean getting turned away because of a lack of availability. “Whether it’s a visit to the Vatican or dogsledding in Alaska , access is going to be very difficult. And there are only that many high-end lodges in Lapland ,” she says. Addison offers the example of Lake Como , where the best properties can often get booked up a year or two in advance during the busiest summer months. “Knowing that the top hotels and guides are getting booked up and that weather disruptions are increasingly unpredictable, clients who want to commit to the most popular summer hotspots in Europe, like the Greek islands and Sardinia are securing their bookings a year out.”

The Balearic island of Menorca is a charming escape with its rocky coves, white-sand beaches, and green rolling hills.

Ultimately, it’s not about giving up on all the places you love: just about pivoting, even if within the same country. “Why not Menorca instead of Mallorca, with its explosion of fantastic hotels and its great beach front, or Epirus in Northern Greece on the Albanian border with its Stone villages, old-growth forests, and truffle hunts instead of the islands," says Gray.

"In Italy we’re always pushing to discover new areas, even in regions that we’ve been exploring for decades like Tuscany and Umbria because new hotels are opening up regularly,” says Courtney Mundy , a travel specialist at experiential travel experts Butterfield & Robinson.

And, a word of caution for the rising favorites: “Smaller destinations in Iceland & Norway will really need to consider how to manage the higher number of visitors than ever before,” says Addison. “Parts of Iceland are overtouristed,” agrees Sortland, “so, it’s not unreasonable to think that smaller communities in Norway could eventually be at risk, too.” Whether it's through new tourist tax regimens or limits on cruise ship day-trippers to reduce crowding, a shifting tide will need more alert local governments—and as we’re swapping beaches for the mountains or Rome for Stockholm, more responsible travel habits that leave fewer traces behind.

Recommended

Disneyland Hotel Paris

Telegraphenamt

Europe Travel Guide

By signing up you agree to our User Agreement (including the class action waiver and arbitration provisions ), our Privacy Policy & Cookie Statement and to receive marketing and account-related emails from Traveller. You can unsubscribe at any time. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

3 Week Europe Itinerary: 10 Perfect Ideas

Are you looking for the best 3 Week Europe Itinerary? You’ve come to the right place.

Whether you are looking for classic Europe routes, driving itineraries, options for travel by train, or off-the-beaten path discoveries, we have you covered. 

These amazing European Itineraries cover everything from fairytale towns to UNESCO World Heritage Sites and everything in between.

Ready to find your dream 3 week Europe itinerary? Let’s go!

Unforgettable Europe in 3 Weeks – 10 Itineraries

1. where is the best place to visit in europe for the first time – england, france, the netherlands, and belgium.

If this is your first visit to the European continent, this is the ideal introduction.

Embarking on your maiden voyage to Europe? What better way to initiate your experience than through these four captivating countries? Each one offers a rich history, cultural variety, and culinary wonders.

This itinerary promises diverse and rich encounters during this 3-week adventure. These are some of the most popular destinations in Western Europe, so be sure to plan your trip early.

Hitting the Highlights – London, Paris, Amsterdam, and Brussels

• Day 1-5: London, England
• Day 6-10: Paris, France
• Day 11-15: Amsterdam, The Netherlands 
• Day 16-21: Brussels, Belgium 

DAY 1-5: London, England

Kick off your 3-week European adventure in England’s capital, London . A city steeped in history, here you will find some of the world’s most iconic landmarks, elegant squares, and vibrant neighborhoods.

Explore the Tower of London , Tower Bridge, Westminster Abbey, and Big Ben in your first couple of days.

For a bird’s eye view of the city head to the London Eye, Sky Garden, or the Shard. Be sure to catch the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace and spend time relaxing in Hyde Park.

For a true taste of British culture, we recommend a traditional afternoon tea experience at one of the city’s luxury hotels or the Brigit’s Bakery Bus tour offering tea and scones on wheels.

DAY 6-10: Paris, France

On Day 6, take a train ride or catch a quick flight from London to Paris. There are plenty of direct flights on budget airlines like easyJet or Ryanair. Spend the next few days immersed in the romantic capital of France.

No visit to Paris would be complete without  ascending the Eiffel Tower  or exploring the world-renowned Louvre museum. Stroll through the cobblestone streets of Montmartre and treat yourself to a delicious croissant from a local boulangerie.

At night, take a cruise along the Seine where you can admire the beautifully lit buildings and their reflections upon the water.

DAY 11-15: Amsterdam, The Netherlands

On Day 11, catch a train from Paris to Amsterdam . Wander aimlessly through the city’s streets, crossing over canals and exploring the neighborhoods.

There are so many fun and unique things to do in Amsterdam . Don’t miss a visit to the Van Gogh Museum , the Anne Frank House, and the Rijksmuseum.

Spend some time in Vondelpark and try traditional Dutch pancakes.

Some of our favorite day trips from Amsterdam include:

• Rotterdam to see the Cube Houses and explore the charming area of Delfshaven
• Volendam where you can learn how to make clogs and sample some cheese
• The Hague is home to Dutch Parliament and Mauritshuis where you can see the painting “Girl with a Pearl Earring”

DAY 16-21: Brussels, Belgium

On Day 16, travel from Amsterdam to Brussels, the final stop of this 3 week Europe itinerary. Experience Belgium’s vibrant history and architecture at the Grand Place, and don’t miss a chance to taste some famous Belgian chocolates and waffles.

Plan a day trip to Bruges and Ghent to experience some of Belgium’s most beautiful towns. Take a canal ride in Bruges and go back in time at Gravensteen Castle in Ghent.

What is the Best Time for this Itinerary?

The mild months of May, June, and September are perfect. The weather is usually comfortable and tourist crowds are manageable.

2. Timeless Journey through Classic Europe: France, Italy, Greece

If you are looking for a classic Central Europe vacation, why not take on this itinerary that hits the major highlights?

This tour offers an unmatched experience, covering three monumental countries. Each destination is uniquely steeped in ancient history, brimming with vibrant culture and culinary delights, promising a multifaceted tour through Europe.

Visiting the Classical Capitals of Europe

• Day 1-7: Paris, France
• Day 8-14: Rome, Italy
• Day 15-21: Athens, Greece

DAY 1-7: Paris, France

Begin your 3-week European holiday in France’s capital, Paris. The city captures hearts with its iconic landmarks, artistic heritage, and culinary sensations.

Paris offers plenty of unique tours that appeal to families. Step back in time and visit the Palace of Versailles (don’t forget to spend a little time in Versailles – the town!). Take a bike tour at Versailles , learn how to make macarons with a local chef , or dig into the city’s history on a Context Travel tour .

Ascend the Eiffel Tower, a timeless symbol of Paris, for a panoramic view of the city. Don’t miss the opportunity to stroll down the historic Champs-Élysées and visit the famous Notre Dame Cathedral (note – you can’t access the inside until December 2024, but it is still worth a visit).

With extra days you can taste your way through the  Champagne Region of France , or take day trips from Paris . Head to Normandy to learn about World War II history or visit the chateaux and wine estates of the Loire Valley.

DAY 8-14: Rome, Italy

On Day 8, embark on a flight from Paris to Rome. Dedicate the following week to discovering Italy’s capital, also known as the Eternal City.

Visit the historic sites in Rome . Explore the Colosseum, wander through the Roman Forum, and marvel at the splendor of St. Peter’s Basilica and the Sistine Chapel in Vatican City. Unleash your inner foodie with a traditional pasta or gelato-making class.

Don’t forget to explore the cobblestone streets of Trastevere, known for its vibrant nightlife and traditional Italian cuisine.

Explore the ancient ruins at Ostia Antica, visit two World Heritage sites in one day at Tivoli, and throw a coin in the Trevi Fountain.

If you have extra days, you can spend a day at the beach in Ostia, take in the art and architecture of Florence , or discover the lost city of Pompeii .

DAY 15-21: Athens, Greece

On Day 15, you’ll fly from Rome to Athens , the culmination of this classic European route. Athens is known as the cradle of Western civilization and democracy.

History unfolds as you step into the Acropolis, a UNESCO World Heritage site that is home the Parthenon, Erechtheion, and the Temple of Athena Nike.

The archaeological richness continues at the Ancient Agora, the nucleus of political and public life in ancient Athens.

The National Archaeological Museum is a must-visit, with artifacts spanning 5,000 years of Greek history.

Complete your Athens experience with a walk around the old neighborhood of Plaka, nestled at the foot of the Acropolis. Make plans to enjoy the sunset and breathtaking city views from Mount Lycabettus. 

Discover the temple of Apollo at Delphi and enjoy the island life away from the hustle and bustle of Athens in Aegina.

If you want to explore other islands, we recommend Crete, Santorini, Naxos, and Paros. Grab this Greece itinerary if you want everything planned for you!

When is the Best Time to Visit?

Enjoy this timeless journey during the Spring (April to June) and Autumn (September to October). During these months, the weather is typically pleasant and tourist crowds are fewer, ensuring a more relaxing trip.

3. Nordic Adventure: Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark

If you want to soak up Scandinavian and Baltic cultures, head to these Nordic countries. Here you will be met with unbelievable natural beauty and unique adventures.

This trip to Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark allows you to dive into their different cultures and create a 3-week experience you won’t soon forget.

The Best of the Nordic Countries

• Day 1-6: Oslo, Norway
• Day 7-11: Copenhagen, Denmark
• Day 12-16: Stockholm, Sweden
• Day 17-21: Helsinki, Finland

DAY 1-6: Oslo, Norway

Begin your Nordic journey in Norway’s capital, Oslo . The city seamlessly blends urban life with outdoor fun. Oslo boasts a range of must-see landmarks.

Visit the expansive Vigeland Park, delve into the Viking history at the Viking Ship Museum, and enjoy panoramic city views from the Holmenkollen Ski Jump.

Make time to travel the Norway in a Nutshell route to see the country’s breathtaking scenery.

DAY 7-11: Copenhagen, Denmark

On day seven make your way from Oslo to Copenhagen by train (7.5 hours) or plane (1 hour 10 minutes). The vibrant Nyhavn harbor, the enchanting Tivoli Gardens, and the iconic Little Mermaid statue await you in Copenhagen.

Our favorite day trips include Frederiksborg Castle, a quick 40-minute train ride to Hillerød, where you can explore the town, castle, and its gardens. For those who want to learn about Viking history, head to Roskilde where you can visit the Viking Museum and even head out on a Viking ship.

We highly recommend using a Copenhagen card for discounts on attractions and transportation. Wrap up your journey with Danish smørrebrød, cinnamon snails ( kanelsnegl ), and a local beer.

DAY 12-16: Stockholm, Sweden

On Day 12, make your way from Stockholm to Helsinki. It’s an easy flight with Norwegian, SAS, or Finnair. If you prefer the long route, there are ferries available.

The next five days are filled with Swedish splendor, from the streets of Gamla Stan to the impressive Vasa Museum , and the tranquil setting of Djurgården Island.

We also recommend the Skansen living history museum, learning about Swedish royalty at The Royal Palace, and visiting the city’s ICEBAR.

DAY 17-21: Helsinki, Finland

This last leg of your journey lets you explore Finland’s capital city of Helsinki with its avant-garde architecture, the historic Suomenlinna sea fortress, and the bustling Market Square.

Don’t forget to unwind in a traditional Finnish sauna and plunge into the ocean. If you would like to squeeze in one more country board a ferry for a day trip to Tallinn , Estonia.

When is the Best Time to Visit Scandinavia?

The perfect window for this Nordic Adventure is during the summer months, from June to August. The weather is at its best, offering endless daylight due to the Midnight Sun, providing ample time to explore the stunning landscapes of the North.

4. Fairy Tale Road Trip: Germany, Austria, Czech Republic, and Hungary

Want to explore the far-away lands depicted in fairytales? Prepare for an enchanting 3-week journey through Germany, Austria, the Czech Republic, and Hungary. 

Each country has its own vibrant history, breathtaking landscapes, and fascinating architecture. A trip to these countries takes you straight to the land of fairytales.

A Classic Trip through the land of stories

• Day 1-6: Munich, Germany 
• Day 7-11: Prague, Czech Republic
• Day 12-16: Vienna, Austria
• Day 17-21: Budapest, Hungary

DAY 1-6: Munich, Germany

Start your fairytale journey in Munich , Germany. A city renowned for its historic charm, Munich offers stunning palaces, an automobile museum, and world-famous beer halls.

Explore the scientific artifacts at the Deutsches Museum, enjoy a traditional beer at the famous Hofbräuhaus, learn about automobile history at the BMW Museum, and soak up the cultural atmosphere in Marienplatz.

Take a day trip to Neuschwanstein Castle , known for its striking beauty that inspired Disney’s Sleeping Beauty castle.

Don’t forget to sample the hearty local cuisine, including pretzels, weisswurst, and strudel.

Of course, if you are in town at the end of September join in the largest beer festival in the world, Oktoberfest!

DAY 7-11: Prague, Czech Republic

On Day 7, travel from Munich to Prague, the capital of the Czech Republic and one of the cheaper cities in Europe for those on a budget. Known for its rich history, stunning architecture, and vibrant nightlife, Prague is a city that never ceases to amaze. 

Explore Prague Castle, stroll across the Charles Bridge, and enjoy a traditional Czech meal accompanied by a pint of their world-renowned beer.

Take a day trip to Cesky Krumlov to see one of the most beautiful places in the Czech Republic and explore the most quaint town you will ever visit.

DAY 12-16: Vienna, Austria

On Day 12, continue your journey to Vienna , Austria. The Austrian capital, synonymous with imperial palaces, musical heritage, and stunning architecture, promises a wealth of experiences.

Visit the opulent Schönbrunn Palace , stroll through the historic city center (a UNESCO World Heritage site), and enjoy a classical music concert at the Vienna State Opera. These are both some of the most beautiful places in Austria .

We recommend a guided walking tour, bicycle tour, or Segway tour that explores the famous sites in Vienna.

DAY 17-21: Budapest, Hungary

On Day 17, set off to Budapest , the final stop on this fairytale journey. The Danube River divides the city into Buda and Pest, and each one offers unique attractions and experiences. Don’t miss the imposing Buda Castle or the famous  Széchenyi Thermal Bath .

As night falls, witness the city’s iconic structures light up, such as the Chain Bridge and Hungarian Parliament building. We recommend taking a river cruise at night to see everything in its splendor.

We recommend taking a food tour to try lángos, strudel, and Hungarian wine.

Best Time to Visit the Magical Cities

To fully enjoy the outdoor adventures and stunning landscapes of this route, the best time to visit is during the spring (April to June) or autumn (September to October) when the weather is mild and the crowds are smaller.

5. Discovering Hidden Gems: Slovenia, Croatia, Montenegro, and Bosnia and Herzegovina

Delve into the European countries that were once one country – Yugoslavia. Head away from the well-traveled tourist routes on this 3-week Europe itinerary. You’re about to discover the underrated countries of Slovenia, Croatia, Montenegro, and Bosnia and Herzegovina. 

Each country has its unique allure. You will find vibrant cityscapes, idyllic landscapes, and an array of historical and cultural treasures. It’s a destination you’ll want to return to time and time again.

The Gems of Former Yugoslavia

• Day 1-6: Ljubljana and Bled, Slovenia
• Day 7-11: Zagreb and Plitvice Lakes, Croatia
• Day 12-16: Sarajevo and Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina
• Day 17-21: Kotor and Durmitor National Park, Montenegro

DAY 1-6: Ljubljana and Bled, Slovenia

Begin your unique journey in the picturesque city of Ljubljana, one of the most beautiful places in Slovenia . Get lost in Old Town, peppered with vibrant cafés and marked by the distinct Ljubljana Castle dominating the city skyline.

Take a leisurely cruise on the Ljubljanica River, flanked by lush green banks and elegant bridges, like the famed Triple Bridge and Dragon Bridge.

A day trip to Lake Bled is a magical experience. Nestled in the Julian Alps, this emerald-green lake, with a small island home to a 17th-century church and an imposing medieval castle perched on a hill, is nothing short of a fairy-tale scene.

Don’t miss the chance to ring the church bell on the island and make a wish!

DAY 7-11: Zagreb and Plitvice Lakes, Croatia

On Day seven, make your way to Croatia’s lively capital, Zagreb. Explore the historic Gornji Grad, home to the brightly tiled St Mark’s Church, and visit the quirky Museum of Broken Relationships.

Delight in local dishes like “strukli” in the bustling Dolac Market.

A trip to Plitvice Lakes National Park is an absolute must for nature enthusiasts.

The park is a magical world of 16 interconnected lakes, cascading waterfalls, and lush woodland home to diverse wildlife, including bears and wolves.

DAY 12-16: Sarajevo and Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina

On day twelve, head to the captivating city of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina’s capital. Explore the historical Bascarsija old bazaar, visit the Gazi Husrev-bey Mosque, and learn about the city’s recent history at the Sarajevo Tunnel Museum.

Savor local delights like cevapi, a grilled dish of minced meat, and burek, a meat-filled flaky pastry.

Make sure to spend a day in the historic city of Mostar, known for its iconic Stari Most (Old Bridge), quaint cobbled streets, and lively marketplaces.

DAY 17-21: Kotor and Durmitor National Park, Montenegro

End your European vacation in the town of Montenegro, Kotor. Walk the cobblestone streets of the Old Town, lined with medieval stone buildings, and visit the remarkable Kotor Cathedral.

The strenuous but rewarding hike up to the ancient San Giovanni Fortress rewards you with panoramic views over the Bay of Kotor.

Extend your Montenegro experience with a visit to Durmitor National Park. Explore its dramatic landscape featuring towering peaks, deep canyons, dense pine forests, and the enchanting Black Lake.

Best Time to Visit These Hidden Gems

 Experience these destinations in all their glory during the mild seasons of spring (April to June) or early autumn (September to October). During these times the weather is pleasantly warm and the crowds are smaller.

6. Time for Sunshine: Greece, Spain, Portugal, and France

Want to soak up the sunshine on your European journey? This route is the ultimate combo for beach lovers.

The Europe trip itinerary moves you through Greece, Spain, Portugal, and France – countries celebrated for their stunning coastlines and unique food and drink.

Your 3-week Europe trip is set to offer an eclectic blend of sunbathing, swimming, and adventure.

Beach Lovers Europe Itinerary

• Day 1-5: Athens, Greece
• Day 6-10: Nice, France
• Day 11-15: Barcelona, Spain
• Day 16-21: Lisbon, Portugal

DAY 1-5: Athens, Greece

Your beach tour kicks off in Athens , Greece. From the historic Parthenon to the mesmerizing beaches of the Athenian Riviera, there’s a wealth of experiences waiting.

Soak up the sun at Astir Beach Club, go shopping in the Plaka district, or learn about Ancient Greece at the National Archaeology Museum .

DAY 6-10: Nice, France

Catch a flight to the glamorous city of Nice, France. The city’s stunning beaches on the French Riviera , such as Blue Beach or Opera Plage, are an ideal spot to unwind.

DAY 11-15: Barcelona, Spain

Next, head to Barcelona, a city renowned for its urban beaches and Gothic architecture. Head to Barceloneta Beach in the city center, explore La Boquería market, and marvel at Gaudi’s famous works.

DAY 16-21: Lisbon, Portugal

End your trip in the fabulous city of Lisbon . There are beautiful beaches in the surrounding region, perfect for day trips.

Head to the Belém district where you can learn about famous Portuguese explorers, wander the courtyard of a 16th-century monastery, and sample the famous custard tarts at Pastéis de Belém . Climb to St. George’s Castle for stunning city views.

Visit Cascais, Costa da Caparica, or Sintra for some time at the beach.

Best Time to Visit Mediterranean Beaches

The summer months, from June to August, are ideal for this itinerary, ensuring sunny weather for the ultimate beach relaxation. However, for smaller crowds, opt for late spring (May) or early fall (September).

7. The Baltics: Lithuania, Latvia, Estonia

Are you an adventurous traveler that loves exploring lesser-known destinations? The Baltic route , traversing through Lithuania, Latvia, and Estonia, could be your ideal itinerary.

Each of these Northern European countries boasts a unique character, abundant with medieval charm, unspoiled natural landscapes, and a distinct cultural vibrancy.

Embarking on this 3-week journey offers you a chance to uncover Europe’s hidden gems.

Best of the Baltics

• Day 1-5: Vilnius, Lithuania
• Day 6-10: Riga, Latvia
• Day 11-15: Tartu, Estonia
• Day 16-21: Tallinn, Estonia

DAY 1-5: Vilnius, Lithuania

Begin your journey in the captivating city of Vilnius, Lithuania’s capital. The city’s Old Town, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is filled with Baroque architecture set against the backdrop of cobblestone streets.

While here, explore the grandeur of Vilnius Cathedral, climb the Gediminas’ Tower for a sweeping view of the city, and pay a visit to the Bohemian neighborhood of Užupis.

Round off your Lithuanian adventure by tasting traditional dishes like cepelinai (potato dumplings) and kibinai (pastries filled with mutton and onion).

DAY 6-10: Riga, Latvia

Set course for Riga, Latvia’s capital, next. Riga’s skyline is dotted with spires reflecting its rich Art Nouveau heritage.

Wander through the picturesque Old Town, stand in awe of the Riga Cathedral’s beauty, and explore the bustling Central Market. Be sure to sample local specialties such as rye bread and smoked fish.

For a refreshing break, head to the pristine beaches of Jūrmala, just a short trip from the city center.

DAY 11-15: Tartu, Estonia

The next stop is Tartu, Estonia’s second-largest city, renowned as the country’s cultural and intellectual hub.

Visit the University of Tartu, the oldest university in Estonia, and stroll around Toome Hill Park, the city’s green heart.

Tartu’s Old Town is a blend of historical buildings and a vibrant street culture. Treat yourself to the local cuisine, particularly the Sült (jellied meat) and Kama (a traditional dessert).

DAY 16-21: Tallinn, Estonia

The final leg of your journey brings you to Tallinn, one of the best-preserved medieval cities in Europe.

Stroll the Old Town and admire the old buildings and stone towers, and be sure to visit the grand Alexander Nevsky Cathedral.

Explore the seafaring history at the Maritime Museum in the Seaplane Harbour, and relax in one of the city’s many parks.

Best Time to Visit The Baltic Capitals

To enjoy the Baltics in all their glory, consider visiting between May and September. The weather is typically mild and the landscapes are in full bloom. Summer days extend into long, light-filled evenings, perfect for exploring.

8. Christmas Market Tour: Germany, France, Switzerland, and Austria

Nothing encapsulates the magic of the holiday season quite like the traditional Christmas markets of Europe . 

This specially curated tour takes you through the heart of four countries that really celebrate the holiday season – Germany, France, Switzerland, and Austria. 

Each of these destinations boasts its own unique festive traditions, tantalizing local delicacies, and colorful markets, transforming your 3-week journey into a dreamy holiday extravaganza.

Christmas Market Highlights

• Day 1-5: Frankfurt, Germany
• Day 6-10: Strasbourg, France
• Day 11-15: Zurich, Switzerland
• Day 16-21: Innsbruck, Austria

DAY 1-5: Frankfurt, Germany

Begin your holiday journey in Frankfurt, home to one of Germany’s largest and oldest Christmas markets.

Held in the historic Römerberg Square, this market comes alive with over 200 beautifully decorated stalls offering a variety of gifts, from intricate Christmas decorations to handmade crafts.

Treat yourself to traditional German holiday specialties, such as lebkuchen (gingerbread), stollen (fruit bread), and a warm glass of apple wine.

Don’t miss a chance to enjoy the view of the market from above by climbing up the tower of St. Nicholas Church.

DAY 6-10: Strasbourg, France

Board a train to Strasbourg, lovingly known as the “Capital of Christmas.” Its Christmas market, dating back to 1570, now extends beyond the area surrounding Strasbourg Cathedral into the rest of the city.

As you wander through the 300 stalls, sample traditional Alsatian Christmas delicacies, including bretzels (pretzels), spiced biscuits, and vin chaud (mulled wine).

Take a stroll through La Petite France, the city’s historic district, adorned with decorations and lights. It’s a romantic place to explore any time of day or night.

DAY 11-15: Zurich, Switzerland

Zurich ‘s Christmas markets transform the city during the holiday season. Not-to-miss markets include the Christkindlimarkt at the main train station and the Wienachtsdorf near the water.

Another favorite is the singing Christmas tree and market that offers various performers throughout the season sharing their favorite Christmas carols.

Don’t miss a stroll along the Bahnhofstrasse, one of the world’s most exclusive shopping avenues. Climb Lindenhof Hill or the steps of Grossmünster Cathedral for beautiful city views. Be sure to sample Swiss fondue and chocolate during your visit.

DAY 16-21: Innsbruck, Austria

In the heart of the Austrian Alps lies Innsbruck, a true winter wonderland. With twinkling lights, snow-covered roofs, and majestic mountains, it’s an idyllic setting for the city’s Christmas markets.

Families should explore historic landmarks like the Golden Roof and St. Anne’s Column. For those wanting adventure, the nearby Nordkette mountain range offers winter activities like skiing, snowboarding, and tobogganing. The breathtaking panoramic views from the cable car are sure to take everyone’s breath away.

Be sure to indulge in traditional Austrian delights like freshly baked strudel, warm chestnuts, and gingerbread cookies.

Innsbruck’s Christmas markets create a magical backdrop for families exploring Europe during the holiday season.

When is the Best Time to Visit the Christmas Markets 

The best time to visit Europe’s Christmas markets is from the end of November through December. During this time the markets are in full operation, and the European cities are filled with holiday spirit.

9. Highlights of the British Isles: England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland

Culturally and geographically diverse, a three-week itinerary through these cities and their surroundings is an unforgettable experience. This trip appeals to history buffs, outdoor enthusiasts, and anyone who loves the blending of the past and present that the British Isles have to offer. UK family holidays are made for all types of travelers.

These nations have a common history but each has a unique story to tell.

This 3-week exploration through England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland promises to delight every member of the family.

Best of the British Isles

• Day 6-10: Cardiff, Wales
• Day 11-15: Dublin, Ireland
• Day 16-21: Edinburgh, Scotland

We think London is the perfect blend of history, culture, and entertainment. It won’t be a struggle to spend 5 days in this gorgeous city.

Visit iconic landmarks like the Tower of London and Buckingham Palace, explore the British Museum, and find time to relax in Hyde Park or Regents Park.

The West End delights with kid-friendly shows like Matilda and The Lion King .

Day trips to the Harry Potter Studio Tour or Windsor Castle shouldn’t be missed. It’s easy to navigate London transportation or explore on foot.

DAY 6-10: Cardiff, Wales

Day 6 you’ll head to Cardiff, a vibrant city in Wales, just under 3 hours by train.

Begin with Cardiff Castle, where kids can be enchanted by the fairy-tale towers and explore all of its nooks and crannies. Bute Park offers tranquil walks and St. Fagans National Museum of History will teach everyone about Welsh heritage.

If you want to explore beyond Cardiff, we recommend day trips to Castle Coch and Caerphilly Castle.

DAY 11-15: Dublin, Ireland

There are a few options for traveling from Cardiff to Dublin. One is to travel to the northern part of Wales where you can catch a ferry from Holyhead to Dublin. It takes about 2.5 hours. If you don’t want to make the drive, there are non-stop flights between Cardiff and Dublin on Ryanair.

Dublin offers history, culture, and a lot of green space. Don’t miss the EPIC Irish Emigration Museum and the national museums which are all free.

Take a stroll through Phoenix Park or St. Stephen’s Green. Learn about Ireland’s political history at Kilmainham Gaol. Kids and adults alike will also enjoy a tour of Guinness Storehouse where you can grab a bite to eat, sample draft beer, and take in city views from the Gravity Bar.

DAY 16-21: Edinburgh, Scotland

Finish this itinerary in Edinburgh , an easy one-hour flight from Dublin. The city has a rich history, stunning architecture, and amazing summer festivals. Be sure to explore Edinburgh Castle and Holyrood Palace to learn about British royalty and their Scottish connections.

Shop along the Royal Mile, hike up Arthur’s Seat for panoramic views or take a city ghost tour . No matter what you choose, Edinburgh is sure to please all ages.

What is the Best Time to Visit the British Isles?

To fully enjoy this itinerary, we recommend visiting from April to June or September to October. During these times the weather may be cold and rainy, or warm and sunny. It’s very unpredictable, but you will enjoy fewer crowds, which is always a bonus.

10. Eastern Europe Route: Germany, Poland, Hungary, and Romania

Embark on an unexplored journey to Eastern Europe, where history comes alive in the stunning architecture, ancient cities, and rich cultural traditions of Germany, Poland, Hungary, and Romania. 

This 3-week journey offers an authentic, immersive experience that breaks away from the typical tourist paths.

Eastern Europe Explorer

• Day 1-5: Berlin, Germany
• Day 6-10: Warsaw, Poland
• Day 11-15: Budapest, Hungary
• Day 16-21: Bucharest, Romania

DAY 1-5: Berlin, Germany

First up on this itinerary is Berlin, a city that has witnessed pivotal moments in modern history. Reflect on the Cold War era as you explore remnants of the Berlin Wall. Visit the Brandenburg Gate, an iconic symbol of European unity and peace.

Explore Museum Island, a UNESCO World Heritage site housing five of Berlin’s most important museums. The Pergamon has a vast collection of antiquities, and the Neues Museum has the famous bust of Nefertiti.

Round off your stay in Berlin with a visit to the historic Alexanderplatz and the Berlin Cathedral.

DAY 6-10: Warsaw, Poland

Next up is Warsaw, the resilient capital of Poland. Walk along the Royal Route, witnessing centuries-old palaces, churches, and statues. Tour the meticulously restored Royal Castle, home to numerous works of art. 

Visit Wilanów Palace, a pearl of Polish Baroque architecture surrounded by magnificent gardens. 

Learn about the city’s wartime past at the Warsaw Uprising Museum and the POLIN Museum of the History of Polish Jews . 

Indulge in traditional Polish dishes, from comforting pierogi dumplings to the hearty hunter’s stew, bigos.

DAY 11-15: Budapest, Hungary

From Warsaw head to Budapest, Hungary’s illustrious capital, known for its thermal baths and art nouveau architecture. 

Visit Buda Castle, situated on Castle Hill, with fabulous views of the Danube and the Pest side of the city. 

Explore Gellért and Széchenyi Thermal Baths for a relaxing, quintessential Budapest experience. 

DAY 16-21: Bucharest, Romania

Finish your Eastern European odyssey in Bucharest, Romania. Visit the colossal Palace of the Parliament, the world’s heaviest building created by the notorious former dictator Nicolae Ceaușescu. Families will be pleasantly surprised by all of the fun things to do in Bucharest with kids .

Explore the historic Lipscani district, where cobblestone streets are lined with bustling cafes, bohemian boutiques, and vibrant nightlife. 

Spend time in Herastrau Park, or take a trip to the Village Museum showcasing traditional Romanian village life. 

If you have time, take a day trip to Transylvania to see a different side of Romania.

What is the Best Time to Visit Eastern Europe?

We recommend exploring this Eastern European route during the shoulder seasons, specifically between April and June or September and October. These periods promise pleasant weather and fewer crowds, making it the perfect opportunity to explore these unique destinations.

How to Plan a 3 Week Europe Itinerary

1. decide where you want to go.

Define what you want to get out of the trip. Is your group interested in history, art, food, adventure, relaxation, or a mix of these? Your interests will guide your choice of destinations

2. Choose your destinations wisely

Research various countries and cities to find ones that match your interests. Aim for a balance between popular spots and lesser-known destinations for a well-rounded experience.

3. How many countries should I visit in Europe in 3 weeks?

This is a personal choice. How often do you want to move accommodation? For three weeks in Europe, we recommend 3 to 4 different locations. Note that travel time between locations can significantly reduce the actual time you have for exploration.

If it is your first time visiting Europe be sure to leave enough time to make connections. Opt for destinations that are closer together or well-connected by efficient transport networks.

4. How Much to Pack for 3 Weeks in Europe

For such a long trip we recommend liming luggage to the essentials . Choose items that mix and match and pack layers.

The weather can vary greatly across Europe, so be sure to check the weather during your trip and pack appropriately.

If it’s an option, book accommodation with a washer and/or dryer so you can pack fewer clothes. Remember, you’ll probably pick up a few souvenirs along the way.

5. Don’t over plan your trip

While it’s tempting to try and see everything, cramming too many activities or cities into your itinerary can lead to burnout. Allow for downtime and spontaneous exploration, especially when traveling with younger kids. Flexibility is key.

6. Research Visa Requirements

Some countries may require visas for entry, so ensure that you’re aware of these requirements and prepare accordingly.

*Note: Starting in 2024, Americans will need authorization through ETIAS to visit 30 European countries. For more information, we recommend this website .

7. How Far in Advance to Book a Trip to Europe

This really depends on your schedule and availability. It also depends on the time of year you plan to travel.

We recommend booking flights and accommodations at least 6 months in advance to get your first choices. Be sure to book your intercity train or plane tickets at the same time.

If there are any must-see attractions or experiences on your list, be sure to book those in advance to prevent disappointment.

8. Purchase Travel Insurance

I’ve had to file two claims in the last two years and I wouldn’t recommend traveling without insurance right now. Travel insurance can provide coverage for unexpected situations such as medical emergencies, trip cancellations, or lost luggage.

9. How to Stay Connected in Europe

Consider your options for staying connected, such as getting a local SIM card or portable WiFi. Each carrier offers different coverage. T-Mobile offers an international calling plan, whereas Verizon and AT&T offer a daily rate. Another option is to set phones to airplane mode and use Wi-Fi when available.

Recently we discovered eSIM cards which are very easy to use. Just download the app to your phone and connect through it. We used Airalo and felt it was a great option.

10. How much should I budget for 3 weeks in Europe ?

Unfortunately, it’s not a set number. Nordic countries are typically more expensive than the rest of Europe. Southern countries like Greece, Portugal, and Spain are relatively inexpensive as are the former Yugoslavian countries, Bulgaria, and Romania.

Depending on your travel style and how many people are traveling with you, I think it’s safe to plan on $1000 minimum per week.

Research and plan your budget carefully. You’ll need to be sure to account for transportation, accommodation, food, attractions, and tours at a minimum. We recommend you always carry emergency cash just in case.

Wrap-Up: 3 Week Europe Itinerary

Planning your three-week European adventure can be as exciting as the journey itself.

Whether you’re drawn to the allure of famous landmarks or the charm of hidden gems, there’s an itinerary to fit your interests. Relax in small towns or soak up big-city energy. Europe is a great place to learn about a variety of cultures, sample some amazing cuisine, and check some highlights off your travel bucket list.

Remember to plan thoroughly yet stay flexible, savor each moment, and embrace the unexpected. The memories you’ll create are sure to be priceless. 

This continent’s beauty is unmatched, its heritage profound, and its allure is irresistible. 

About the author: This article was co-written by Kirsten of Kids Are A Trip and Fiona, an Australian Travel Blogger at  Travelling Thirtie s . She has spent the last 13 years traveling Europe extensively and discovered the best ways to spend 21 days in Europe. Kirsten has traveled throughout Europe annually for the last 30 years.

The post 3 Week Europe Itinerary: 10 Perfect Ideas appeared first on Kids Are A Trip™ .

Mon 22 Apr 2024

2024 newspaper of the year

@ Contact us

Your newsletters

Britons may put off Europe holidays to avoid chaos of post-Brexit digital border

One travel expert advises british tourists to avoid travelling to the eu for at least two weeks after the system comes into force this year.

British holidaymakers could postpone trips to EU countries to avoid travel chaos when the European Union’s new border system (EES) is introduced later this year, consumer experts have said.

The much delayed automated system for registering non-EU nationals each time they cross an EU external border is expected to come into effect in October. It will require non-EU visitors to register their fingerprints and undergo facial scans .

Travellers have been warned to build in extra time for navigating additional queues and be aware their insurance may not cover losses linked to border delays.

One travel expert who spoke to i has even advised British tourists to avoid travelling to the EU for at least two weeks after the system comes into force.

It comes after the boss of Eurostar told the BBC an app designed to ease disruption for British travellers crossing the Channel would not be ready in time for the introduction of the new EES.

Earlier this year, Ashford Borough Council told MPs that tourists could face queues of 14 hours or more at the border once the post-Brexit scheme was implemented.

Paul Charles, founder and CEO of luxury travel consultancy the PC Agency, told i if the scheme was not smooth and trouble-free , visitors from Britain would rethink their plans.

He said: “There will be intense pressure on EU entry points to ensure the new entry and exit system is smooth and trouble-free when it starts. Otherwise visitors from Britain will be put off by potentially lengthy queues and disruption, which will cause those travelling to rethink their plans.”

Research of 2,005 UK adults by Co-op Insurance found 22 per cent said they would be “put off” visiting the continent due to the system, while 63 per cent said they were not aware of the changes ahead.

Mr Charles added that he would personally avoid travel to Europe at the beginning of the rollout over concerns about teething issues.

He said: “New computer systems, especially as complex as this, have a habit of being unpredictable and failing, so I wouldn’t be booking any travel to Europe in the period they are due to be introduced.

How to avoid getting caught out by 10-year-passport rule when travelling to Europe

“The systems will need a proven period of stability to reassure visitors. My advice is to follow developments very closely so as to be up-to-date on when exactly the system will start, and then make plans for at least two weeks after that date if you’re intending to travel to the EU.”

One holidaymaker who regularly travels to Europe at least once a year told i said he was not previously aware of the new border controls and would be put off planning a trip to the continent.

George Edwards, 67, from Prescot, Merseyside, often travels to Spain with his young grandchildren but said the thought of waiting in long queues with them at the border was off-putting.

He said: “First, it puts me off. Being a little bit older now, we’re not necessarily wanting to be standing in queues and we will often take the grandkids away as well and the thought of having to keep them occupied and entertained in any potential long queues, it feels like it adds an element of stress to a holiday – which is just not what you want at all.”

He added: “It feels like it could turn it into a bit of a faff, to be honest.”

Mr Edwards said he will sometimes plan a holiday towards the latter part of the year but would hold off if it “horror stories” emerged at the outset of the EES rollout.

“It might make me avoid that time of year because, as we know, when things do come in for the first time, that tends to be when you can see a lot of the chaos.”

Consumer rights expert Martyn James said: “It’s going to be a bit of a shock when people find that they have to jump through more hoops and that they might have to go through longer lines.”

He also warned travellers could face difficulties claiming for any losses incurred if the queues mean they miss connecting flights or ferries, for example.

“If you have an insurance policy, it’s not necessarily going to cover you if you’re stuck in a queue with security,” Mr James said. “The airline rules about flight delays and compensation only relate to the actions of the airline, so if you can’t get to the airline in time, then unfortunately, you don’t have a huge amount of legal rights. So it’ll be interesting to see what happens about complaints about airports or ferry terminals.”

Mr James said if it transpires that there are difficulties getting into certain EU countries, “people’s habits may well change”.

But he added with the high cost of staycations, the question remains whether holidaymakers will be able to afford to go elsewhere or think an alternative destination is worth the hassle.

Most Read By Subscribers

• Share full article

Advertisement

Supported by

A Timeline of Britain’s Troubled Plan to Send Asylum Seekers to Rwanda

The U.K. government hoped to pass a bill this week, two years after the plan was first unveiled, in an effort to override a ruling by Britain’s highest court.

By Megan Specia

Reporting from London

Britain’s Conservative government hoped to pass the Safety of Rwanda Bill on Wednesday, after a prolonged back and forth through the two houses of Parliament in which the legislation has come under sustained criticism. But the showdown over the bill continued.

The bill is intended to clear the way for the government to put some asylum seekers on one-way flights to Rwanda, in Central Africa, without first hearing their cases. Human rights experts have denounced that approach, which they say breaches Britain’s obligations under domestic and international law.

Crucially, under the government’s plans, even asylum seekers who were granted refugee status would be resettled in Rwanda, not Britain. The plan was deemed unlawful by Britain’s highest court late last year, with judges ruling that Rwanda was not a safe country in which refugees could resettle or have their asylum cases heard. The purpose of the government’s new bill is to overrule the Supreme Court, in a complicated piece of legislative wrangling that has raised concerns about the rule of law and the separation of powers in Britain.

Three successive Conservative prime ministers have pursued the plan, arguing that it would deter people from attempting the dangerous crossing of the English Channel in small boats. Prime Minister Rishi Sunak has repeatedly vowed to “stop the boats” before the British election this fall, and he has heralded the Rwanda bill as a crucial step toward that goal.

Britain has already paid Rwanda hundreds of millions of British pounds in development support and in fees to enact the plan. But not a single asylum seeker has been sent there yet, and legal challenges could thwart future deportation attempts. Here’s what has happened so far.

Boris Johnson lays the groundwork for a new approach to asylum seekers.

The British government, led at the time by the former prime minister Boris Johnson, pledged “comprehensive reform” of the country’s asylum system , floating several measures, including the removal of asylum seekers who arrive in Britain by boat or other “illegal” routes to third countries for processing. Mr. Johnson, a leading campaigner for Brexit, had promised to “take back control” of Britain’s borders by leaving the European Union.

In May 2021, the United Nations Refugee Agency denounced the plan, saying it would contravene Britain’s obligations under international law.

A new law is introduced to allow “offshore processing” of asylum claims.

Priti Patel, who was then Britain’s home secretary — an office that oversees immigration and Britain’s asylum system — introduced the Nationality and Borders Bill in Parliament. The bill made it a criminal offense to enter the country by irregular means, for instance by boat and without a visa. The bill also gave the authorities more scope to make arrests and laid out plans to remove asylum seekers to a safe country while their claims were processed . No agreements with a host country had been confirmed at the time, but the bill became law in April 2022.

April 14, 2022

Boris Johnson announces agreement with Rwanda.

In a speech, Mr. Johnson announced a five-year deal with Rwanda under which Britain would send some asylum seekers there for processing and resettlement, at a cost of 120 million British pounds, or about $150 million today.

Human rights groups immediately denounced the plan. They said it violated Britain’s commitment to the 1951 U.N. convention on refugees, which says asylum seekers must be protected in the country in which they arrive and cannot be forcibly sent to unsafe places.

June 14, 2022

The first scheduled flight to Rwanda is grounded.

A last-minute legal intervention blocked the first flight scheduled to take a few asylum seekers to Rwanda.

About 130 people had initially been expected on the flight , but their numbers had winnowed because of a flurry of legal challenges. By the day of the flight, fewer than 10 people were supposed to be on board . Then, an 11th-hour injunction by the European Court of Human Rights, a court based on a European convention that Britain is a signatory to, halted the departure.

March 7, 2023

Suella Braverman introduces the Illegal Migration Bill.

As the number of small boat crossings of the English Channel continued to rise, a new immigration bill was introduced by Suella Braverman, who was appointed home secretary during the short-lived premiership of Liz Truss and then reappointed by Ms. Truss’s successor, Mr. Sunak. Ms. Braverman said it was her “dream” to see flights carry asylum seekers to Rwanda.

The bill, which became law in July 2023, gave the Home Office a duty to remove nearly all asylum seekers who arrived in Britain through means the government deemed illegal. Under the law, asylum seekers would be returned to their home country, “or another safe third country, such as Rwanda,” and would have no right to re-entry, settlement or citizenship, no matter the outcome of their claim.

Nov. 15, 2023

Britain’s Supreme Court rules the Rwanda policy is unlawful.

Throughout all of this, the plan to send asylum seekers to Rwanda was being challenged in Britain’s domestic courts, with a case eventually making its way to the Supreme Court. In November, five judges found that the plan would breach both British and international law .

The judges found substantial grounds to believe that Rwanda could not be considered safe for refugees because asylum seekers who had their claims heard there could face “refoulement” — meaning that genuine refugees could be returned to their countries of origin and experience potential violence or ill-treatment there.

Dec. 5, 2023

Britain signs a new treaty with Rwanda.

The government signed a treaty with the Rwandan government that attempted to address the Supreme Court’s concerns. It promised various safeguards for asylum seekers, including an assurance that they would not be expelled from Rwanda if their claims were rejected.

Dec. 6, 2023

The government introduces the Safety of Rwanda bill.

The government introduced emergency legislation to override the Supreme Court’s ruling, by simply declaring that Rwanda is a safe country as a matter of law. The bill would force British courts, immigration officials and the secretary of state to treat Rwanda as safe for refugees, regardless of any evidence to the contrary.

March 1, 2024

Audit office reveals skyrocketing costs.

The National Audit Office, Britain’s independent public spending watchdog, found that the government will have paid Rwanda £370 million by the end of 2024, even though no asylum seekers have been sent there yet.

Costs will rise even further if flights get off the ground: Britain has promised to pay Rwanda £20,000 for each person sent, plus another £150,874 per person for processing and operational costs, and £120 million after the first 300 people.

The Safety of Rwanda bill bounced between the two houses of Parliament.

After a prolonged standoff between the unelected House of Lords and the elected House of Commons, the Safety of Rwanda Bill was expected to pass on Wednesday, with the government expected to use its considerable majority in the Commons to push the bill through. But the House of Lords sought changes, and now another vote is expected next week.

Mr. Sunak has vowed to see flights to Rwanda take off “as soon as possible.”

But all the wrangling and expense could be for nothing. Rights groups have vowed to fight deportations in domestic and international courts, and the Labour Party has vowed to scrap the plan if it wins the next general election, which is expected this fall. The Labour Party has held a significant lead in the polls for over a year.

Megan Specia reports on Britain, Ireland and the Ukraine war for The Times. She is based in London. More about Megan Specia